Category: General

Definition of Tropical Climate, Characteristics of Tropical Climate and Distribution of Tropical Climate – Climate is a situation where there are average weather conditions in an area for a long period of time (minimum 30 years). Climate is influenced by the atmosphere, air temperature, air humidity, rainfall, sunlight, and of course the equator.

The world has four climates, namely tropical, subtropical, temperate, and polar. The difference in climate in various parts of the world is caused by the equator.

In the hemisphere close to the equator will have a tropical and subtropical climate. While the part of the earth that is far from the equator will have a moderate and polar climate. Tropical climate is an area located between the isotherm line on the northern and southern parts of the earth

Often people think that climate, weather, and season are the same. Although all three are different. Climate as explained above. Weather is a behavior of the atmosphere in the short term. While the season is a period of time in which there is a dominant weather phenomenon.

Reader, want to know more about tropical climate? Come on, check out the following comments.

Definition of Tropical Climate

Tropical regions are divided into two according to natural conditions. The first is a dry tropical region, including steppes, dry savannas, and deserts. Then the second humid climate includes tropical rainforests, savannas, and areas that have a wet season.

According to Lippsmeier (1994), Indonesia enters the tropical rainforest part of the area around the equator up to about 15 degrees in the north and south. The character of this climate is usually characterized by high precipitation and humidity.

A climate like this also has the character of little wind, moderate to strong solar radiation, little heat exchange due to high humidity.

This climate has two seasons each year, namely the dry season and the rainy season. The dry season usually occurs between March and August. While the rainy season usually occurs between September and February.

1. Relatively high air humidity reaches above 90%.
2. Has high rainfall.
3. The annual temperature in Indonesia can be more than 18 degrees, then in the dry season it can reach 38 degrees.
4. The difference between seasons in Indonesia is not very noticeable. Except during periods of light rain and heavy rain accompanied by strong winds.
5. While the dry climate shows some characteristics as follows:
6. Have low air humidity below 50%.
7. Has low rainfall.
8. High solar radiation because it is rarely covered by clouds, so the sunlight directly reaches the ground.
9. There are many deserts, this happens because of low rainfall.
10. When it is at extreme temperatures, there is often a breakdown or explosion of rocks.

The Science of Climate Change book consists of 6 chapters containing an explanation of the phenomenon of global climate change and its implications. This book is here to form the basis of a framework of thinking in understanding the phenomenon of climate change and its impact, which is organized with logical logic and easy-to-understand language, as well as based on scientific sources.

This book published by Bumi Aksara can be a reference in the subject of climate change and is expected to be able to encourage various parties to also participate in reducing the impact that may occur as a result of climate change. 

Characteristics of a Tropical Climate

Each climate must have its own characteristics or characteristics. Below will be explained some characteristics of the tropical climate. Characteristics of a tropical climate include:

1. Having high rainfall, and longer in each year, this also makes the soil in the tropical climate fertile.
2. Evaporation of sea water is quite high because there are clouds in the atmosphere.
3.  The tropical climate area is located between 23.5 degrees LU and 23.5 degrees LS.
4.  Air temperature change is normal and not extreme.
5. It has a low air pressure, and the pressure change is slow
6. It has a small annual amplitude of around 1-5 degrees Celsius, except for the daily amplitude which is larger.
7. Wet tropical regions are usually plants that grow in green and dense forests.
8. In dry tropical regions there are many savannas.
9. Due to the movement of the sun’s circulation, the tropical climate has two seasons, namely the dry season and the rainy season.
10. Rainfall in tropical climates is higher and longer compared to other climates in the world.
11. The tropical climate region receives sunlight every year because it is located close to the equator.
12. Has an average high air temperature due to the vertical position of the sun. Generally, the air temperature is around 20-30 degrees Celsius. It can even reach more than 30 degrees Celsius in some places.
13. Tropical climate can affect global climate if it has significant changes.
14. The air temperature in a tropical climate is very high. During the day it can reach 45 degrees Celsius, and 10 degrees Celsius at night.
15. The dry tropical climate region of the air can turn quickly, this is due to the earth’s return radiation which also happens quickly.

In Indonesia itself, which is included as a tropical rainforest, it has a diverse flora and fauna in it. Get to know the various fauna available through the book Meet the Animal Habitat: Tropical Rainforest Series below.

 

Distribution of Tropical Climate Regions

Not only in Indonesia, several other countries also have the same climate, which is a tropical climate. A country that has a tropical climate is a country that is in the tropic of cancer zone , 23.5 degrees LU, and the tropic of capricorn 23.5 degrees LS. This tropical climate region always gets full vertical sunlight during the day. Of course, this tropical region is crossed by the equator.

Countries that have a tropical climate include several states in the Americas, Asia, and countries in the Middle East. Here are the details:

1. States in the Americas

• All countries in Central America
• Caribbean Islands Region
• Nassau in the Bahamas
• Upper South America includes Colombia, Peru, Bolivia, Ecuador, Suriname, Paraguay, Argentina, Venezuela, northern Chile, and Brazil.
• Part of Mexico

2. The Asian continent

• South East Asia
• Hong Kong
• Maldives Islands
• Part of Taiwan
• Part of Bangladesh
• Southern part of India

3. Countries in the Middle East

• Yemen
• Southern Saudi Arabia
• Oman
• United Arab Emirates

This book explains the causes of climate change and the ways humans can do to stop it. With straightforward language that can be understood by various circles. So, come on, buy the book because that way we can find out the small efforts that can be done together to save the Earth.

Tropical Climate Type

You should know that tropical climates are divided into three types. The division of this type of tropical climate is based on the amount of rainfall in each region. Here are the three types of tropical climates.

1. Tropical Rainforest Climate

The climate in this tropical rain forest is in the region of the equator, which is around 10-15 degrees LU and LS. This area has calm winds with high rainfall, even the dry season in this area only occurs for two months.

Countries that have a tropical rainforest climate include Indonesia, Congo, Malaysia, Papua New Guinea, Brunei, Madagascar, Suriname, Singapore, Philippines, Brazil, Micronesia, Fiji, Sri Lanka, Colombia, Peru, Nicaragua and surrounding areas.

Reader can learn about this tropical rain forest through the book Extrim Sport – Tropical Rain Forest whose presentation of information is attractively packaged in the form of an adventure story.

 

2. Tropical Monsoon Climate

This monsoon climate has the same character as a tropical rainforest, the difference is that the tropical monsoon climate is more exposed to sunlight. This climate has warm weather throughout the year.

Countries that have a tropical monsoon climate include Bangladesh, India, Myanmar, Sri Lanka, Guyana, Southwest Africa, and Southeast Brazil.

3. Tropical Savannah Climate

The area that has a tropical savanna climate is the driest tropical climate area because it has minimal rainfall. In areas with a tropical savannah climate, droughts often occur which cause flora and fauna to die.

Countries that have a tropical savanna climate include Sudan, East Africa, South Africa, Northern Australia, Central Brazil, Bolivia, Paraguay, and Western Madagascar.

Wet Tropical Climate Factors in Indonesia

Indonesia is located on the equator which has a tropical climate. Indonesia falls into the wet tropical category. This is also influenced by the shape and location of Indonesia as an archipelago country and surrounded by the Indian Ocean and the Pacific Ocean.

That is what makes Indonesia have a wet tropical climate. A lot of sea evaporation brings a lot of rain and makes it humid.

Other factors also affect the wet tropical climate in Indonesia, and there are three scales that affect Indonesia’s climate. Here are the factors.

1. Global Scale

On this scale it means that Indonesia is surrounded by the Indian Ocean and the Pacific Ocean. As well as a direct border with the Asian continent and Australia. With the location of Indonesia like that makes Indonesia have a Wet Tropical Climate.

2. Regional Scale

On this scale, it means that the Indonesian archipelago is surrounded by 5 large islands, not including the small islands spread from Sabang to Merauke, as well as surrounded by the sea and straits.

3. Local Scale

On this scale it means that Indonesia has towering mountains. Mountains have an influence on rainfall and temperature, as well as climate. This is because the mountain has a lower temperature than the sea surface.

Flora and Fauna in Tropical Climates

Different climates will produce different flora and fauna as well. Each flora and fauna has its own life expectancy. If it is not suitable for the climate then they will not be able to live in the area.

In addition to climate, the type of soil is also influential for plant life. Different soil will also grow different plants as well. Not only that, the influence of other living things is also an important factor, as well as the intensity of sunlight because flora needs sunlight.

1. Flora of Tropical Climates

As we know that regions with a tropical climate have tropical rainforests. The characteristic of tropical rainforests is to have homogeneous plants and thick leaves, and the forest will tend to be darker. The types of flora that will be found in tropical climates are:

• Meranti ( Shorea and Parashorea )
• Pinus or Tusam
• Keruing (Dipterocarpus)
• Black Wood ( Diospyros sp )
• Palm ( Palmae )
• Ironwood ( Eusideroxylon zwageri )
• Chalk ( Dryobalanops )
• Acacia ( Acacia auriculiformis )

As we know that Indonesia is a country with a tropical climate and is known for its fertile soil so it is blessed with a variety of plants beneficial to human health.

This book deserves to be owned as a source of information, knowledge, and insight to readers that in addition to having economic value, it turns out that flowers produced by plants are also known as herbs that can prevent and cure various diseases suffered by the community.

2. Tropical Climate Fauna

Animals that live in tropical climates are also animals that are resistant to weather, temperature, and the surrounding environment. In the wild this can be called natural selection. Here are the types of animals in tropical climates:

• African fauna: gorillas, elephants, pangolins, camels, hippos.
• Australis fauna as well as the Pacific islands and Eastern Indonesia: paradise, cockatoo, kiwi, platypus, and koala.
• Fauna of Southeast Asia, South Asia, and Western Indonesia: bears, tigers, rhinos, deer, orangutans, several types of reptiles, and fish.
• Fauna of Central America and South Africa: bats, bulls, jaguars, kingfishers, and endemic fish such as piranhas.

This book is suitable for children’s knowledge about the habitat of tropical rainforest animals. Equipped with beautiful and amazing photos and a short explanation wrapped in simple language that is easy for children to understand. Discover and collection of books similar to the Get to Know Animal Habitat Series.

Reader can also see various other interesting facts about fauna in tropical regions through the 200 Important Facts about Animals & Their Habitats: Tropical Regions & Rainforests below.

 

Tropical Climate Economic Sector

Economy is an important thing for every country. Employment in a country is also determined by the climate in that country. Indonesia has a tropical climate where the work area is not far from nature. Here are some of the livelihoods of people with a tropical climate:

1. Agriculture and Horticulture

This job is suitable for regions that have a tropical climate because they have enough sunlight and high rainfall. For example, when the rainy season arrives, farmers work their land to grow crops. The plantation workers will also produce quality fruit, with good color and good taste. This is also due to the soil and enough sunlight.

2. Sea Mining and Fishing

Tropical regions in Southeast Asia mostly utilize marine resources as a means of livelihood. Marine resources that are utilized such as fish, salt, petroleum, and also natural gas. The vastness of the sea in Southeast Asia and having abundant natural resources make some people in Southeast Asia use the sea as a source of livelihood.

3. African Agriculture, Mining and Industry

Not only in Southeast Asia, the African region that has a tropical climate also has some people working in agriculture, mining, and industry. As with other tropical climate regions, there are many natural resources that can be used for food or other raw materials.

Specifically, this book discusses the study of environmental politics, fisheries, and food which are strategic sectors in Indonesia. In that way, this book is worthy of your possession to increase your insight into strategic sectors in the country of Indonesia.

Conclusion

Tropical climate is a region that is between the isotherm line of 23.5 degrees LU and 23.5 degrees LS. Tropical climates are further divided into two, namely dry tropical climates and wet tropical climates, both of which have some differences such as the existence of savannas in dry tropical climates and the existence of tropical rainforests in wet tropical climates.

The tropical climate also has several characteristics such as high rainfall, low air pressure, normal air temperature changes, a lot of sea water evaporation, and others. The distribution of this tropical climate is quite wide. The tropical climate is spread over several states in Central and South America, the Asian continent, and several countries in the Middle East.

Not only dry and wet tropical climates, but this tropical climate is divided into three more parts, namely the tropical rainforest climate, the tropical monsoon climate, and also the tropical savannah climate. Indonesia has a tropical climate due to several supporting factors on a global, regional, and local scale.

Flora and fauna in tropical climates are also diverse. Flora and fauna in tropical climates are different from regions with non-tropical climates. Things like this happen because the factors of temperature, environment, and soil also affect the existence of flora and fauna.

The tropical climate makes the people in the region have jobs that are not far from nature. People who live in tropical climates partly work in agriculture, plantations, mining, and industry. All these jobs are related to the utilization of natural resources.

Well, that’s the explanation about the meaning, characteristics, distribution, and other things related to tropical climate. It ‘s fun to learn about things related to one’s own region, which Indonesia also includes having a tropical climate.

 

The meaning of KPI (Key Performance Indicator) and its benefits in the company – In a management, the role of control and evaluation has a very important function in ensuring that an organization’s work plan can be implemented optimally. A good organizational work plan will certainly eventually become the ultimate goal of the organization to be realized well. Therefore, a management that performs control and evaluation is commonly referred to as KPI or Key Performance Indicator.

A performance management system that can run well is usually capable of being a representation of a comprehensive business process in the organization. Key Performance Indicators have a role to measure the performance management system, whether it is running successfully or not even being able to run according to plan.

In addition, the Key Performance Indicator has several measures to describe the performance of a management system related to the organization as a whole to its relationship with its various parts. Currently, many companies that already have a performance management system, only contain a “list of KPIs” so they may not pay too much attention to the relationship between the indicators.

In the span of the last ten years alone, performance management systems such as the Balanced Scorecard or commonly referred to as the BSC began to appear to try to provide accommodation for each indicator that has a relationship and connection. In the balanced scorecard itself, the relevance of each existing indicator is only qualitatively described.

If the relationship between these indicators can be described quantitatively, it may be that the performance measurement model can be applied for a more definitive and specific purpose. One example of a more definitive and specific performance measurement model is to carry out improvement programs or programs to make predictions about system behavior in the future.

A. Meaning of KPI (Key Performance Indicator)

KPI or Key Performance Indicator can be understood as a measuring tool that is used to create an overview of the company’s effectiveness in achieving its business goals. Companies themselves usually apply Key Performance Indicators to measure the success of their targets.

From the explanation, the characteristics of the Key Performance Indicator can be determined based on non-financial measures, including:

a. Measurements that are often used (Regular measurements)

b. Measures known by management

c. Everyone in an organization has understood and understood KPI

d. Responsible for individuals and teams

e. Has a very significant effect

f. Has a positive effect

In its application, Key Performance Indicator can be measured in daily, weekly to monthly periods. A good Key Performance Indicator is basically something that has an important role and consistently gets attention from management. When there is a member of management who deviates from the Key Performance Indicator, then the management can decide on an action by summoning the person responsible.

B. Definition of KPI According to Members

1. Iveta (2012)

According to Iveta (2012), Key Performance Indicator or KPI can be defined as a measure that has a quantitative and gradual nature for companies. Which measures contain various perspectives and are based on concrete data analysis, as well as being the starting point for determining the purpose as well as the organization of the organization’s strategy.

2. Warren (2011)

According to Warren (2011), Key Performance Indicator or KPI has the meaning as a measurement used to assess how an organization implements the strategic vision that has been determined. The strategic vision itself can be meant as a purpose that refers to how the organization’s strategy can be interactively integrated into the organization’s overall strategy.

3. Parmenter (2007)

According to Parmenter (2007), Key Performance Indicator or KPI has a definition as something that is most critical to creating a successful organization in the present and in the future.

4. Banerjee and Buoti (2012)

According to Banerjee and Buoti (2012), Key Performance Indicator or KPI is something that is used to measure on a scale and quantitatively to evaluate the performance of the organization when it wants to realize the goals and targets of the organization that have been determined. KPI itself can be applied to make measurable objective policies, analyze trends, and support decision-making.

C. Benefits of KPIs

KPI or key performance indicator can also be something that has the most effective critical in creating an organization or company to be successful, both for now and for the future. Well, here are some of the benefits of KPI for employees, including:

1. Provide references for companies to get quality employees.

2. It becomes much easier for employees to measure and evaluate employee performance and reduce certain elements of subjectivity.

3. Employees become more aware of what management expects of them

4. Employee performance results are much more measurable and good

D. Types of KPIs

Broadly speaking, Key Performance Indicators or KPIs can be divided into two types, namely Financial KPIs and Non-Financial KPIs. The following is an explanation of the two types of KPI, including:

1. Financial Key Performance Indicators

The first type of Key Performance Indicator is Financial KPI. Financial KPI itself can be said to be a key performance indicator that has a connection with finance. Some examples of Financial KPIs that need to be considered are as follows:

a. Gross Profit KPI

Financial KPI of the gross profit type is a KPI that can be used to measure the amount of money left over from income. With a note, the amount of residual money has been deducted from the Selling Price or often referred to as HPP.

b. Net Profit KPI

KPI Financial is a type of net profit, which is a KPI that is usually applied to measure the amount of money left over from income and has been reduced by the Selling Price as well as several other business costs, ranging from interest costs to taxes.

c. KPI Gross Profit Margin (Gross Profit Margin)

Financial KPI of the gross profit margin type can be meant as a KPI that can be used to measure the percentage value obtained by dividing Gross Profit and Income.

d. KPI Net Profit Margin (Net Profit Margin)

Financial KPI of the net profit margin type has the purpose of being a KPI that is used to measure the percentage value obtained with the provision of having divided the net profit according to income.

e. KPI Current Ratio (Current Ratio)

Financial KPI of the current ratio type can be said to be a KPI that can be applied to measure the financial performance of the liquidity balance by dividing current assets by current liabilities.

Common financial or financial indicators are used to predict the effectiveness of a business that will survive when experiencing a sudden decline.

2. Non-Financial Key Performance Indicators

Basically, Non-Financial KPIs are KPIs that can indirectly influence the financial situation of a company. The following are some examples of Non-Financial KPIs that need to be considered, including:

a. Manpower Turnover

b. Customer Satisfaction metrics

c. Repeat Customer to New Customer Ratio

d. Market Share

E. Factors That Influence KPI Effectiveness

KPIs have a very important influence when there is a follow-up from KPIs that have been determined previously. In some cases it was found that companies usually adopt the most popular KPI used in an industry. It’s just that, once the KPI is implemented in the company, it will raise many questions about why the KPI does not reflect or describe the company’s performance.

In carrying out the development of the Key Performance Indicator compilation strategy, you are required to have team members who are able to see various things about the company. Some of these things include questions about what the organization’s goals are, how the plan is to achieve them and who has the right to take action based on the information that has been obtained.

The determination of Key Performance Indicators should be a continuous and repeated process involving input from analysts, department heads and of course managers. After that, you and the team can get a better and effective understanding while answering two questions, namely, how the Key Performance Indicator measures a company’s business process and who has the right to follow up on the company’s business process.

One of the ways to create relevant Key Performance Indicators is to use SMART criteria. SMART itself is an abbreviation of several words, namely specific, measurable, attainable, relevant, time-bound. Well, the following is an explanation of the five things that are KPI factors based on SMART, including:

1. What is the purpose of the specific enterprise.

2. Can you measure the achievement of the goal.

3. Can the purpose be achieved?

4. What is the purpose related to the company.

5. How long will it take to achieve the goal.

F. Application of KPI in the Enterprise

In applying Key Performance Indicators to a business organization, there are 4 basic criteria that need to be met first before an organization can state that they have successfully applied KPIs in the company’s operational activities. An explanation of the four criteria is as follows:

1. Collaboration between employees, teams, suppliers and customers

2. Decentralization from the management level to the operational level

3. Integration or linkage between measurements, reports and actions

4. Relationship of KPI and strategy

In order to be able to apply Key Performance Indicators properly and optimally, there needs to be an interconnected system process, both from the organizational environment in building a comfortable atmosphere such as employees, managers, and shareholders as well as various other external stakeholders, such as customers and suppliers. It also needs to be applied at the time of the report, where the report should be disciplined, efficient, and focused on improving decision-making.

When implementing and applying Key Performance Indicators, one of the things that need to be noted is about defining the results or goals of each KPI or key performance indicator. Not only that, in applying the Key Performance Indicator there is a method that is commonly used in determining planning goals. The method is a method that uses SMART criteria (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic and Time Sensitive).

Well, the following is a SMART explanation that needs to be observed, including:

1. Specific

The purpose or results when applying Key Performance Indicators should be clear and specific. This is because the existence of a general or broad purpose or result can result in the application not being optimal and tending to not be able to be expected. When the goal or result has been determined clearly and specifically, it will be easier to know when the goal or result can be achieved.

2. Measurable

Measurable or can be interpreted as a measure has a definition as a goal or result that can be measured. In determining the purpose or results, it is very important to measure, both qualitatively and quantitatively. The right measure can be placed in determining the relationship with standard performance or expectations of a performance.

3. Achievable

Achievable or means the fastest has a very important role when applying the Key Performance Indicator. The application of KPI should be created based on the challenges that organizations and companies have. This will be very influential because it can inspire the organization to create the best results or goals.

4. Realistic

Applying Key Performance Indicators should be based on realistic thinking. In creating an idea in the form of a result or a goal that must be achieved, then the steps that need to be taken are realistic and result-oriented thinking.

5. Time Sensitive

In applying Key Performance Indicators, each result or goal has a time limit that will be agreed upon by the organization as a whole. This is done so that all parties can be motivated to achieve goals or results according to the deadline and compact. The fact that a goal or result is basically something that requires a time limit can create an ease in measuring an improvement of a certain goal or the next result.

G. Examples of KPI Analysis of a Company

Developing Key Performance Indicators requires time and company resources. The Key Performance Indicator that is measured is usually an indicator that has been adapted to the needs of the company. In addition, the measurement has also considered the company’s short-term strategy and goals.

An example of the development of a Key Performance Indicator, for example, when a company obtains a satisfactory increase in sales, but the profit obtained by the company is not enough to provide the allocation of funds for the benefit of business growth, then the Key Performance Indicator that is almost certain for the company is the Profit Margin KPI Net and Gross Profit Margin.

The example can be seen based on what is found in the financial report or accounting of the trading company recorded in the company. On the one hand, when profits are in line with expectations and the company’s growth is not as fast as targeted. So, what needs to be done is to consider some non-financial KPIs, be it workforce turnover KPIs, customer satisfaction KPIs, or the ratio of repeat customers to new customers.

That is the discussion about KPI or Key Performance Indicator. Hopefully you can understand the meaning of KPI in depth so that it can be applied to your company.

Definition of Convection, Characteristics, and Examples – Definition of Convection is a natural process where heat is transferred between two liquid substances, two gaseous substances, or between gaseous and liquid substances as long as they are at different temperatures.

In fact, this convection is also referred to as the transfer of heat between gases and solids or between liquids and at different temperatures. But there is still a lot we need to know about convection and in this article, we will discuss it more fully.

Meanwhile, conduction is defined as the transfer of heat between two objects when they are in the same box. The contact meant here is physical contact. In addition, conduction is also often referred to as diffusion.

Well, before we look into some examples, let’s first understand the basic information related to convection. Starting from the meaning of convection, characteristics, and examples:

Definition of Convection

Convection is a term related to physics or more precisely fluid mechanics. The concept of convection itself also has a literal meaning, which is the transfer of heat through a fluid, both in liquid and gas form caused by molecular motion. The movement of molecules that transfer heat can be of two types, namely in large numbers or in individual particles. The first is called advection and the last is called diffusion.

That is the principle of heat transfer that works not only in liquid and gas cases as discussed above. But also in solids too. However, the difference between the two is that heat transfer in solid form is called conduction.

An example in everyday life is the form of electronic goods that work on radiation, microwaves, and so on. The following are some examples of convection that need to be understood.

Characteristics and Examples of Convection

After knowing the meaning of convection, here are some examples of convection around us, including microwave ovens, melting ice cubes, and hot air balloons. Let’s discuss one by one to make it clearer:

1. Microwave Oven

Microwave ovens are one of the most common examples of convection-derived kitchen appliances. This tool works using the principles we have discussed above and we can notice that this tool is usually used to warm a plate of food.

Then, what actually happened in it. So, what happens is that the air in the microwave will be heated and then convection currents are forced into the food inside.

If you place a bowl of soup or a cracker, then you will see that the soup liquid will boil like boiled while the cracker will expand like when we fry it.

2. The melting of ice

The melting of ice is another example of convection that we can see in everyday life. The change of ice from a solid cube to a liquid form occurs due to the hot temperature around it. The temperature of the space around the ice is usually higher than the temperature of the ice itself.

While heat waves or heat currents have a tendency to flow from higher to lower temperatures. That means, the hot temperature in the room flows through the ice. Until that causes the ice to change its shape into a liquid. This principle remains the same as in the case of storms or tornadoes.

3. Air Balloon

The last example is a hot air balloon. By using the principle of convection, hot air balloons will be seen rising above the ground and floating in the air. This mechanism is that the fire inside the balloon will heat the air inside and not let the air out of the area inside the balloon.

Heat Transfer

As we know that heat transfer occurs when there is a temperature difference between two objects that are in direct contact. That’s when the flow of heat from the body appears from the highest temperature to the lowest temperature. Whether it is a liquid or a gas, both are considered fluids and molecular motion is responsible for naturally transferring heat.

Poor thermal conductivity makes forced mass transfer necessary to extract or transfer heat. Either by heating or cooling liquids or solids.

We can see this in boilers that use a heat exchanger made up of metal pipes, where water will circulate inside and gas at a very high temperature outside.

Gases that have a hot temperature will circulate in one direction. This will later produce heat by convection into the metal tube and receive it by conduction.

Then the tube heats up and produces heat by conduction to the water, which circulates in the other direction and receives heat by convection, heating into steam.

Examples of Convection in Everyday Life

Here are some examples of convection in everyday life.

• Boiling water: Here the heat will transfer from the stove to the pot by convection, then heat the water from the bottom. After that, the hot water will rise and the cold water will descend to replace it, this causes a twisting motion.
• Radiator: Places warm air at the top and draws cold air by convection to the bottom.
• A warm cup of tea: The steam that comes out shows the heat transferred to the air by convection.
• Ice melting: Heat that moves into the ice from the air by convection. This causes the ice to melt from a solid to a liquid.
• Thawing frozen food: Frozen food will thaw faster if it is under cold running water when placed in water. This action of flowing water will transfer heat into the food by convection and faster.

Examples of Convection in Meteorology and Geology

The following are some examples of convection originating from Meteorology and Geology.

• Convection mantle: The rock mantle inside the Earth moves slowly due to convection currents that transfer heat from the interior of the Earth to the surface. This is one of the reasons why tectonic plates move slowly around the Earth.
• Oceanic Circulation: The warm water around the equator will circulate by convection towards the poles and the cold water at the poles will move towards the equator.
• Stack effect: This stack effect is also called the chimney effect. Where this is the movement of air in and out of buildings through convection, chimneys or other objects due to buoyancy. In this case, buoyancy will refer to the difference in density in the air between the air inside and outside. This buoyancy force will increase because the higher the structure and the greater the difference between the heat levels inside and outside the air.
• Stellar convection: Stars have convection zones where their energy is moved by convection. Outside the core is the radiation zone where the plasma moves. Currents from convection will form as the plasma rises and the cooled plasma descends.
• Gravitational convection: This is shown when dry salt diffuses into wet soil because fresh water floats in salt water.
• Forced convection: An example of this convection is in the pump or suction device used to facilitate convection as well as in the fan.

Types of Convection

Below is some information about the types of convection that may add to the reader’s knowledge of matters related to convection.

1. Forced Convection and Natural Convection

It should be understood that convection can occur naturally or what is called “natural convection” or due to the presence of moving devices “forced convection”.

An example of forced convection is a fan. A fan is a device that can produce air movement artificially. Where the air in it moves due to the rotation of the fan. While for example natural convection usually occurs because the fluid is lighter when it is hot and becomes heavier when it is cold.

So when the fluid has a hot part and a cold part, then the hot part will naturally move up and for the cold part it will naturally move down.

For example, when the water in the pan is heated, then the water at the bottom will be hot because it is near the fire, then the hot water will move from the bottom to the top surface. At the same time, the water on the top surface tends to be colder so it will move to the bottom of the pan.

2. Gas Convection

When a hot object is surrounded by cold air, the heat will transfer to the air by convection with direct contact. The process is similar but when warm air surrounds a colder object, then the air will become colder when heat is transferred to the object by convection.

3. Fluid Convection

A similar convection process can also occur in liquids. Although at a slower speed according to the viscosity of the liquid. However, it cannot be assumed that the convection in the liquid will result in colder components sinking and warmer ones rising.

Convection of this fluid depends on the fluid itself and the associated temperature. Water will reach its greatest density which is around 4 degrees Celsius. Therefore, in a pool of water, it initially has a temperature of 4 degrees Celsius, where every part that is hot will rise to the top.

If there is a cold part below 4 degrees Celsius, it will rise to the top and the warm water will sink to the bottom.

4. Earth’s Atmospheric Convection

Convection heat transfer will produce wind and air currents. Because during the day, the sun will heat the ground, which will give up some of its energy to the air through conduction and heat with convection. As the air warms, its density will decrease and become lighter.

Colder air will descend, because it is heavier and has a higher density compared to hot air. Part of the hot air will rise and create the current and the rest will move horizontally creating wind.

Hot air that has risen very high will release this heat at night, preventing global warming, and regulating the Earth’s temperature.

Differences in Conduction, Convection, and Radiation

Heat transfer is the physical action of thermal energy that is exchanged between two systems by removing heat. Temperature and heat flow are the basic principles of heat transfer. The amount of heat energy available will be determined by the temperature and the heat flow will represent the movement of heat energy.

In simple terms, heat transfer can be divided into three major categories, including conduction, convection, and radiation. Here is the full explanation:

1. Conduction Process

This conduction will transfer heat through direct molecular collisions. Areas of greater kinetic energy will send heat energy to areas with lower kinetic energy.

High speed particles will collide with slower speed particles. Where particles that have a lower speed will increase the kinetic energy as a result.

Conduction is the most common form of heat transfer and usually occurs through physical contact. For example you put your hand to the window or metal to the open flame.

This heat conduction process depends on the following factors, among others, the temperature gradient, the length of the travel path, the cross-section of the material, and the physical properties of the material. This temperature gradient is a physical quantity that describes the direction and speed of heat travel. Where the temperature flow will always occur from the hottest to the coldest. After finding a thermal equilibrium between the two temperature differences, the thermal transfer will stop.

The cross-section and also the travel crossing, both will play an important role in the conduction process. The larger the size and length of the object, the more energy is needed to heat it. Then the larger the exposed surface area, the more heat will be lost.

Smaller objects with a small cross-section will have minimal heat loss. This physical property will determine which material can transmit heat better. Specifically, the coefficient of thermal conductivity will determine that the metal material will conduct heat better compared to when it comes to conduction.

 

 

2. Convection Process

When fluids such as air or liquid are heated and then move away from their source, they will carry heat energy. This type of movement is called convection. The liquid on the hot surface will expand, become less dense, and rise.

At the molecular level, molecules will expand after the introduction of thermal energy. When the temperature of a given mass of liquid increases, the volume of the liquid must increase by the same factor. The effect that exists on the fluid will cause displacement. When hot air rises, it will push denser, cooler air downwards.

3. Radiation Process

Thermal radiation is produced from the emission of electromagnetic waves. The wave will carry energy from the emitting object. Then radiation occurs through a vacuum or transparent media, whether solid or liquid.

This thermal radiation is the result of the random movement of atoms and also the matter in the matter. The movement of protons and charged electrons will produce the emission of electromagnetic radiation. All materials will emit heat energy based on their temperature.

The hotter an object is, the more it emits. The sun is one of the clearest examples of heat radiation that sends heat through the solar system.

This is a commentary on the meaning of convection, its characteristics, and examples. 

Definition of Consumption – Consumption is an activity that aims to reduce or use up goods and services in the context of fulfilling needs and direct satisfaction.

While Consumer is every user of goods and services available. Anyone can be a consumer, such as a household in a family, the government, as well as an industry or company. See a more detailed explanation of the following consumption process, Reader:

Definition of Consumption

Consumption can be interpreted as an activity carried out with the purpose of consuming use value. In addition, this action is also to meet the needs of both individuals or together. People who do consumption activities can be called a consumer.

Consumption is an activity carried out by humans by using and reducing the usefulness of a good or service that has the purpose of meeting the needs of life and human extinction either slowly or all at once. 

Consumption is an inseparable part of economic activities carried out by humans. A person who performs consumption activities is generally referred to as a consumer, while the products consumed are goods and services offered by producers to consumers. 

Consumption has the main purpose that humans want to obtain, which is to meet the needs of life and satisfaction. In general, consumption activities are carried out to meet the daily needs of traditional society, while for modern society consumption activities are carried out to maintain life as well as to obtain pleasure and self-esteem. 

In a society that is still traditional, generally consumption activities are for the fulfillment of daily life needs. Whereas in modern society, their consumption activities are not only to maintain life, but also for pleasure and self-esteem.

Understanding Consumption According to Experts

In order to better understand what consumption means, the following is the definition of consumption according to experts’ opinions:

• According to T. Gilarso (2003),
  the concept of consumption is the starting point and the final goal of all economic activities of society.
• According to Gregory Mankiw (2007)
  the meaning of consumption is the spending of goods and services by households. What is meant by goods are household goods that are durable, including equipment, vehicles, and non-durable goods, such as food and clothing. Expenditure on services referred to are goods that do not have a concrete form, for example education.
• Samuelson and Nordhaus (2001)
  Consumption is production that is done in order to fulfill the purchase of goods and services to obtain satisfaction as well as to fulfill their needs. Consumption is classified into two, namely routine consumption and temporary consumption. Routine consumption has the meaning of expenditure made for the purchase of goods and services over and over again for many years. While the meaning of temporary consumption is any addition that is unexpected in routine consumption.
• According to Muhamad Abdul Halim,
  consumption is the production of household consumption that includes the production carried out by households to obtain goods and services as daily necessities in a certain period.

Examples of Consumption Activities in Daily Life

• A person who buys chicken meat to use as an ingredient in soup or curry.
• A mother who buys lebaran clothes for her family ahead of Eid.
• A student who buys shoes to use at school.
• A man who came to the barber when his hair was felt to be frizzy.
• An employee who orders an online transportation service to go to work.

Everyone has a consumption pattern that is influenced by various factors around them, in the Muslim Fishing Community Consumption Patterns book below, we will analyze the consumption patterns of the local population so that we can find five factors in it.

Consumption Function

Definition of Consumption is an activity in humans that reduces and uses in the use of goods and services to gradually and simultaneously meet the needs of life and satisfaction of people. Other consumption purposes include:

1. Consuming or Reducing the Use Value of an Item at Once

Things that are included in the classification of reducing the use value of a good and service at once are consumable goods or not goods that cannot last long. That is like food and drink. Because if it is not consumed in time, then the materials will be damaged, stale, and expired so that they no longer have any use value.

2. Decreasing the Use Value of Goods and Services Gradually

Things that are included in the classification of gradually reducing the use value of goods and services are for example the use of goods that do not run out in a short period of time. That is, such as cars, motorbikes, clothes, household furniture such as tables, chairs, wardrobes, etc. To reduce the use value of these items requires a long and gradual time.

3. Fulfillment of Physical and Spiritual Needs

The main purpose of an activity on human consumption is to meet their physical and mental needs. Physical needs such as drinking or eating, sports and others. While doing spiritual needs such as entertainment, reading, worship, books and so on.

This is because by fulfilling our physical and spiritual needs, the burden on our bodies and minds will be lightened. 

4. Satisfy Physical Needs

The purpose is to meet physical needs, such as someone who buys slimming products so that the body remains slim and ideal, or consumes drugs as a form of beauty, and can buy good clothes to look beautiful and elegant to meet physical needs in a direct way.

5. Supporting Production Activities

Human desire to consume certain products and services can encourage production activities. These two activities will mutually benefit all parties involved, namely the party that produces and wants profit and the party that consumes and wants satisfaction.

6. Help Adjust the Formulation of the Minimum Wage Tariff for Workers

The consumption activities carried out by the community are used by the government as a yardstick to adjust the formulation of the minimum wage tariff. In addition, this activity can also be used as a reference for determining tax rates and the national budget ratio.

7. As the Starting and Ending Point of Economic Activities

Community consumption behavior also occupies an important position in economic activities because it acts as the starting point as well as the end point of the activity. A person who wants a new mobile phone, for example, will buy the mobile phone and start a transaction in the economic activity. Once the mobile phone is owned and the desire is fulfilled, the economic activity automatically ends at that point.

Characteristics of Consumer Goods

• Consumables have benefits, value and volume that if used will be used up all at once or run out gradually. Consumable or not when an item is consumed can be differentiated into items that can be used up in one use, for example such as: drinks and food. Then items that are used over and over again will wear out or be damaged over time. For example, pants, shirts, shoes, buckets, TVs and others.
• Consumer goods are used to meet the needs of life. If the use of tractors, hoe, hammer and so on. Not included in consumption activities, because the goods or things are included in production.
• Consumer goods can meet the needs of life. For example, modes of transportation such as motorbikes used to travel from home to work are included in consumer goods.
• Consumer goods should be economic goods obtained with sacrifice. For example, food, drink, and clothing are obtained by doing economic transactions in the market. Oxygen or sunlight whose benefits are felt every day are certainly not consumer goods because they are not economic goods.

Characteristics of Consumption Activities

Not everyone can recognize the type of consumptive activity that is done without knowing the characteristics of the activity. One of them is that when doing this economic activity, many people do not realize it. The following is a review of the characteristics of consumptive activities.

1. Done Live

The first characteristic of consumption activities is that these activities can be done directly. With the aim of being able to meet all the needs of the community. In addition to needs, consumptive activities are also carried out to meet community satisfaction.

But basically humans will never feel what is called satisfaction. Where this satisfaction does not have the expected appropriate limit. Because people or society always want to try new things. A small example of this is for example if the community already owns a motorcycle but also wants to own a car. Until when you have a car you don’t use a motorcycle anymore.

2. Consumer Activity Goods

Obtained From Purchases or Sacrifices In order to use consumer goods, you must first make a sacrifice such as purchasing the goods at the store. Like getting bags, clothes, pants, and other things can be found in a store around us.

In addition to the store, these consumables can be obtained from nearby stalls. For consumables that can be obtained from nearby stalls such as ready-made food or drinks. Such as meatballs, tea, chicken noodles, yellow rice, juice, etc. In addition to buying the item, of course you have to prepare the transaction fee. This transaction fee will be used as an exchange value.

3. Goods and Services Used Always Decrease

Next are the goods and services from these consumption activities, if they are used their value will always decrease or run out. Where the goods are like the examples mentioned before, namely books and clothes.

Because the book is always used for writing such as writing school assignments. In addition, clothes also have a reduced value if used.

Because it is true that these clothes do not always last long due to the threads that will slowly become fragile. This is because it is often washed and exposed to direct sunlight. Therefore, these clothes include items whose value will decrease slowly.

4. Having Useful Values

The problem of goods or products from consumption activities has a very beneficial value in meeting the needs of society. The purpose of using this item or product can cause the value of the item to decrease because it is often used. But goods from this consumption activity can be divided into two types.

Where the first type of item is an item whose value will be used up only once. As for examples of this type of goods such as food and drinks. For the second type is the type of goods whose value runs out slowly. In other words that the use of these items is used repeatedly such as clothes and books.

With the development of the era in this world, there are various consumerism issues that develop in society that you can learn in the book Economic Sociology: Capitalism and Consumption in the Era of Post-Modernism Society.

Factors Affecting Consumption

A person will also organize his consumption needs based on the primary and then secondary priorities. For example, basic needs are the needs for food, education, and health. While what is included in the secondary needs are entertainment and recreation.

So when a person’s income experiences a decrease, then the person will cut back on his secondary needs and then prioritize to meet basic consumption needs first. This will suppress the habit of doing excessive consumption patterns. Because basically consumptive behavior will cause negative effects that are not good for a person’s economic condition. While the factors that affect consumption activities include:

• Income – Income has a great influence on a person’s level of consumption. The bigger a person’s income is, then that person will consume more goods or services, and vice versa.
• Education Level – Education greatly influences a person’s mindset in doing consumption activities. The higher the level of education of a person, generally the level of consumption will also be higher, and vice versa.
• Prices of Goods and Services – The price of goods and services can affect a person’s level of consumption. The higher the price of goods and services, the lower the level of consumption, and vice versa.
• Number of Families – A family with a larger number of members will make the level of consumption larger, and vice versa.
• Gender – The need for goods or services between men and women is certainly very different. This will also affect the level of consumption.
• Taste and Style – Some people have better taste and style, both in terms of clothing and other things. This makes their consumption level higher than those who pay less attention to style.
• Customs and Habits – Customs and customs in a region also affect the consumption level of the community.
• Interest rate Classical economists consider that consumption is a function of the interest rate. In particular, they believe that interest rates encourage savings and reduce consumption.

Theory of Consumption

1. Keynes’ Theory of Consumption – John Maynard Keynes (1930)

According to the theory of John Maynard Keynes gives an opinion on the theory of consumption. He said the current amount of consumption is directly related to income. A function or formulation of John Maynard Keynes’s theory to describe the level of consumption at various incomes. Assumptions about consumption theory, namely as follows:

• The marginal propensity to consume is the amount consumed from the income received is between zero and one. From the assumption, it is explained that when a person’s income increases, the level of consumption & savings also increases.
• The ratio of consumption to income, or commonly referred to as the tendency to consume on average goes down when income increases because part of the rest of the income is set aside to save. According to Keynes, the proportion of middle to upper economy savings will be different from the lower economy (poor people). The rich usually save a large amount compared to the poor.
• Income is an important determinant of consumption while interest rates are not so much considered. Based on the theory presented by Keynes, above it can be concluded that a person’s level of consumption is affected by the amount of income.

2. Ernst Engel

Ernst Engel’s theory says that when income levels increase, the proportion of income that will be spent on buying food will decrease or decrease.

This is because Engel’s law mentions that a person’s level of well-being can be said to increase if the ratio of production used for food consumption tends to decrease when compared to production & on the other hand the consumption of production for non-food will increase. Some of the factors that cause the shift in demand for the level of consumption include:

• The per capita income level of the community
• The taste and taste of the consumer on the item
• The price of other goods, especially goods that are complementary and substitute
• Consumer response to the price of the item.

The grouping of demand for consumer goods consists of Superior good (luxury goods), inferior good (goods with low quality), and normal good (normal goods). The definition of superior good is that the change in the amount of goods demanded is greater than the amount of change in consumer income.

Whereas an inferior good is an item that when the consumer’s income increases, the amount of goods demanded will decrease. And normal good are goods that we often see every day in general such as food, clothes and so on.

There are four conclusions formulated by Ernst Engel in his research or commonly referred to as Engel’s law. Among the conclusions he formulated are: When income increases, the percentage of expenditure for consumption tends to decrease (get smaller).

When production in clothing consumption tends to be fixed and does not depend on the level of income. The percentage of consumption expenditure for relative expenditure is fixed & does not depend on the level of income. When income increases, the percentage of expenditure for education, welfare, recreation, luxury goods, and savings also increases.

3. Life Cycle Consumption Theory

This third theory is a theory developed by Franco Modigliani, Albert Ando and Richrad Blumberg in 1950. The life cycle consumption theory is a theory that explains that economic activity is a lifelong activity. According to this life cycle communication theory, socioeconomic factors of a person or household are considered to greatly influence the consumption pattern of the individual or household.

4. Permanent Income Theory

The second theory of consumption is a theory that argues that income affects a person’s level of consumption. The permanent income referred to in this second theory is the average level of income expected or expected by a person in a long period of time. The theory of permanent income states that a person’s consumption level has a proportional relationship with a person’s permanent income.

5. Theory of Relative Income

The third theory is the theory of relative income. This theory is a theory developed by James Duessenberry in 1949. The theory of relative income pays attention to the psychological aspects of households in the face of income changes.

This theory of relative income discusses the consumption level of society which is influenced by the level of disposable income in the past. It is mainly influenced by the highest level of income ever achieved by a household because current consumption patterns are still influenced by past consumption patterns.

Positive and Negative Effects of Consumption Behavior

Consumption behavior or consumption activities have factors that can affect the difference or high or low level of a person’s consumption. In addition, consumption activities or consumption behavior have positive and negative aspects if seen through how individuals or households consume an item by adhering to the guidelines of economic motives and economic principles . Here is the author’s summary, about the positive and negative aspects of consumption behavior.

1. Positive Impact of Consumption Behavior

There are three positive aspects of consumption behavior, the following three aspects.

• Can maintain the continuity of the economic cycle for consumers and producers.
• Consumption behavior can cause economic activities or the economy to become more advanced.
• Consumption behavior makes the circulation of goods and services faster as a consequence of the actions of sustainable consumption.

Meanwhile, the positive aspect of consumption behavior for producers is that it can increase the production of goods or services that are sold, while the positive aspect of consumption behavior for consumers is the fulfillment of life needs. In addition, the consumptive attitude of consumers can bring demand which then drives the economic growth of a country.

2. Negative impact of consumption behavior

As you know, consumption behavior also has negative aspects, here are three negative aspects of consumption behavior that the author has summarized.

• Consumptive attitudes and consumption behavior can cause an individual to be unthrifty or wasteful.
• The nature of being unthrifty or extravagant causes an individual to get stuck in debt.
• Consumption behavior can decrease a person’s interest or motivation to save, resulting in a decrease in the source of investment funds at the bank.

Those are the three positive and negative aspects of consumption behavior or consumption activities, be wise when you do consumption activities to meet your daily needs and fulfill your desires.

Consumption and consumption activities are different but still related. Consumption is an act done to meet the needs of an individual or group, while consumption activities are part of the household income used by a person to finance the purchase of various goods and services as well as other needs.

Consumption is an inseparable part of economic activities carried out by humans. Both have a connection and are influenced by the same factors, namely social, amount of income or production, taste or style, customs, price of goods and services to be purchased, number of family members and education.

Consumption activities are covered by four theories, namely life cycle consumption theory, permanent income theory, relative income theory, Keynes’ consumption theory. Basically, the four theories of consumption discuss how consumption activities occur in a household or individual that is influenced by various things in accordance with the theory of consumption.

That is the discussion about consumption and consumption activities that includes the meaning, characteristics, influencing factors and theories of consumption that the writer can summarize. Happy learning! Happy reading!

Understanding the Constitution – A country that adheres to the concept of constitutionalism is a state system that makes the constitution the embodiment of the highest law. Indonesia is a country that adheres to that belief. As stated in the Constitution of 1945, article 1 paragraph 2, which states that sovereignty rests in the hands of the people and is implemented in accordance with the Constitution.

The understanding of constitutionalism can be defined as an understanding that adheres to the principle that the embodiment of the highest law that must be obeyed by all components of the country, including the people and the government, is the constitution. Constitutionalism can be used as an integral component of a country that adheres to a democratic system. That is the basis on which a democratic government system will not be possible without the implementation of constitutionalism as the embodiment of the highest law.

Well, this article will discuss the meaning of the constitution comprehensively and in detail. The following is the meaning of the constitution that you need to understand, which is as follows:

A. Meaning of the Constitution

In a paper published by the Constitutional Court of the Republic of Indonesia with the title “Constitution and Constitutionalism”, the Professor of Law from Andalas University namely Professor Yuliandri revealed that constitution and constitutionalism are two forms of words that have a relationship and can confirm each other’s existence.

Constitutionalism itself is an understanding that is very necessary to be guarded through the formation of the constitution. It is the same as that the constitution is a means for the understanding of constitutionalism to be implemented in a country.

Professor Yuliandri explained in the book that the word constitution is a word that comes from the French language, namely constiture, which has the meaning of forming. The word constitute itself has the meaning of the formation of a country. Therefore, the constitution has a position as the highest form of law. The constitution itself can be formed from the thoughts of the country’s founders.

In the Indonesian national system, the founders of the country formed the 1945 Constitution as the Indonesian national constitution. The 1945 Constitution was the result of an agreement by the founders of the Republic of Indonesia who came from various regional backgrounds and various disciplines. The 1945 Constitution can be said to have been born through a democratic mechanism with compromise from all parties.

Still quoting the opinion of Professor Yuliandri, the constitution contains basic provisions about institutions and powers that want to carry out the formal aspects or commonly called the authority of the state. Not only that, the constitution also contains basic provisions regarding power and institutions related to the existence of guarantees for material aspects or human rights.

Well, after understanding the description above, in simple terms, the meaning of the constitution can be understood as a basic law that can be used as a guideline in the implementation of national government. Next, we will discuss the meaning of the constitution according to the terms of a number of experts, as follows:

1. Understanding the Constitution According to LJ van Apeldoor

The Constitution is a basic law that includes Basic Laws such as written basic laws to unwritten basic laws or commonly referred to as conventions.

2. Understanding the Constitution According to ECS Wade

A constitution is a document that is capable of presenting the framework to the main tasks of a national government body while also determining various points in the body’s work guidelines.

3. Understanding the Constitution According to Jimly Asshidiqie

The Constitution is the Basic Law which is included in the legal hierarchy, occupies the highest position and has a fundamental nature, so that the making of various regulations under it cannot conflict with the Basic Law.

4. Meaning of the Constitution According to Miriam Budiarjo

A constitution is a charter that contains a statement about the ideals of a nation and as the basis of a nation’s organization.

5. Meaning of the Constitution According to KC, Wheare

Wheare expressed the opinion that the constitution is an entire system of governance of a region in the form of a group of various styles to form and manage the government of a country.

6. Understanding the Constitution According to Herman Heller

According to Herman Heller, the constitution can be divided into three meanings, which are as follows:

a. Sociological political constitution, which is a constitution that is a reflection of the political life of the population.
b. Juridical constitution, which is a constitution that is a unity of rules that live in society.
c. A political constitution, that is a constitution that can be embodied in written form and included in one of the manuscripts as a law.

7. Meaning of Constitution According to F. Lassalle

There are two definitions of the constitution according to F. Lasalle, among which are:

a. Juridically, the constitution is a text that contains various types of buildings and various types of government joints in a country.

b. Sociologically and politically, the constitution is a synthesis or final result of various factors that occur in a society. The constitution is an explanation of the relationship between the powers that exist in a country, such as the cabinet, parliament, political party, king, prime minister, and so on.

Based on various opinions from the experts that have been presented before, it can be concluded that the constitution has two meanings, namely in a narrow sense and in a broad sense.

First, in a narrow sense, the meaning of the constitution is that the Basic Law is a written basic law. The 1945 Constitution itself is a document that contains all the basic rules and provisions of a country’s constitutional system.

Second, in a broad sense, it can be concluded that the meaning of the constitution is a whole set of basic rules and provisions, both from the basic law that covers the written basic law to the unwritten basic law. The constitution also makes arrangements related to a government system that has been established in a country.

B. Types of Constitutions and Examples of Constitutions in Indonesia

In general, the constitution has 2 types based on its form. The two types of constitutions are written constitutions and unwritten constitutions.

Based on the Class VII Citizenship Education Module published by the Ministry of Education and Culture in 2017, it explains the 2 types of constitutions and their examples, as follows:

1. Written Constitution

The written constitution is a set of basic rules of the country, the building of the country and the constitution that govern the life of a nation within the legal federation of the country.

The following are some examples of written constitutions that have been used by the Indonesian state, among which are:

a. 1945 Constitution
b. RIS Constitution
c. Provisional Constitution
d. 1945 UUD Amendment Result

2. Unwritten Constitution

An unwritten constitution can also be called a convention. The convention itself has the meaning as a habit of the constitutional system that often exists in a country.

The following are some examples of written constitutions that have been used by the Indonesian state, among which are:

a. Decisions at the MPR are taken and decided based on deliberation by consensus.
b. The President’s speech at the DPR plenary session every August 16, 1945, and the President’s speech before the MPR held a session. The President as head of state has prepared the materials for the upcoming MPR general meeting.
c. Customs

C. Constitutional Functions

In his work, CF Strong argues that basically the principle of the function of the constitution is as something that limits the authority of action from the government. Not only that, the function of the constitution is to provide guarantees of rights to the ruled as well as formulating for the exercise of sovereign power.

1. Constitutional Functions in General

In general, the constitution has several functions, among them are:

a. The Constitution functions to provide limitations to the power of a government so that there is no government that acts arbitrarily so that the rights of citizens can be guaranteed, protected, and channelized.

b. The constitution has a function as a charter for the birth of a country

c. The Constitution has the function of being the highest source of law

d. The Constitution has a function as a tool to limit the power of a government

e. The Constitution has a function as a national identity and national symbol

f. The Constitution has a function as one of the ways to provide protection for human rights as well as a guarantee of freedom for the citizens of a country.

2. Functions of the Constitution According to Jimly Asshidiqie

Not only the opinion of CJ Strong, Jimly Asshidiqie as the head of the Constitutional Court of the Republic of Indonesia from 2003 to 2008 also expressed his opinion about the constitution. According to Professor Jimly Asshidiqie there is 1 function of the constitution for a country. The following are 10 functions of the constitution that need to be known, among which are:

a. The constitution can function as a determinant and limiter of the power of a state organ
b. The constitution has a function as a regulator of power relations between state organs
c. The constitution has a function as a regulator of power relations between state organs and the people of the country
d. The constitution has a function as a giver or source of legitimacy to the power of the state or the exercise of power from the state
e. The constitution has the function of channeling or transferring the authority of the people or as the original source of power to state organs
f. The constitution has a function as a symbol of unifying efforts
g. The Constitution has a symbolic function to be a reference of national identity and greatness
h. The constitution has a symbolic function to be the center of ceremony (ceremony)
i. The constitution has a function as a means of controlling society. Both in a narrow sense only in the political field and in a broad sense that includes the social and economic fields
j The Constitution has a function as a means of engineering and reforming society. Both in a narrow sense and in a broad sense

D. Purpose of the Constitution

In addition to the functions of the constitution above, the constitution also has an important purpose to know. The following are the three objectives of the constitution in brief, among which are:

1. The Constitution aims to provide limitations as well as supervision over political power. This purpose serves to limit the power of the ruler so that he does not do actions that are detrimental to many people.

2. The Constitution aims to release control of power from self-control. It can also provide protection for human rights (HAM), so that with the existence of the constitution, every ruler and society must respect human rights and have the right to obtain protection in exercising their rights.

3. The Constitution aims to provide fixed limits for the rulers in exercising their powers. In addition to providing limitations for the ruler in exercising his authority, this also aims to provide guidelines for the administrators of the country so that the country can stand firmly.

E. Values ​​from the Constitution

After understanding the meaning, types, up to the function and purpose of the constitution. Furthermore, the following are three values ​​from the constitution, among which are:

1. Normative values ​​are a constitution that is officially accepted by a nation. For a country, the constitution cannot only apply in a legal or legal sense. However, the constitution is also clearly applicable in a society in the sense of being effective and implemented in a consistent and pure manner.

2. Nominal value is a constitution that according to law remains valid. However, the constitution has an imperfect form. The imperfect constitution can be caused by some specific articles that do not apply or not all of the articles contained in the Constitution can apply to all regions of the country.

3. Semantic value is a constitution that can only apply to the interests of the ruler. The constitution can be a tool for those in power to mobilize power, it becomes a reason for exercising political power over its citizens.

F. Conclusion

Based on the discussion about the Constitution above, it can be concluded that the logical consequence of the establishment of a state or the formation of a new state is the existence of a constitution. The Constitution becomes the most important basis of a country and therefore obtains a very crucial and important position in creating a just and civilized constitutional life of a country.

The constitution and the state is a relationship between institutions that cannot be separated from one another. The existence of a country can actually be fulfilled if it has the following four elements, namely:

1. Fulfilling the elements of sovereign government,

2. Certain Territories

3. People who live united as a nation or nation, and

4. Recognition from other countries.

Of the four elements for the establishment of a country, it turns out that it is not enough to be used as a guarantee of the implementation of the functions of the state and sovereign government. The Constitution or the Basic Law can provide guarantees to the country to become the basic law in order to regulate the constitution of a country.

The relationship between the country’s policy and the constitution can be seen in a basic idea, goals and ideals of the country that are expressed in the opening of a country’s constitution. The national policy can also be used as a guideline for the administration of the country in writing and included in the constitution of a country. The constitution itself has the function of providing limitations on the authority of government actions. Furthermore, the constitution is used to guarantee all the rights of the governed and formulate the exercise of sovereign power.

In the discussion of the doctrine of separation of powers, the constitutional court obtains the authority to make arrangements in deciding authority disputes between state institutions. The constitutional court obtaining that authority through the granting of the 1945 Constitution is a consequence of the restructuring of the country’s institutions in an effort to purify the doctrine of the separation of powers.

In this doctrine of separation of powers, the People’s Consultative Assembly or MPR is no longer a symbol of the embodiment of people’s sovereignty. That implies that every state organ or institution has an aligned position. The parallel situation, provides openness to the opportunity for state organs or institutions to dispute related to the authority sourced from the Constitution.

 

Meaning of Consolidation – Have Reader ever heard the term consolidation? Consolidation has several definitions depending on the field. However, in general, the notion of consolidation can be interpreted as an action or effort made to strengthen, unify and strengthen a relationship between two groups, so that the two groups have a strong union.

Then, what is the meaning of consolidation according to other fields? And what are the characteristics and effects caused by this consolidation? See the following explanation of the meaning of consolidation.

Definition of Consolidation

Consolidation can be interpreted as the merger of two or more businesses, the merger is done by establishing a new business or liquidating an old business without first liquidating.

Consolidation can also be defined as two companies that merge or dissolve, for the sake of law and instead the two companies establish a company with a new name. Although the new company, will be taken over the assets as well as the rights and obligations of the two companies that have been dissolved before.

The purpose of doing the consolidation itself, is to unite every element that has certain similarities. For example, religion, regional origin, or groups with the same purpose or mission vision.

However, this notion of consolidation is actually used in various fields, not only in the business field, for example accounting and sociology. Here are some definitions of consolidation from various fields.

• In the field of business, consolidation can be interpreted as the merger of two or more companies that become or form a new company. Where the new company, will take over all the rights and obligations of each company that has been merged.
  Consolidation in the field of business can also be interpreted as the merger and acquisition of many small companies that become several companies with a much larger scale. Consolidation in business occurs when two or more businesses join together to form a new entity with the same hope, namely to increase market share as well as profitability and profit by combining talent, expertise and industry technology.
  The meaning of consolidation in this business is different from the practical term of merger. Because companies that consolidate can create new entities. Meanwhile, a merger in business can be interpreted as the act of one company trying to absorb another company, but the other absorbed company still exists and has not been dissolved.
• While in the field of accounting, the meaning of consolidation is the merging of reports of all equity, assets, liabilities and operational accounts owned by a parent company and a subsidiary company in one form of financial report.
  The notion of consolidation in the field of accounting has the meaning of a financial report that provides a comprehensive picture. Especially regarding the financial position of parent companies and subsidiaries and not the position of independent companies.
  According to the context, the notion of consolidation in the field of accounting refers to the aggregation of financial statements from a group of companies as a form of consolidated financial statements. In general, information from parent companies and subsidiaries will be treated as if they come from the same entity.
• The definition of consolidation according to the field of sociology, is a form of strengthening community membership in a social group that has several elements, such as tribal elements, religion, social status, gender and other elements.
• In the field of technical analysis and trading, consolidation is a term that refers to the price of securities that have consolidation in a corridor and in general, consolidation can be interpreted as a form of market uncertainty.
  In the field, the term consolidation is generally used to describe the movement of the stock price, on a fairly well-defined trading level pattern. Consolidation is also considered a period of uncertainty, which will end when the price of the asset moves up or down in the trading pattern.
• In the field of technology, consolidation refers to data storage or server resources that are shared among many users and accessed by many applications.
  In technology science, the notion of consolidation is to have the purpose of making the use of computer resources more efficient and preventing a server and storage device from being underutilized to the point of consuming too much space.
  The definition of consolidation in the field of technology is divided into two, namely server consolidation and storage consolidation. The definition of server consolidation involves the reduction of the number of servers and server locations in an organization.

So, from the definition of consolidation above, consolidation can be defined as an act of combining two or more bodies, companies, groups or banks into one, thus forming a new company, group or body.

Meaning of Consolidation According to the Members

In addition to the definition of consolidation according to various fields and in general, consolidation is also defined by several experts. Here is the definition of consolidation according to experts.

Merriam Webster’s Dictionary

According to this one dictionary, the meaning of consolidation is the process of unification, whether it is unification in quality or condition. Whereas, in general, the meaning of consolidation is the unification of two or more corporations through a dissolution and the formation of a new corporation.

Features of Consolidation

In order to better understand, regarding consolidation, Reader needs to know the characteristics of consolidation. Here are the features of consolidation.

• There is a merger or merger of two or more companies, forming a new company.
• Every old company that has been dissolved, will be dissolved without going through a liquidation process.
• The new company that emerges from the amalgamation must have the status of a new legal entity.
• The plan of consolidation as well as the concept of the deed of consolidation must be approved by the GMS of each company.
• All assets and liabilities of the merged company will automatically transfer to the new company formed.
• The concept of the deed of consolidation, which has been approved by the RUPS, will then be written on the deed of consolidation that has been drawn up in front of a notary using Indonesian.
• The new company from the result of consolidation, will have the status of a legal entity with the date of publication in accordance with the decision of the Ministry of Public Health regarding companies that merge without going through the liquidation process.

Effects of Consolidation and Company Reasons for Doing It

When the company decides to consolidate, there will be effects resulting from the consolidation. In general, the effect of consolidation carried out by the company can bring positive effects, namely the quality of the company increases and the company grows more.

When knowing the effect of consolidation, of course the main reason for the company to consolidate is to benefit the company. However, there are several other reasons when companies consolidate. Here is an example from a bank that does consolidation.

• There are health problems, when a bank has been declared unhealthy by the Central Bank, then the bank will usually merge or consolidate with other banks. So the best option for the bank, of course, is to merge with another bank that is still healthy.
• There is a capitalization problem. If the capital owned by a bank or company is felt to be too small, so that it is difficult for the company or bank to expand its business, then the bank or company can merge with another bank. The purpose is for the bank or company that joins to have a much larger capital. So, it will be easier for the company or bank to expand its business.
• There is a management problem. Some companies or banks may have less professional management, so that the bank or company suffers continuous losses and is difficult to grow. This will encourage banks or companies to consolidate with other banks or companies that have more professional management.
• Technology and administration. Banks and companies that still use simple technology, often experience various problems, especially due to the development of the times. Therefore, to obtain more sophisticated technology, of course the capital required is not small. For this reason, banks and companies will choose to consolidate with parties that have advanced technology.
• The desire to dominate the market. This fifth reason, in general, is not clearly announced to outside parties, but is only known to certain parties. By consolidating, the bank or company will have an increasing number of branches and customers and make the company or bank dominate the market.

How Companies Consolidate

There are several ways that must be taken by companies that want to consolidate.

• The directors of companies that are going to merge themselves, must prepare a proposal for a consolidation plan, the proposal for the plan, must be approved by the commissioners in each company.
• The proposed consolidation plan will then be used as material to prepare the consolidation plan. The plan, compiled together by the directors of the company that will carry out the merger.
• A summary of the consolidation plan must be announced by the board of directors in two daily newspapers and will be announced to the employees in writing and at the latest two weeks before the convening of the GMS.
• The consolidation plan as well as the concept of the consolidation deed, must be approved by the RUPS of each of the merging companies. The concept of the consolidation deed that has been approved, will then be written on the consolidation deed that has been made in front of a notary using Indonesian. If it has been certified by a notary, then the consolidation deed can be used as a basis for creating a new PT establishment deed.
• The directors of the company must submit an application for confirmation of the deed of establishment of the new company to the Minister of Public Health and no later than two weeks from the date of the GMS decision.
• Menkumham will then give a confirmation sign no later than 60 days after the application is received. The company that consolidates will then be considered liquidated, starting from the date the deed of establishment of the new PT from the result of the consolidation is confirmed by the Ministry of Justice.
• Once it has been confirmed by the Minister of Justice, the deed of establishment of the new PT from the amalgamation must be entered in the company register and announced in the supplement of the Republic of Indonesia.

Then, when the company that has done the consolidation is involved in a dispute, then there are several steps that must be taken to resolve the dispute.

The first step is to make a solution by filing for mediation first. Then if mediation fails, then an agreement is made to find a solution through consolidation. If this effort is unsuccessful, it will be referred to arbitration.

Examples of Consolidation in Various Fields

As has been explained in the sense of consolidation, that consolidation can occur in various fields. Be it in the field of accounting, business, technology or even mass action. To make it clearer, here are some examples of consolidation in various fields.

1. Business consolidation

There are several companies that consolidate, some of the companies that are the result of consolidation are Bank Mandiri that consolidates with Bank Bumi Daya (BBD), Bank Dagang Negara (BDN), Bank Export Import Indonesia or Bank Exim and Bank Pembangunan Indonesia (Bapindo).

In addition to banks, there is also a SmartFren company which is a company that is the result of consolidation from PT. Mobile 8 Telecom Tbk (Mobile 8) and PT. Smart Telecom (Smart). Bakrie Telecom and PT. Sampoerna Telekomunikasi Indonesia (STI) also consolidated with several companies.

2. Consolidation of mass action

The masses are consolidating, with the aim of combining their strengths to achieve a common goal. An example of the consolidation of mass action is the demonstration that took place on 23 to 24 September 2019, namely the Corrupted Reformation demo.

That is an explanation of the meaning of consolidation accompanied by examples, characteristics, and effects of consolidation carried out by companies or banks. 

The meaning of connotation – The meaning of connotation and denotation may have made you feel confused and even often changed the meaning. In fact, connotation and denotation have very different meanings. Connotation and denotation are often used in everyday conversation. It’s just that some people may not realize that they have used a connotation word in a sentence.

Therefore, there is no harm in knowing what the connotation means. By understanding what connotation is, then you can use connotation in the right time.

In order to understand the comments and more complete explanations, below the meaning of connotation will be explained, up to an example of the application of connotation in a sentence. See a more complete explanation below:

Meaning of Connotation in KBBI

Connotation then becomes one of the types of meaning in Indonesian that is attached to a word or an expression, so it is often also known as the meaning of connotation.

The meaning of the connotation itself can actually mean being positive and it can also mean negative. However, what exactly is the meaning of connotation? If you look at the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI). The meaning of connotation in KBBI is a mental link that creates a sense of value in a person when he is dealing with a word. This is one of the features found in the meaning of connotation.

In addition, connotation can also be considered as not the actual meaning. For example, “bunga desa” which means a beautiful girl in a village who is liked by many young men. Then, “long hand” which means an expression for someone who likes to steal, “right hand” which can also be interpreted as a confidant, and so on.

Connotation Meaning and Characteristics

The meaning of connotation can then also be interpreted with a figurative meaning. This means that the connotation attached to a word or expression then has a meaning that is not true. In short, there is another meaning contained in a word or expression with a connotation meaning.

After understanding the meaning of connotation, to make it easier for you to understand the meaning of connotation, the following below are the characteristics of connotation that you need to know:

1. Connotation is a figurative meaning or not a real meaning.
2. Connotation has additional meaning which is then conceptual.
3. Connotation can also have negative and positive connotations as well as neutral connotations.
4. The meaning of the connotation can then change from time to time.
5. Connotation can then have different meanings influenced by the life outlook of a certain community or based on the norms that apply in a community group.

These are some of the characteristics and connotations that you need to know. Looking at these characteristics, it can be said that the use of this connotation can be used in everyday conversation. In addition, this connotation is actually more often found in literary works.

Meaning Connotation

The meaning of connotation is an additional meaning that is then consensual and related to the value of taste. Not only that, this meaning is then a result of the values ​​and norms held by a certain society, resulting in differences in the social function of words and meanings that are almost the same. However, the meaning of the word will then change along with the changes in values ​​and norms that occur in a society. The characteristics of the meaning of connotation are:

1. Meaning Connotation Occurs If This Word Has Sense Value

As for the taste that is meant here, it can be in the form of a taste with a positive or negative taste value. If the taste is not worth it, it can also be said to have a neutral connotation.

2. The Meaning of Connotation of a Word That Can Be Different Between Community Groups

As for the meaning of this meaning, a community group that is one with another community group can have different connotations of a word or sentence. This is due to the view of life and norms found in the community.

3. The meaning of connotation can also change from time to time

For example, accidents on the toll road have claimed many lives. The meaning of the word ” eating the sacrifice ” here does not mean literally chewing or consuming, but resulting. Another example is “Mr. RT doesn’t like doing black campaigns.”

The meaning of the phrase ” black campaign ” does not mean a campaign using the color black, but means an evil or fraudulent campaign .

Another example is in ” Father and mother have eaten a lot of acid and salt of life .” Meaning: from the expression ” eating acid and salt of life ” this is not literally consuming acid and salt, but means having had good, bad and happy life experiences .

Examples of Application of Connotation in Sentences

After knowing the meaning of connotation and its meaning, it feels incomplete if we do not discuss the use of connotation in a sentence.

Because connotation means not the actual meaning, then the word, phrase, and sentence of connotation itself is often used in a literary work, one of which is a literary work of poetry.

Because, the meaning of connotation among them is the figurative meaning contained in a word or expression. Well, to help understand the meaning of the connotation as well as the example. Below is the application to a sentence:

1. A military soldier died on a battlefield while fighting armed rebels. (Gugur in this sentence means to die).
2. Pak Anas is a light-hearted and very generous figure. (Light hand has the meaning of helping).
3. The accident that happened on the red bridge has claimed many victims. (Eating a sacrifice means causing, or causing.
4. Tono became the right hand of an official in a bribery case. (The right hand has the meaning of a trusted person.
5. As a writer Pak Indra has eaten a lot of life’s acid and salt. (Eating sour salt means having a lot of experience.
6. Fadi’s house is haunted by the red man. (Dilalap jago merah has the meaning of burning fire.
7. Since the pandemic occurred, many traders have gone out of business. (Rolling the mat has the meaning of bankruptcy.
8. It’s been a long time since Mrs. Ira left her ex-husband’s house. (Lifting the leg has the meaning of moving or going out.
9. Adi is a smart child even though he lives with a kara (A kara means alone or no family).
10. Lila then became the talk of her neighbors after returning from Jakarta. (The fruit of the lips has the meaning of talking material).
11. Jane apparently inherited blue blood from her grandmother. (Blue blood has the meaning of nobility.
12. Many heroes have fallen on the battlefield. (‘Gugur’ has the meaning of passing away).
13. Because of his big head, Reno was then shunned by his friends. (‘Big head’ means arrogant.
14. The workers feel that the company they work for only makes them cash cows. (‘Sapi perah’ has the meaning of a person who is used by others in order to get a profit).
15. The office is looking for a scapegoat to be able to defend its position. (‘Scapegoat’ has the meaning of a person who is blamed).
16. Ririn is a child who is light-hearted and kind. (‘Light-hearted’ has the meaning of a diligent or helpful child.
17. Every problem should be solved with a cold heart and head. (‘Cold heart’ has the meaning of patience.
18. Pak Rizal became the right hand of the police when helping to solve the kidnapping case. (‘Right hand’ has the meaning of confidant).
19. Mutia is the golden child in her family. (‘Golden child’ has the meaning of the most loved child).
20. The instant success he got made him forget more and more about the mainland. (‘Lupa daratan’ has the meaning of pride or self-forgetfulness).
21. An ink porter was doing news coverage. (‘Kuli ink’ has the meaning of journalist.
22. Flowers are so beautiful and cute that they become rustic flowers. (Country flowers have the meaning of the most beautiful person).
23. Fadlan doesn’t want to be arrogant, even though he is sitting on a soft chair in his office. (‘soft chair’ has the meaning of a good position).
24. Toni lives with a kara. (‘sebatang kara’ means alone or without family).
25. Jono’s house was burnt down by the red man. (‘jago merah’ has the meaning of Fire).
26. Irfan is a descendant of blue blood. (‘blue blood’ means noble/honorable).
27. Anisa has become a buah bibir since she succeeded in setting up a cake shop (‘buah bibir’ has the meaning of talking to a lot of people).
28. Ahmad immediately raised his feet from the cost. (‘lift your feet’ has the meaning of moving/exiting).
29. The increase in BBM is not just a rumor. (‘rumours’ has the meaning of an issue or the truth is uncertain).
30. It turns out that he is a kakap class thief who has repented (‘kakap class’ has the meaning of great or powerful)
31. Didin already knows Budi’s cleverness. (‘akal bulus’ means cunning or trickster)
32. Dian could have worked in the office because she had insiders. (‘insider’ has the meaning of relatives or authorized acquaintances).
33. Rossi is very good at riding his iron horse. (‘iron horse’ has the meaning of racing motor).
34. The merchants have gone out of business. (‘bankruptcy’ has the meaning of bankruptcy)
35. Benny is a person who is very good at tongue fighting. (‘bersilat tongue’ means good at talking or good at finding excuses.

Closing

Thus the discussion about the meaning of connotation along with examples of its application in a sentence. After reading this article to the end, hopefully you will become easier in using connotation sentences, especially in creating literary works.

Definition of Conflict – In our daily life, of course we will never be free from what is called conflict. This happens because humans themselves are social creatures who will always interact with each other. Conflict here is a social process where one party will try to get rid of the other party by destroying it.

The problem could happen between individuals with individuals, individuals with a group, or groups with other groups. Generally, conflict can occur because of differences in an interaction that causes opposition. In essence, the conflict will not only have a negative impact, but sometimes it will also bring a positive impact. Well, in order not to be confused, in this article we will discuss in more depth the meaning of conflict and some causes and examples in everyday life. What do you think? Let’s see the discussion below.

What Is Conflict?

Before discussing conflict in more depth, let’s first discuss the meaning of conflict. Do any of you already know what conflict is? So, etymologically, the word conflict comes from the Latin “con” and “figere”. Where the word “con” has the meaning of together, while “figere” has the meaning of hitting. In KBBI, the entry “conflict” is interpreted as a quarrel, dispute, and opposition. So that the city can conclude that conflict is a condition when there are two or more views, beliefs, desires, interests, different needs, values, inconsistencies, opposites, and not in line.

In Sociology material that discusses conflict, the word is more interpreted as a social process that occurs between two people or groups that try to get rid of each other by making someone or another group helpless or even by destroying another person or group.

Generally, conflicts will arise from differences in everyday life such as differences in culture, physicality, interests, values, needs, emotions, and behavioral patterns between individuals and groups in society. These differences can culminate into a social conflict when the social system of the community cannot accommodate the differences that exist within the community itself.

As usually happens around us, conflict cannot be avoided from the dynamics of social life. In the conflict theory, the condition of a plural society will indeed lead to an imbalance in the distribution of power or authority. So that there will always be social groups that compete with each other in seizing influence in a society. From the existence of the competition, the most powerful group will emerge over the other groups. Usually, the group that feels the most powerful is the elite group. So that he can make a rule that defends the interests of his own group.

The rules made by the powerful group can be in the form of laws that bind other social groups to remain obedient. The competition that occurs between two or more groups is what will later cause social conflict in society.

Definition of Conflict According to Experts

So that you can better understand the material of the conflict. The following are some definitions of conflict according to experts:

a. Hello Liliweri

Conflict is a form of natural opposition that originates from individuals or groups because those involved have different beliefs, attitudes, needs, and values.

b. De Moor

In a social system, it can be said that there is conflict if the inhabitants of the system allow themselves or their groups to be guided by opposing goals or values ​​and this happens on a large scale.

c. Dean G. Pruitt and Jeffrey Z. Rubin

The term “conflict” in its original language means a fight, war, and struggle in the form of physical confrontation between several parties.

d. Lewis A. Coser

Conflict is a struggle about values ​​or claims over status, power, aimed at neutralizing, injuring, and eliminating the opponent.

e. MZ Lawang

Conflict is a form of struggle to gain status, value, and even power when the goal of the conflicting parties is not only to gain profit, but also to subjugate their rivals.

f. Robert MZ Lawang

Conflict is a struggle to obtain rare things such as status, value, power, etc. The purpose of the conflict is not only to win, but also to subjugate the competitor or opponent.

g. Soerjono Soekanto

Conflict as one of the social processes of individuals per individual or group of people who try to meet their needs by opposing the opponent accompanied by violence or threats.

Factors Causing Conflict

Below are some factors that cause conflict, among others:

1. Individual differences

The individual differences in question include differences in feelings and attitudes. Where every human being is a unique individual. This means that each person has a stance and feelings that are different from each other. The difference in stance and feeling is still a matter or a real area that has become one of the factors that cause social conflict. Because, in going through a social relationship, a person is not always in line with the group. For example, when there is a music stage in a residential area, of course everyone’s feelings will be different. There are those who feel disturbed by the noise, but there are also those who feel entertained.

2. Differences in Cultural Background Create Different Individuals

Some people may be influenced by the group’s thinking and stance. Those different thoughts and positions can eventually trigger conflict.

3. Differences in Interest Between Individuals and Groups

Everyone must have different feelings, attitudes or cultural backgrounds. Therefore, at the same time, each person or group has different interests. Sometimes, people do similar things, but have different goals.

For example, related to differences in interests in the utilization of forests. Where the community leaders consider the forest as cultural wealth that is part of their culture. So that its sustainability must be maintained and cannot be cut down indiscriminately. As for the farmers, they actually choose to cut down trees because they consider the trees to be an obstacle for them in making gardens and farms.

For timber operators, they cut down trees and then export them to earn money and create jobs. As for environmentalists, forests are part of the environment that must be preserved. From here we can see that there are differences in interests between one group and another. Until that will bring social conflict in the community.

3. Express and Sudden Value Changes in the Population

Change is something that should happen. But if the change takes place quickly and suddenly, then the change can trigger social conflict. For example, in rural communities that experience a process of industrialization that is quite sudden, then that will certainly give rise to social conflict. Because, the old values ​​that already exist in the traditional society which generally has an agricultural pattern suddenly changed into the values ​​of the industrial society.

Where the values ​​that have changed are among others the value of mutual aid that has changed into the value of a work contract with a salary that is adjusted based on the type of their job. Then the kinship relationship changes into a structural relationship arranged in a formal organization of the company. The changes that occur suddenly, will certainly create a shock in the social process in the community. There will even be an effort to reject the form of change, because it is judged to disrupt the order of life that already existed before.

Types of Conflict

The following are some types of conflicts that we commonly find in social life.

1. Personal Conflict

The first type of conflict is personal conflict. Where personal conflict is one type of conflict that occurs between individuals and individuals or with community groups. One of the causes of personal conflict is due to differences in the way of looking between individuals related to similar issues. This type of conflict very often occurs in friendships, families, the world of work, and so on. One example of personal conflict is when a family has an argument about the division of inheritance rights.

2. Religious Conflict

The next type of conflict is religious conflict. Religious conflict is a conflict that occurs between groups that have different religions and beliefs. The majority of society considers that religion as one of the guidelines and also guidelines for life that must be followed absolutely. So that anything that is different and not in accordance with the religion they follow, will be considered as a problem and that will trigger a conflict.

An example of a religious conflict is the conflict that occurred in Poso. Where the conflict between the two religions has occurred for many years. The conflict occurred because Poso at that time was filled with Muslim residents. However, as time went on, many people who believed in Christianity entered the Poso region and became dominant. But in the end, the conflict can be resolved through mediation.

3. Racial Conflict

Racial conflict is a type of conflict that occurs between different races. Where racial conflict will occur when each race feels superior and prioritizes the interests of its own group. For an example of racial conflict, such as the conflict between white youth and black youth. Surely that is very unsettling and causes division. This type of racial conflict often occurs in Indonesia.

4. Conflict Between Social Classes

The next type of conflict is conflict between social classes. Where this type of conflict is known as vertical conflict, which can appear because of a difference in interests between classes in society. An example of this type of conflict is a demonstration that occurs between employees and the company, where the employees demand a salary increase.

5. Social Conflict

The existence of class groups in a society will have the potential to trigger conflict. Struggle and also efforts to defend the status and role in the community often lead to conflict. An example of this one conflict is between the rich group and the poor group who fight each other for power in the political seat.

6. Political Conflict

Political conflict is one type of conflict that occurs due to differences of opinion in political life. The conflict occurs because each group wants to be in power in a government system. Examples of this conflict are the PKI rebellion in Madiun, the 30S/PKI Rebellion, and the DI/TII rebellion. In fact, there are still many political conflicts that occur in the run-up to the election.

7. International conflict

International conflict is a type of conflict that involves various groups of countries due to differences in the interests of each country. One of the examples of international conflict is between North Korea and South Korea, ISIS, as well as other countries that wage war.

8. Causes of Conflict

Conflict can occur because of a cause. So that will cause a conflict. There are several causes of conflict as a whole including:

-Individual differences

The first cause of conflict is due to individual differences and different feelings. Where there is usually a difference of feeling and stance towards a real thing or environment. This can be one of the causes of social conflict.

– Differences in interests between individuals or groups

The next cause of conflict is the difference in interests between individuals and a group. This happens because not everyone has the same interests.

-Differences in cultural background

Some people will be influenced by the ownership pattern and also the stance of the group. Those different thoughts and positions will eventually trigger differences that can cause a conflict.

– Rapid and sudden value changes in society

As explained above, sudden changes in a society have the potential to trigger conflict. Because, it happened because of the unpreparedness of society in facing a drastic change.

How to Overcome Conflict

Below are some ways you can do to overcome a conflict.

1. Competition

Conflict resolution in the form of competition is usually known as win-lose orientation. Where this settlement process describes one party sacrificing the other party.

2. Accommodation

The resolution of this type of conflict will depict a mirror image competition that will give the entire solution to the other party without any effort to fight for its own goals. The process is commonly known as reconciliation tactics.

3. Sharing

In this type of conflict resolution process, one party will give and the other party will receive something. Both have a moderate mind, incomplete, but satisfactory.

4. Collaboration

This is one form of conflict resolution that can satisfy both parties. The effort is a problem-solving approach that requires integration from both sides.

5. Avoidance

The resolution of this conflict usually involves the indifference of the two groups concerned. The condition reflects the withdrawal of the interests of other groups.

Examples of Conflict

An example of a conflict that we often find in everyday life is the conflict about children who drop out of school because they have to help their parents work. This condition should be one of the government’s concerns because children who are of compulsory school age need to complete their education until the end. . Based on a survey of children aged 10 to 17 who are already working, as reported by the Central Statistics Agency in 2006.

It is recorded that 2.8 million children have become workers. From the results of the study, it was found that children aged 9 to 15 years are already involved in various types of work. Where it has resulted in their mental, emotional, and physical health. At first maybe they only intended to help his parents. But as time goes by, they then get stuck being a permanent employee.

Eventually they often skip school and decide to quit school. For poor children, School Operational Assistance or BOS alone is not enough. The government and schools should consider giving additional scholarships to buy uniforms and stationery. So that children who are less able are not burdened with the cost of education.

Definition of Conduction – In physics or more specifically in the field of electricity, the term conduction is one of the words that is heard quite often. In general, conduction can be understood as a process of heat energy transmission. Conduction can also be interpreted as a process that we unconsciously always find in everyday life.

For example, when a person is walking barefoot on asphalt that is hot enough, the conduction process from the asphalt to the feet will automatically occur. This will make the person’s feet feel hot like asphalt.

Well, in this article, we will discuss in depth the meaning of conduction. Not only that, it will also be discussed about the type of conduction, the characteristics of conduction, to various examples of conduction that we can find in our daily activities.

A. Definition of Conduction

The concept of conduction is a process of heat transfer that occurs in a substance without being accompanied by the transfer of some particles from the substance. Conduction itself usually occurs in solids, especially solids that have the properties of conductors. A conductor is known to be an object capable of transmitting heat, electric current, and even sound.

In the concept of conduction, the transfer of this heat can be affected by several things, starting from the type of object, the cross-sectional area of ​​the conducting substance, to the difference in temperature at the end of each object. Not only that, the length of the intermediate substance that heat is used to propagate can also affect the transfer

In addition to conduction, heat can also transfer in two other ways, namely convection and radiation. Convection or flow is the process of heat transfer through a flow in which the medium moves. When a particle or substance moves and causes heat to propagate, it can be confirmed that convection will occur.

Convection usually occurs in liquids and gases such as air or wind. For example, like the movement of water up and down when heated. Cold water will automatically go down, while hot water will easily move up.

Then, radiation or radiation is the transfer of heat or heat without an intermediate substance. Radiation itself can generally move accompanied by light or through the form of electromagnetic wave propagation.

Some examples of heat transfer without intermediate substances are, for example, radiation or heat from the sun to the earth through a vacuum. This process is unconsciously very useful for everyday human activities, such as drying clothes. Not only for humans, radiation also has an influence on the process of plant photosynthesis, there are land and sea winds, and so on.

B. Types of Conduction

After knowing the meaning of conduction, here are some types of conduction that you should know, among others:

1. Tunak Conduction

The first type of conduction is passive conduction. This type of conduction can be understood as a stable condition where there is no heat absorption or emission at any cross section. The left and right side of the face will both maintain their respective temperatures. This will ultimately result in a constant temperature gradient throughout the plate because the amount of heat that flows is the same in each section.

2. Temporary Conduction

The second type of conduction is transient conduction. In this temporary conduction, the temperature can change at certain objects and times. This mode depends on the temperature to be the main point. Temporary conduction itself usually occurs when there is a known temperature change on the outside or inside the object.

3. Electrical Conduction

The third type of conduction is electrical conduction. Electrical conduction can be understood as an event that occurs when there is an electric current passing through it. Electrical conduction itself is very dependent on the physical structure to how an electron is bound to the material.

4. Voice Conduction

The fourth type of conduction is voice conduction. Sound conduction is one type of conduction capable of producing a vibration at the same time causing various atoms to vibrate through matter. It’s just that, in sound conduction there are isolators whose individual atoms don’t vibrate easily, which are like sonic isolators. This will basically make sound conduction function as a sound dampener.

C. Conduction Characteristics

Conduction as we know ourselves is a transfer of heat through a solid substance that does not experience displacement. In the conduction itself there are several characteristics that can be used to distinguish it from the other two types.

Well, here are some conduction characteristics that you need to pay attention to, including:

• Requires intermediate substances (medium)
• Must be in contact.
• Occurs in solids.
• Heat transfer is not followed by intermediate substances.

In heat transfer by conduction, a formula can be used to calculate, among others as follows:

Q/t = H = k (Δt)/l

Description:

H = Heat speed that propagates per unit time (J/s)
K = thermal conductivity of the material (W/mK)
A = Cross-sectional area (m2)
Δt = temperature change (T2 – T1) (K)
L = length of the conveyor (m)

D. Examples of Conduction

After understanding the meaning of conduction as well as the difference with other types of heat transfer. Below will be presented some examples of conduction quite often that you encounter in everyday life, among which are:

1. Conduction can occur when someone is ironing. When you are ironing clothes, you need the heat of the iron to make the job easier. The heat from the iron will cause heat transfer when it comes into contact with the clothes. However, not only clothes, all things that have conductive properties can be heat transfer, including human skin.

2. Conduction can occur when someone stirs a hot drink. If you dip a spoon with stainless steel material into a glass filled with hot tea water, then the tip of the spoon that is not dipped will also experience heat transfer with a hot or warm feeling. This can happen due to the transfer of heat flow from the original high temperature part to the low temperature part.

In addition to the two illustrations above, there are some simple examples that you often experience in your daily activities, including:

• Hands blistered when holding a hot wok.
• When cooking, the tip of the spatula will feel hot even though it is not in direct contact with the flame.
• When the hot iron is rubbed against the shirt, then the shirt will be neat and warm.
• When hugging a person who has a hotter temperature, the body will feel warmer.
• The old exhaust gets hot when the engine is turned on.
• A metal spoon that is used to stir hot tea, the end of the spoon that is held becomes hot because the other end is in direct contact with the tea.
• A cup that feels hot when filled with hot water.
• A plate that feels hot when used to put hot food.
• Heat food using a wok.
• The heated butter becomes melted because it absorbs the heat sent through the wok.
• Ironing clothes. Conduction occurs on the metal-based iron surface.
• The lid of the pot becomes hot when used to cover the boiling water.

 

The meaning of conduction, characteristics, and examples – In the science of physics and electricity, the term corruption is one of the words that we often encounter in our daily lives. Usually conduction is known as a heat energy transmission process. Where this conduction itself is a process that often occurs in everyday human activities without realizing it.

With one of them, when a person walks barefoot on very hot asphalt, the conduction process from the asphalt to the feet will automatically occur. In order to know a more complete understanding of conduction, here is an explanation related to the meaning of conduction, the characteristics of conduction, examples of conduction and types of conduction.

Definition of Conduction

Based on the Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), conduction is a transfer from one part of an object to another or from one object to another without the transfer of particles or substances.

In some studies, this heat energy transfer itself can be categorized into several types of transfer methods. Heat can travel from one part to another through stationary substances or objects.

In addition, heat can also carry particles of flowing substances. At that moment, the heat energy is transferred through the beam.

Heat transfer by conduction can usually occur in solid substances, such as iron, metal, and copper. A substance that can conduct heat well is called a conductor, meanwhile, a substance that is difficult to conduct heat is called an insulator.

Conduction is the only mechanism where heat is able to flow in a solid substance that is not able to transmit light.

Conduction Characteristics

Conduction is the transfer of heat that has several distinguishing characteristics with the other two types. Here have been presented the characteristics of conduction.

• Requires an intermediate substance or medium.
• Mandatory to touch each other.
• Generally, occurs in solids.
• Heat transfer is not followed by intermediate substances.
• Heat transfer by conduction can be calculated using the formula:
  Q/t = H = k (Δt)/l

Explanation:
H = Heat speed that propagates per unit time (J/s)
K = Thermal conductivity of material (W/mK)
A = Cross-sectional area (m2)
Δt = Temperature change (T2 – T1) (K)
L = Conductor length ( m)

The Process of Heat Transfer by Conduction

You can understand heat transfer by conduction at the atomic level, where particles physically transfer heat energy when they come into physical contact with other particles.

This conduction is similar to the explanation of heat by the kinetic theory of gases, although the transfer of heat in gases and liquids is generally said to be convection.

However, the rate of heat transfer from time to time is said to be conduction current and this is determined by the thermal conductivity of the material, and the amount that shows the ease with which heat is transmitted in the material.

Example Conduction

So that you can know more clearly, the following is an example of conduction taken from Arif Cerdas Book for Elementary School Class 5.

• Hands blistered when holding a hot wok.
• When cooking, the spatula will feel hot.
• When the hot iron is rubbed on the shirt, then the shirt will become more neat and warm.
• When you hug someone who has a hotter temperature, the body will feel warmer.
• The melting of butter when placed on a fiery wok that is being heated.
• Exhaust that gets hot over time when the motor is turned on.

Types of Conduction

Conduction is divided into various types. Generally, conduction in physics is described as having 3 (three) types. Here are the types of conduction, including:

Conduction On One Dimensional Walls

Conduction on a flat wall that can be seen as conduction or this dimension never actually exists, but conduction that occurs on a wall that is relatively thin and wide enough and all four sides are well insulated.

Solid Conduction On Flat Walls

This type of conduction generally has a series electrical arrangement in which there is a large, strong current. Also, generally conduction has a conductor with a length that does not have branching.

Conduction On Parallel Walls

The next type of conduction occurs because heat transfer is on parallel and flat walls. The situation, will make there is no heat transfer in the transverse direction between the walls.

Meanwhile, in physics, the word conduction is described with 3 (three) types of behavior defined by the type of energy transferred, including:

Heat Conduction or Thermal Conduction

Heat conduction or thermal conduction is the transfer of energy from a warmer substance to a colder substance through direct contact. For example, someone who is touching the handle of a hot metal pan.

Electrical Conduction

Electrical conduction is the transfer of electrically charged particles through media. For example electricity that travels through electrical cables in your home.

Sound Conduction or Acoustic Conduction

Sound conduction or acoustic conduction is the transfer of sound waves through media. For example, the vibration from loud music passing through the wall.

Heat transfer is usually categorized into several mechanisms.

Heat Conduction

Heat conduction or commonly known as diffusion occurs inside objects or between two objects that are in contact. This is a direct microscopic exchange of kinetic energy from particles that cross the boundary between two systems. When an object is at a different temperature from other objects or other environments.

Heat Convection

Heat convection depends on the movement of mass from one region of space to another. Convection occurs when the flow of fluid or gas or liquid carries heat together with the flow of matter in the fluid.

Thermal Radiation

Thermal radiation is the transfer of heat by an electromagnetic radiation. For example, sunlight, without the need for matter to be present in the space between things.

Differences in Conduction, Convection, and Radiation

Heat and heat are energy that moves from a high temperature to a low temperature. Heat transfer can occur by conduction, convection, and radiation. Here are the differences between conduction, convection, and radiation.

Conduction is the transfer of heat through a solid substance that is not followed by displacement . This means that the transfer of heat in a substance is not accompanied by the transfer of its particles.

Convection is the transfer of heat through flow followed by the transfer of intermediate substances . When particles move, it will cause heat to propagate until convection occurs. Convection heat transfer occurs in liquids and gases.

Radiation is the transfer of heat without an intermediate substance . This radiative heat transfer is generally accompanied by light.

 

Condensation Is – You must have seen the dew clinging to the leaves early in the morning. The morning dew becomes one of the beautiful sights that is pleasant to see. Especially if you live in the countryside that still has many gardens, you will find a lot of morning dew sticking to the leaves.

When we were children, we often played with the dew on the leaves, apart from its unique appearance, the morning dew also felt cooler and clearer than the water in the bathroom let alone the teapot in the kitchen. Most children usually try to transfer this dew to the palm without breaking it. Unfortunately, because dew is basically water, the dew that was round can break easily.

Well, speaking of morning dew, have you ever wondered, where do these little dews come from? So this is how morning dew appears because of the condensation process done by nature.

Condensation? You must be very unfamiliar with this term! So, condensation is not a popular term, so very few people know about it.

In fact, even those who have studied natural science may have forgotten this term, or perhaps they have never studied condensation at all?

If you are one of those people who don’t understand condensation yet, you are in luck because this time we will discuss it. So the question is, what is condensation? Let’s see the following explanation about condensation!

Definition of Condensation

As mentioned before, condensation is a less popular term in many people’s ears. However, even though the name is less popular, in fact we often see the result of the condensation process in everyday life, namely embuni.

Condensation is the change of substance from a gas to a liquid. If you already know what evaporation is, you must realize that condensation is the opposite of the evaporation process. The reason is that, if processed, evaporation of water will turn into gas, then condensation is the opposite or turning gas into water.

In addition to being called condensation, this process is also often called condensation. Why is it called that? This is because the end result of the condensation process has the form of water droplets that we commonly know as dew.

Just like evaporation, condensation is also a natural process and not man-made. Generally, the condensation process occurs at night, but you can also observe this process in some specific ways.

Causes of Condensation

Condensation is the process of changing from a gas to a liquid. This natural process occurs due to two things, namely water vapor passing through a colder surface and when water vapor experiences pressure or compression.

1. Water Vapor Passes Over a Cooler Surface

Condensation occurs when water vapor passes over a surface that is cooler than the dew point. The dew point itself is the temperature at which the condensation process occurs.

In this case, the morning dew is one example of the condensation process. So compared to the day, the temperature at night is much colder, so the vapor that was in the form of gas then cools because the night temperature is much lower than the day, the vapor that cools then forms the dew that we see the next morning.

These dews can usually be easily found on the grass or foliage around the house. The colder the temperature at night, the more water vapor will condense and eventually turn into morning dew.

2. When water vapor experiences pressure or compression

In the second condition, condensation can occur when water vapor experiences pressure or compression. When the vapor experiences pressure, then the vapor will change back to liquid form. For example, when you pour hot water into a glass, then cover it, the water vapor that comes out of the hot water will be pressurized and cannot escape from the glass lid until it produces water droplets that stick to the surface of the glass lid.

Another example of other condensation is a soda drink glass. When removed from the refrigerator, the outside of the can will cool down and cause dew to appear on the surface of the can, why can that happen?

Such things can happen because the temperature outside the refrigerator is much warmer than inside. The cold vapor trapped inside the can eventually condenses, and forms water droplets on the surface of the can. Basically, things like that don’t only happen to soda drinks, but can also happen to various containers or bottles that are kept in the fridge, then taken out at room temperature.

Factors That Cause Condensation

Earlier we have learned about condensation, so we know that condensation is a change from gas to liquid and is the opposite of evaporation. We also know that condensation is caused by two things, namely (1) gas passing through a colder surface and (20) when the gas receives compression or pressure.

In addition to the cause, the occurrence of condensation is also triggered by three factors. What factors?

1. Air humidity in a room

Air humidity is one of the main factors in the condensation process. This process itself only occurs when the air in the room is unable to withstand the level of humidity.

One example is if you have a house with a cement floor that is already smooth, you will find that the floor will be a little wet in certain mornings. Usually this happens when the weather and temperature the night before is very cold from the temperature in normal nights.

2. Low Air Temperature

After the air humidity in a room, another factor that triggers the condensation process is the air temperature. As previously discussed, condensation occurs when a gas in the form of water vapor passes over a surface with a low temperature.

From the explanation it can be concluded that air temperature plays an important role in the condensation process. The colder the temperature of a place or surface, the more water vapor will condense. However, when the temperature rises, the evaporation process will occur, where the water will change into a gas and rise into the atmosphere.

3. Poor Air Vents

Air vents or air vents are one of the things that must be present in the house and should be in every room. The presence of vents is not only for aesthetics or to make the room look good, but more than that, the presence of ventilation also serves as an entrance and exit for air.

With ventilation, the air can go in and out easily and does not make the room feel stuffy. In addition, ventilation is made to prevent condensation in the room.

Condensation in the room can occur because the gas in the air is trapped in the room, when night comes and the temperature drops or drops, the gas then undergoes a process of condensation and makes the floor and some parts of the room wet.

Types of Condensation

Further information about condensation is the types. The condensation process sounds simple, but this process is actually divided into several types. The type of condensation itself is divided into two, namely exterior condensation and interior condensation. More details will be explained below.

1. Exterior Condensation

The first type of condensation is exterior condensation. What is exterior condensation? As the name suggests, exterior condensation is condensation that occurs outdoors. This type of condensation usually occurs when the surface temperature is below the dew point or even colder than that.

Usually this condensation occurs when gas or steam touches the surface of the glass. As we know that materials such as glass, iron, and similar materials can absorb heat and cold. When the temperature drops, the glass surface will become very cold and even freeze, so that when the steam touches the glass surface, the exterior condensation process will occur afterwards.

Just like condensation that occurs in dew on foliage, exterior condensation also usually occurs at night. It usually happens when the temperature during the day is very hot, but then drops when the night comes.

2. Interior Condensation

The opposite of exterior condensation that makes the glass fog up from the outside, interior condensation occurs in closed spaces. The process of interior condensation can occur when the ventilation in a room is very poor or even has no vents at all.

The more closed a room is, the more air will be trapped and unable to escape. It was aggravated by the very cold temperature outside. As a result, condensation occurs more and more. Condensation will not only wet the window glass, but also the floor and some other parts of the room.

Just like exterior condensation, interior condensation also happens most at night when the temperature drops. The condensation process can also occur during the day when it rains or snows all day, so the temperature becomes very cold.

Result from the Condensation Process

In addition to being divided into two types, the result of the condensation process is divided into several forms. Although we cannot see the condensation process, we can easily see the result of the condensation process that occurs every day. So what is the result of this condensation?

1. Dew

Dew becomes one of the results of the simplest condensation process. When we see the dew on the leaves and grass in the morning, we will wonder where all this dew comes from?

So, as already mentioned, dew is the result of condensation that occurs at night. Dew itself appears when vapor in the earth’s atmospheric layer condenses on a cold surface, then the vapor will condense on leaves, grass, or even glass in a building.

2. Fog

Fog is one of the rare phenomena that we rarely see. This actually makes sense considering that most of us live in urban areas that are full of pollution and lack trees. However, if you have the opportunity to camp in the open or take a vacation in the countryside, you can still see the fog that envelops the region. Fog most often appears in the morning, or after rain.

Fog is also a result of the condensation process. After it rains or after the night ends, the water vapor will form super small droplets in the air. These super small droplets are then known as fog.

However, because there are so many of them, these super tiny droplets end up blocking the line of sight. The more super small water droplets in the air, the more our visibility is obstructed.

Although it looks beautiful, the presence of fog sometimes also makes someone trapped in danger. More than once or twice, a climber got lost because his view was obstructed by thick fog, so that he had difficulty taking the right path. Not only the climbers, the fog also sometimes disturbs the users of two or four-wheeled vehicles, so it can cause accidents.

Fortunately, most fog is also short-lived. As the sun begins to rise, the fog will slowly disappear. This is because the presence of the sun makes the temperature rise and the super mini water droplets evaporate again and finally disappear.

3. Frozen Dew

If fog alone is rare, then the phenomenon of frost is much rarer, especially for those of us who live in a country with a tropical climate and warm temperature like Indonesia.

For those of you who don’t have a shadow at all, frost is a thin layer of ice that sticks to a solid surface. If you have heard about the phenomenon of plants freezing in Dieng during the summer period, well that is the clear picture.

Similar to fog and dew, frost is also created from the process of condensation. This process occurs because the dew point is colder than the freezing point. Because of this, the water vapor that should change form into normal dew, instead freezes into super small ice particles.

Impact of Condensation

If you look at the results of the condensation process, this process seems to be harmless. Some of the results of the condensation process such as fog, dew, and frost even look so beautiful. But who would have thought that the condensation process could also have a bad impact and harm humans.

1. Can Cause Short Circuit

In populated areas, condensation can cause a short circuit in the electric current which, if left unchecked, will trigger a large fire that can harm many people. Even a short circuit can also cause a fire, thus harming the people and the surrounding environment.

2. Thwarting Harvest Time

In summer, the temperature in the Dieng Plateau at night will drop to minus point. This makes the grass and some plants covered with ice and frozen. If this phenomenon only happens once or twice, maybe the consequences will not be too fatal. The problem is, this phenomenon happens many times and causes the crops to rot until finally the harvest fails and harms the farmers who have worked hard to plant and take care of their crops.

Conclusion

Well that’s the complete explanation about condensation. Not only the meaning, but also the form, the process of occurrence, the trigger factor, the type of condensation, until the impact. Although condensation can trigger problems, but condensation is a natural process that occurs naturally and is difficult to stop by humans.

Basically, condensation is part of the water cycle and is also the opposite of the evaporation process. This process is very important for our earth, and that means it is also important for the living things that live on its surface. Although condensation can be harmful, but generally condensation has benefits for everyday life.

Meaning of effort – Hi Reader, Islam always educates its adherents to try as much as possible according to their abilities. Meanwhile, Allah SWT will give a decision from every thing that his servant tries. Islam strongly forbids its people to be lazy.

Allah SWT created humans as the most perfect creatures, in addition to having human desires and being given reason, that is something very special that of course Allah has his own purpose. Because humans are more civilized and ethical. Then, one of the traits that humans must do in order to be a civilized and ethical human being is to strive.

By making an effort, then a person will always try to try until the desired goal is achieved. Therefore, in Islam, it is not good for a servant to be lazy or give up if he has failed several times in reaching his goal.

But, actually, what is meant by effort? To know more about the effort, then you can read the complete review on this article, Reader.

Meaning of Effort

Effort is the behavior of trying seriously in a good way and in accordance with the applicable provisions. Simply put, effort can be said to be an external effort made by humans to achieve a goal.

A person needs to move in order to achieve what he wants and fulfill what he needs. For example, a person needs to eat to survive and food can only be obtained from nature and food can also be bought from sellers. Before you can shop, someone has to have money.

Where does this money come from? Of course by working, if you are already working you will receive a payment or salary in the form of money. This salary supports a person’s need to be able to buy food everyday.

Imagine if that person didn’t work? Then, there is no money that can be used to spend on kitchen needs. In the end, they will starve and then die for not trying to earn money.

Another example is a person who wants to get a good grade or the highest grade in his class, so he should make an effort. If a person does not study diligently and earnestly, then it will be difficult to get the best grades from his friends.

In this learning example, it can be done by following additional learning, or it can also be re-learning lessons that have been taught at school. In addition, so that the desire can be realized, then one is also advised to pray.

So, with this analogy it can be understood that everyone must strive to achieve their desires and fulfill their needs. It is not enough to just sleep comfortably at home and have all your needs met or all your dreams come true. In this world there is no concept like this.

Therefore, it is necessary for every human being to always strive and pray so that what he wants can be realized.

In Islam, to convey a message or kindness can be done with a sermon. The sermon itself is usually done when going to the Friday prayer. The content of Islamic sermons is also very diverse, one of which is a sermon on the theme of becoming a superior human being. Well, in this series of Islamic Friday Sermons for Superior Humans , the reader will be explained several ways to become a superior human being in the eyes of Islam.

 

Forms of Effort

Ikhtiar is one of the praiseworthy forms of morals taught by the Prophet SAW to his people. To know more about effort, then we also need to know the forms or types of effort itself. Below are some forms of effort that you need to know.

Not easily discouraged

In life, humans are destined to always try to live it. It’s like when you’re working on something, but the results you get don’t match what you envisioned or targeted, then that’s where you need to work hard and not give up and despair, you have to rise from depression while continuing to work. learn and keep learning.

For example when you run a business as an entrepreneur by setting up a restaurant, but after going through it you find a loss that makes the business bankrupt. So, you have to keep trying and trying other ways to continue what you have done before.

Really

The next form of business that should be considered is seriousness. This is because when you have a certain dream or target in life, it takes a very deep sense of sincerity to achieve all of that.

Therefore, you need to instill efforts that must be carried out earnestly and cannot be done half-heartedly. A simple example is in dating, in this world there is no human being who wants someone who is not a good partner in his life, so you need to learn a lot and make changes in order to be able to satisfy yourself in order to get the best partner.

Hardworking

The next effort is to do hard work in achieving dreams. Trying to exert all the abilities that have been given by Allah SWT should be done to achieve something desired, in this case being lazy and working as you please is highly discouraged.

You should try and fight as hard as you can to get results that will satisfy you later on. Like if you are being tested for a disease, then you should try to avoid all taboos, exercise diligently, take medication, or other things that support your recovery from a disease.

As in the book Aku Berusaha, Allah yang Punya Kuasa which contains ways for a Muslim to always continue to strive and also pray. Through this book, the reader will know how to be sincere, when a wish cannot be fulfilled.

 

After knowing the forms or types of efforts, then in the next discussion we will discuss the benefits of efforts. Well, so, keep reading this article until the end, Reader.

Benefits of Effort

A Muslim who always strives will always get a positive impact, as for the benefits of striving are as follows.

1. Not dependent on others (independent)

The first benefit that will be obtained when a person strives is to be an independent person or not dependent on others. In this case, it can be said that a person will always work with himself first, only when it is no longer possible will he ask for help from others. So, by making an effort, one does not always trouble others.

In addition, by making an effort, the abilities within can continue to improve. Then, the one where the ability can benefit others or yourself.

2. Become more dignified in the eyes of God and man

When a person strives, he will become more dignified in the eyes of God and man. This is not without reason because by making an effort, a person will be seen as earnest in achieving his goal.

3. Easier to appreciate your own efforts 

The third benefit of making an effort is that it becomes easier to appreciate one’s own efforts. That way, then someone will not blame his efforts too much when he fails. In fact, he will find a solution to the failure.

The Positive Impact of Habituating Effort Behavior

Among the positive effects we get if we want to do our best are: Eliminate laziness, depression, and complaints. Grow new hope in life. Because every effort can grow a million hopes, and with many efforts, there will be more hopes.

Therefore, a person who gets used to behaving diligently, can feel some positive effects, among others:

1. There is self-satisfaction.
2. Praised by Allah SWT and others.
3. Grow and improve.
4. Growing confidence in what God has given us.
5. Confident that God will definitely help His servant who wants to make an effort.

How to get used to trying

We must realize that the needs of human life are more and more diverse. While Allah SWT has provided all the necessities of human life. Therefore, it is mandatory for humans to try to achieve it with the maximum ability. And to meet these needs, humans must do several things, among others.

1. Always enthusiastic and active when doing something or building a business.
2. Always believe and be confident in the task or work done.
3. Can organize free time into very useful time.
4. Always innovate on a job or task.
5. Not focusing on helping others.

The bond between effort, prayer, and trust

The same is quoted from the post of the book publisher deeppublish. com , effort is a combination of the trinity of effort, blessing, and surrender. Moreover, one cannot be separated from the other, as a result, when reaching something or fulfilling a desire, all three need to be tried together.

Usually, by way of queuing try to occupy the initial position. After that, it is accompanied by hope and at the same time nourishes the act of trusting. Meaning, all three need to be tried together and in a balanced ration.

Efforts without blessing and self-surrender not only produce an arrogant person, but also very ambitious. Generally, the perpetrator legalizes all the methods and after that it is easy to be disappointed especially the mental pressure when his will and needs do not work.

On the contrary, when a person surrenders and or just hopes, he is included among the fools. God does not want to straighten his hand in a direct way to his servant who only begs through blessings at home without trying.

Examples of Efforts in Daily Life

Effort is trying really hard in the best way that needs to be applied in everyday life. Here are examples of efforts in everyday life. A student studies hard because he wants to get good results.

1. Work hard because you want to succeed.
2. Repent to Allah SWT because you want to get His forgiveness.
3. Be diligent in worshiping by carrying out the commandments of Allah SWT and avoiding His prohibitions because you want to obtain Allah’s mercy and when sick, some people seek treatment hoping for healing from Allah SWT.

How to Try to Invite Fortune Like a Prophet

Prophet Muhammad SAW is the Prophet that we need to emulate in any matter. Not only about religion and worship, but also about sustenance. Although Prophet Muhammad is the messenger of God, but the Prophet also tried to collect sustenance. Just like when Prophet Muhammad wanted to be a warlord, he trained and fought to make his wish come true.

Every human desire will be granted with a record of human effort. Because Islam teaches its people to do practices that will bring sustenance. At least if this practice and method is done, then the sustenance received will be more blessed and come to us. The method is as follows.

Sharing (Charity, Endowment, Zakat, Waqf)

The first way to create sustainability is to practice sharing. The practice of sharing is giving part of the wealth we have to people in need.

Pray And Istighfar

Surely we have heard the expression that prayer without effort is nonsense, and effort without prayer is arrogance. Likewise with sustenance, we cannot just try without praying and asking Allah SWT and vice versa.

Wake up in the morning

Maybe we often hear the words of parents who say “don’t wake up this afternoon, your fortune is already on the chicken stake”. Our parents often tell us to get up early to earn a living. Waking up in the morning, in Islam is bad behavior. Islam advocates getting up early.

Dhuha prayer

God invites us to seek happiness while in this world and not leave it for happiness in the afterlife. Indeed, the afterlife is the end of life, and deeds in this world will affect life in the afterlife.

However, inviting sustenance in the morning for the happiness of the world is one form of effort. The sustenance we receive can be used to provide for the afterlife by giving charity and sharing happiness with fellow human beings. One of the ways to invite sustenance in the morning is to perform the Dhuha prayer.

https://www.Sinaumedia.com/products/conf-doa-menggundang-rezeki

Strive And Work

In addition to practicing the teachings above, of course there will be no point if we set aside effort and hard work. To collect sustenance, we must work and strive as hard as we can until the sustenance we want is accepted by Allah SWT.

Pious

Further, to collect sustenance is to be pious, which is to carry out all orders and avoid all prohibitions. Of course, there are many prohibitions that God commands, such as the command to pray, fast, zakat, Hajj and so on. As for avoiding God’s prohibitions such as drunkenness, adultery, stealing and many others.

Do Good

It is appropriate for us as social beings to always do good to anyone and anything. The trivial actions we do will have an impact on the next life. Maybe we often hear the saying “little by little over time becomes a hill”. Sometimes the small kindnesses we do will bring sustenance.

Such is the commentary on the meaning of effort, form, benefits, and also examples. Hopefully after reading this article to the end, it will be easier for you to apply efforts in your daily life.

•  

What is organizational communication? – As social beings, communication is one of the important and common things we do. This communication activity is necessary to keep us close to each other, as well as facilitate a relationship, both between family, friends and members of the organization.

Understanding Communication

According to Jenis and Kelly, communication is a process carried out through a person or communicator who conveys a stimulus with the aim of changing or shaping the behavior of other people.

While according to Raymond Ross , communication is a process of sorting, choosing and sending symbols in such a way as to help the listener evoke a meaning or response from his mind that is similar to what the communicator intended.

According to the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), communication is the sending and receiving of messages and news from two or more people so that the message can be understood by the interlocutor.

So it can be concluded that communication is the process of sending, sorting and receiving symbols or messages from one or more people so that the message can reach and be understood by listeners and interlocutors.

Communication is a basic need that a person must have. In understanding communication and how to make a good and effective communication process, Reader can read the book Introduction to Communication Science Fourth Edition by Hafied Cangara.

Definition of Organization

In this first article, the writer will discuss about organizational communication, after explaining the meaning of communication according to experts, we need to know the meaning and meaning of the following organization :

According to Stephen Robbins , an organization is a group or unit in social life that is coordinated and done consciously that is limited by relative things that can be identified.

Sondang Siagian believes that an organization is a form of union or fellowship done by two or more people to cooperate (achieve a certain goal together) in a formal bond.

While Thompson expressed the opinion that the organization is a combination of several specialized members and its nature is very rational and impersonal, the specialized members will work together to achieve one or several common goals that have been discussed and determined by the group.

From the three members, the author can conclude that an organization is a group between two or more people in a special group that is formed to achieve one or several goals that have been set together by working together.

The existence of organizational communication itself, used to achieve a common goal, where often this type of communication is used and applied in the scope of work as discussed in the book Organizational Communication by Morissan.

After knowing the meaning of communication and organization, let’s continue to the next discussion, namely what is organizational communication? Does it have the same definition when the concepts of communication and organization are combined? In order to be more clear, the following is the meaning of organizational communication according to the experts that the author has summarized.

Understanding Organizational Communication

Ron Ludlow expressed the opinion that organizational communication is a communication program in the study of Public Relations (PR) regarding internal relations as well as government relations and investor relations in organizations.

Meanwhile, Devito believes that organizational communication is an effort to send and receive messages both in formal and informal groups in an organization.

Katz and Kahn also argue that organizational communication is a transmission and or exchange of information in an organization, so that it can form a flow of information. The existence of organizational communication can give rise to an information network in the organization.

Pace and Faules also argue that organizational communication is a behavior that occurs in an organization and how the people in it get involved in the process and make transactions in the form of exchanging meaning.

Meanwhile, Frank Jefkins defines organizational communication as a form of communication that has been planned by an organization with the public or the wider community where the organization is located to achieve a specific goal.

According to Frank’s view , interaction between organizational members or members with organizational leaders is not organizational communication, but rather the interaction between the organization and the communication target that is not part of the organization.

From six expert opinions on the definition of organizational communication, it can be concluded that organizational communication is a process that occurs in an organization in the form of delivery, reception and exchange of information and messages that are done to achieve a specific goal that has been set together (organizational members and leaders).

The process of delivering, receiving and exchanging information and messages can be done formally or informally as long as the set goals are realized.

In the development of communication science, there are various basic concepts of organizational communication, dimensions in it, as well as classification that you can learn in the book Organizational Communication by Irene Silviani.

After knowing the definition of communication, the writer will further discuss the theory of organizational communication that has been presented by several communication experts. The following are theories about organizational communication.

Theory – Theories and Types of Organizational Communication Theory

1. Classical structural theory

This first theory developed since the 1800s, and can be called the machine theory. This theory explains that the organization is described as an institution that is central to its tasks and provides structural mechanical instructions that are rigid, monotonous and non-innovative. There are four basic conditions of this theory, namely power, serving each other, doctrine and discipline.

2. Neoclassical theory or human relations

This theory was introduced by Elton Mayo and appeared due to dissatisfaction with classical theory or machine theory. Neo classical theory refers to the importance of psychological and social aspects of employees as an individual or work group.

This theory has been “clarified” through an experiment conducted by Elton at the Hawthorne factory in 1924. The results of the experiment obtained the conclusion that it is important to pay attention to incentive wages and the working conditions of employees to increase work productivity.

3. Fusion theory

This theory was introduced by Bakke and in 1957 Argyris perfected Bakke’s opinion. Fusion theory originated from Bakke’s awareness in 1950 regarding the awareness of the satisfaction of different human interests in a bureaucracy or organization.

Bakke believes that organizations at certain levels will influence an individual. While at the same time individuals give influence to the organization introduced by the organization.

The phenomenon causes officers to show the characteristics of forming an organization or being organized. Each department owned by an officer is unique and has special characteristics of each organization, so that it can be modified according to the specific interests and talents of the officer or individual.

4. The Linking Pin Model (The Linking Pin Model)

This theory was developed by Renis Likert who describes the organizational structure that is interconnected with several groups, in this theory Likert explains that there are supervisors who are members of the two organizations or groups (low unit leaders and high unit leaders).

The supervisor mentioned by Likert has the function of a connector or someone who binds work groups to each other at the next level or level.

In the theory developed by Likert , the group process is considered important, because an organization needs to have a supervisor or connector so that each member of the group and the group itself can be effective.

5. Theory of social systems

This theory states that the relationship between people allows an organization to last longer than the people in it.

That is, even if someone in a group (member of a certain group) has died, the group still exists only the people in it are replaced by new members.

Kats and Kahn also explained that the relationship between people in an organization is considered more important than the relationship between certain formal departments.

6. Theory of public relations

As said by Ron Ludlow, organizational communication is a study on public relations theory, this theory expresses the efforts made in a planned and continuous way by an organization.

The effort was made to create and maintain goodwill for mutual understanding between the organization and its audience. Besides Ron Ludlow this theory is also supported by Jefkins.

7. Leadership theory

This theory states that the leader of an organization or group is an important figure to help members meet the needs and achieve the goals of the group or organization together.

Hersey has formulated four tasks of a leader, namely (a) telling , able to provide information in a straightforward manner. (b) selling , able to provide guidance. (c) participating, able to establish good cooperation. (d) delegating , able to take decisions.

In learning communication theory, especially in the realm of organizations, you can see through the objective and interpretive approach that is currently of concern to academics and also communication science practitioners discussed in the book Contemporary Communication Theory.

 

Types of Organizational Communication

Organizational communication has two general types, namely internal and external. The internal type is communication that focuses on interaction and efforts to develop or strengthen relationships between fellow members of the organization.

For example, trying to change a vision that has existed since the organization appeared. Changing this vision should be done by uniting the opinions of each member through discussion and communication between members and good, serious and intense organizational leadership.

If good communication is formed, it will create a good organizational environment and strengthen the relationships of the people in the organization.

The second type is external organizational communication. This type of external means communication that is built to focus on parties outside the organization or group. This type of external communication is usually used if the organization wants to find sponsors or advertisements so it needs a party from outside the organization to help.

External organizational communication is carried out to achieve the goal of obtaining sponsors, advertisements, developing cooperation and so on that are needed by the organization from parties outside the organization.

Benefits of Organizational Communication

After understanding the meaning, theory and types of organizational communication. So the following are the benefits of organizational communication that readers can find out.

The first benefit , by knowing the theory of organizational communication, then as an individual who lives in a certain organizational environment or group can understand our position in that organization or group.

The second benefit , an understanding of organizational communication can strengthen the relationship between members and the organization’s leadership. So that the life of the organization can last longer and will grow to want to care for and treat the organization.

The third benefit , facilitates the achievement of organizational goals. This is due to the formation of good communication, so that members and each unit leader understand the differences of opinion that are present in every discussion in the organization.

The fourth benefit , knowing organizational communication theory can make an individual adapt and place himself well in the organization or group.

The fifth benefit, knowing the duties of a leader and member in an organization. An understanding of the theory of organizational communication can make us aware of the tasks as a leader and member in an organization, this awareness can increase the work and effectiveness of the organization to achieve the goals that have been set together.

In addition, the awareness of leaders and members can facilitate all visions in the organization. With the ability to communicate in the organization, it will function as building a flow of information and a common understanding with each other. Therefore, according to the book Organizational Communication Theory and Case Studies, the importance of this is emphasized.

 

Organizational Communication Functions

1. Informative Function

Informative function, the first function is explained by Sendjaja that the organization acts as a system that processes information. The information process present in the organization is expected to be able to give and receive information well to achieve smoothness in the organization.

2. Regulatory Function

The regulatory function, the second function of organizational communication is expected to facilitate the rules and guidelines that have been set by the members and leaders of the organization.

3. Persuasive Function

Persuasive function, the third function is the function to give orders. This function is performed by organizational leaders to persuade their members rather than commanding their members to do something. The function of persuasion is considered to be easier, because a more subtle way (than commanding) will be more appreciated by the member for the task given.

4. Integrative Function

Integrative function, the fourth or last function is related to the provision of channels or things that can make it easier for organizational members to do and perform certain tasks well.

Concept of Organizational Communication

Goldhaber (1993) explained that organizational communication is a process to create and mutually exchange information and messages in a network that depends on each other. Goldhaber also explained that organizational communication has the purpose of overcoming an environment that is uncertain or always changing. It presents the concept of organization into seven concepts which are explained as follows.

1. Process

The process concept is a system needed to create and exchange messages between members. This is because the organization is an open and dynamic system. This concept happens continuously until it achieves the goal and creates a new goal formulated by the organization, therefore this concept is called a process concept (happens continuously).

2. Message

In accordance with the previous explanation, organizational communication is the process of exchanging and receiving messages. Therefore the message is important in the organization. Individuals present in the organization must pay attention to how to send and receive messages so that the message or information can be well received by other individuals and does not cause misunderstandings between individuals.

3. Network

The third concept is the big picture of the organization. An organization is a network in which there are individuals who form the networks both inside and outside the organization. Therefore, each network or individual who occupies a certain position will carry out the duties and perform the functions of their respective positions in the organization.

1. The state of interdependence, the fourth concept is the nature of the organization as an open system. This concept is needed, because if there is a unit or part of the organization that is not functioning or running well, then another individual or unit is needed to help the rights so that they can return to running well.
2. Relationship, the fifth function exists because the organization is a social system run by many individuals (two or more) so that the organization depends on the relationship between individuals that exist inside and outside the organization.
3. The environment, the function of this environment can be divided into two, namely the internal and external environment of the organization that influence the decisions taken in it.
4. Uncertainty, this function is useful to meet the availability of information and messages that are available and expected in the organization.

That’s a brief understanding of organizational communication that you should know. Hopefully useful especially for those of you who want to create or join an organization.

A supporting idea is one of the contents found in a paragraph. Generally, supporting ideas are the result of the development of the main idea. In an essay, the writer sometimes not only attaches the main idea or main idea, but also attaches more detailed explanations related to the content of the essay.

Well, so that you don’t get confused, before making an essay or writing, make sure you know the difference between the main idea (main idea) and the supporting idea first. Let’s look at the following explanation.

What Are Supporting Ideas?

According to the writers Totok Suhardiyanto and Yunita T. Winarto in their book titled Social Science Writing , supporting ideas are detailed and detailed information about the entire content of the writing or essay. These details are called supporting ideas, that is, more specific information that is explained by the writer to express his main idea.

Characteristics of Supporting Ideas

Supporting ideas are usually referred to as explanatory sentences related to the main idea being discussed. So, supporting ideas can be concluded to be part of a detailed explanation of the main idea. Here are the characteristics of supporting ideas.

1. Deepening, clarifying, detailing, and detailing in each sentence that is being explained in accordance with the main sentence.
2. Supporting ideas are generally more than one sentence.
3. The written sentence describes the problem of the main idea being written.
4. Generally, supporting ideas in supporting ideas usually contain an example, data, up to statements and explanations.
5. Usually in one paragraph, the writer attaches several sentences.
6. The explanatory sentence should be complete and clear. Because, if one of the sentences is omitted, then the writing will be difficult to understand.

From the explanation, we can understand that the supporting idea has an important nature to attach a detailed explanation of the main idea. Then, what is the difference with the main idea? Find the answer in the next discussion, Reader.

Difference between Main Idea and Supporting Idea

Before explaining the difference between the two, it is best to first understand what is the main idea? The main idea or main idea is the main idea that is usually used as an introductory sentence for a paragraph. And the introductory sentence is not only at the beginning of the sentence, but it can be at the end of the sentence, or even at the beginning and end of the paragraph.

Definition

Main idea 

As the name suggests, the main idea can be interpreted as the main idea of ​​a paragraph to be made. Although the main idea is the core of a paragraph, its existence cannot be separated from its supporting ideas.

Supporting ideas

Supporting ideas are ideas to explain in detail and detail the ideas that are in the main idea.

Characteristics

Characteristics of the main idea

Here are the characteristics of the main idea:

1. Main ideas usually use general sentences.
2. The purpose of the main idea is to explain in detail the next supporting idea, that is to make the explanation more detailed.
3. The main idea is not always placed at the beginning of the paragraph, so it depends on the type of paragraph (whether it is inductive, deductive, deductive-inductive, or interactive).
4. Tree ideas usually stand alone.
5. Generally, if the paragraph is not too long, usually the main idea is not equipped with a conjunction.

Characteristics of supporting ideas

Here are the characteristics of supporting ideas:

1. Supporting ideas usually contain specific sentences
2. Supporting ideas are a form of detailed explanation of the main idea.
3. Having a large number of sentences in one paragraph.
4. The sentence is attached to the main idea or cannot stand alone
5. The form of supporting ideas is for example in the form of descriptions, data, examples, statements, and chain of events.
6. Supporting ideas usually use conjunctions.
7. Supporting ideas are located anywhere, can be at the beginning or end of the paragraph, depending on the main idea.

How to Determine Main Ideas and Supporting Ideas

After knowing the difference between the main idea and the supporting idea, then how to determine the main idea and the supporting idea directly?

It may seem difficult, but there are several ways or methods that can help you determine both. Here is an explanation of how to determine the main idea and supporting ideas.

1. Determine the Main Idea

The first is that you have to think about the main idea first. Generally, the main idea can be taken directly from the main sentence. However, we should also know that not all main sentences can be used as main ideas.

2. Determining the Core of the Speech

Usually, the main sentence consists of a complex sentence or a simple sentence unit. So, determining the gist of the discussion usually refers to the gist of the sentence to be discussed, usually containing the subject and predicate, or SPOK (subject, predicate, object, description).

3. Concluding the Main Sentence

Further conclude the main sentence, so that it can then be used as the main idea, you can also reverse the sentence to determine the main idea. For example, in the main sentence containing ‘Papaya leaves have many benefits’ , then you can determine the main idea as in the example below.

• Benefits of papaya leaves
• Various benefits of papaya leaves
• Benefits of papaya leaves

4. Making Paragraphs

Then, after you conclude the main sentence, then you can start making the content of the paragraph. However, if it is difficult to conclude the main sentence, then the main idea can be determined by concluding the content of the paragraph.

Functions of Main Ideas and Supporting Ideas

After knowing how to determine the main idea and supporting idea, you also need to know what the use or function of the main idea and supporting idea is. Here are some of its functions:

1. Make a Summary

The function of having a main idea and a supporting idea is to make a summary. The summary itself consists of various main points that are then combined into one. In finding the main ideas, then you must first know what the main idea is contained in the paragraph.

2. Composing an Essay

The next function is to be able to compose an essay. If we are going to write an essay, usually we will make an essay outline first. In the framework of this essay, contain the main idea that will later be developed with supporting sentences, so as to produce a clear and easy-to-understand essay.

Effective Use of Sentences in an Essay or Other

For those of you who like to write, be it essays, articles, or others, you will usually use effective sentences in the sentences and paragraphs that are compiled, this is of course to be easily understood by the reader.

The sentences that are compiled must be in accordance with the applicable rules as well as good and correct Indonesian spelling. Then, how to use effective sentences?

• Effective sentences usually have important elements that belong to each sentence (both subject and predicate), as well as pay attention to correct and perfect spelling, and how to choose the right diction or word in the sentence.

• Effective sentences should be sentences that are easy for the reader to understand accurately. Even if the sentence is used in oral or written form.

Characteristics of Effective Sentences with Examples

Then effective sentences have characteristics that we can learn, the following are characteristics and examples of effective sentences:

1. Appropriateness

Appropriateness is the balance between the ideas and the language used in the sentence. The first thing you should pay attention to is the completeness of the language structure and its use. So, this is what is meant by matching the structure of the language.

Examples of effective sentences:

• All students are expected to be on time. (ineffective sentence)
• All students are expected to be on time. (effective sentence)

Another example:

• My sister has a fever so she can’t study in groups. (ineffective sentence)
• My sister has a fever so she can’t study in groups. (effective sentence)

2. Parallelism

Parallelism is the similarity of language forms used in sentences. Effective sentences should have a parallel form. For example, if the first sentence uses a noun, then the next sentence must also be related to the noun. If the first sentence uses a verb, then the next sentence must also be related to the verb.

For example:

• In the final stage of the building’s completion, it is to install lighting, wall painting activities, spatial arrangements, and testing the water distribution system.

The sentences are not parallel because the predicate words do not have the same form. In order for the sentence to be effective, the predicate must also be a noun, as follows:

• The final stage of the building’s completion is the installation of lighting, wall painting activities, spatial arrangement, and testing of the water distribution system.

3. Thrift

Prudence is avoiding the use of unnecessary phrases or words. There are two possibilities that make the sentence wasteful and ineffective. The first, usually related to plural words, and the second, related to synonymous words.

For example:

• The students are working on semester test questions. (not effective)
• Students are working on semester exam questions. (effective)

The ineffectiveness of the sentence above is because the word para refers to the plural, while the word students also refers to the number of students who are many or more than one. So, to be effective, remove one of the words that lead to the same word or the plural.

Relationship of Main Idea and Main Idea

If it has been previously discussed what the supporting idea is, you also need to know what the main idea is, and what is its relationship with the main idea. Determining the main idea is a very important thing for a writer to do. Because, the main idea serves to attract the reader’s attention, generally in the form of entertainment, information, and others.

Through this main idea, you can also develop it into a long paragraph or sentence, this is of course so that the information conveyed can be understood and become clearer. Therefore, for those of you who like to write, it is good to first understand what the main idea is.

Because, it is very important to master the main idea, so that the reader can easily understand the information or message contained in it. Because, if the main idea is wrong or inaccurate, it will be difficult for the reader to understand, even boring for the reader.

However, there are still many people who are confused to determine the main idea in a writing or text. Generally, determining the main idea is to find the main idea in a sentence or writing.

Understanding the Main Idea 

Quoting from various sources, the main idea is the main idea or a core of the paragraph. The main idea is then developed in detail into a whole paragraph. The main idea can be located at the beginning or end of the paragraph.

In addition to this main idea, there are also explanatory ideas or supporting ideas, as we have explained their characteristics above. So, this supporting idea is the content of the main idea that is developed into a long sentence and includes the details of the discussion.

The combination of the main idea and the supporting idea is what produces the paragraph as a whole. Usually, in a whole paragraph there is only one main idea.

Characteristics of the Main Idea 

After the explanation of the meaning of the main idea, now it is also important to know its characteristics. What are the characteristics?

Here are the characteristics of the main idea, namely:

• Having supporting sentences or expansion sentences, as a form of explanation.
• Having support in the form of detailed explanations and reasons that strengthen it.
• As the core of the writing or the center of the discussion
• Can be located at the beginning of a paragraph or at the end of a paragraph.
• Has a clear meaning or meaning

So based on the explanation above, we can conclude that the main idea is the core of the paragraph .

How Are Key Ideas Found?

Actually, an effective way to identify the main idea is very simple, it can even be directly poured into the text. Usually, the main idea can be found:

• At the beginning of the paragraph, the first sentence of a paragraph usually explains the subject being discussed.

• In the closing sentence or paragraph, which is usually at the end of the paragraph, it will be discussed again regarding the main idea stated in the summary or information explained in the previous paragraph.

How to Determine the Main Idea in a Paragraph

The main idea is usually not always stated clearly or clearly, so it will be more difficult to identify the main idea when it is inferred (implicit).

However, the main idea can be found through other words in the paragraph. Namely in several ways:

• In a paragraph, it must imply the main idea such as introducing the facts related to the topic to be discussed, before actually stating the topic.

• The main idea can be taken from an implied paragraph, for example taken from facts, examples, or reasons that give advice or guidance related to the main idea. The clues will guide you to find the main idea.

How to Know the Selection of the Right Tree Ideas 

If you can summarize the reading information in your own words, it means that you have absorbed and understood the main idea in the paragraph. So, to achieve that goal, try to follow the steps below:

• Write a summary or short summary in your own words, of what you have read.
• Does the summary you made match the topic in the paragraph?
• Does the summary you made contain the same ideas as the writer’s statement?
• Can you write a title or sub-heading that will summarize you in less than five words?

If you can rearrange the sentence or topic into a question, then determine the content of the summary, has it answered your question? If so, then you have succeeded in choosing the main idea of ​​a paragraph correctly.

The Meaning of Compromise Is – Reader must be familiar with the term compromise? Yes, this term is usually used in the context of negotiation efforts between two or more parties so that the problem becomes easier to solve. Even without realizing it, Reader must have often made this effort to compromise to solve everyday problems.

Especially in our country, which is famous for its multicultural society, there will always be social problems that occur. Whether it happens in the school environment, the work environment, or the home environment. These problems can in fact be resolved through family or peaceful means, but if it is proven that there is a serious violation, then of course you have to go through the legal process. Well, from so many alternative solutions to the problem can also be done with a compromise effort. So really, what is the compromise? In what kind of situations and conditions can we use this effort to compromise to solve the problems that occur? What benefits can be felt after applying this compromise effort in a problem solving?

Well, so that Reader is not confused about that, let’s read the following comments!

Meaning of Compromise

Based on KBBI (Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia), the term “compromise” has a definition in the form of ‘ peaceful agreement or mutual reduction of demands (about disputes and so on) ‘. Meanwhile, according to Joko Untoro, compromise is a form of social problem solving through accommodation which means to get an agreement on the disagreement that has occurred. With this compromise, it is expected to reduce the number of claims between the two concerned parties.

Not only that, compromise can also be referred to as a concept to obtain a mutual agreement through communication between the parties concerned. This compromise is done because there is a difference of opinion or cross opinion which must be resolved by making a new agreement, which of course the new agreement must benefit both parties. Compromise as an effort to solve this problem can also be defined as a process of negotiation or consultation that gives and receives opinions consistently.

A simple example of the application of compromise: there is a young couple about to get married and they both compromise to talk about where to live. The wife does not want to live with her in-laws, neither does the husband. Finally, they made a new agreement in the form of finding a rental house as their temporary residence.

This compromise is included in constructive conflict management, which is a form of accommodation between the parties involved to reduce their demands so that the solution to a dispute can be quickly completed. Conflict management is said to be constructive when in the effort to resolve it, the continuity of the relationship between the related parties is still maintained and they interact harmoniously.

Features of Compromise

An effort to solve a problem or conflict can be called a compromise when it meets the following characteristics.

• The position of both parties involved in the problem is the same.
• Family nature in an effort to reach a mutual agreement.
• Can be done with a cool head alias patiently and calmly.
• Prioritize the discussion step in the process of solving the problem in order to get the best solution.
• Done in order to reduce or even without giving rise to legal claims.

Conditions for Making a Compromise

A problem-solving effort can be called a compromise when doing the following conditions.

• Each of the parties involved should lower their idealism in order to reach a new agreement.
• Each of the parties must reduce their demands in order to reach an agreement.
• Bearing in mind that each party should feel benefited by the existence of the new agreement. If only one party agrees, then it is not a compromise.

Purpose of Compromise

The main purpose of the compromise effort is to resolve the problem or conflict. Some other purposes are as follows.

• So that the relationship between the two parties involved remains well maintained, so that the compromise process can proceed peacefully.
• So that each party involved in the problem gets a win-win solution , aka both parties get a profit from the new agreement.
• Invite the parties who were previously opposed to be willing to work together in solving the problem.

Form of Compromise

Although the main purpose of the compromise is so that the problem or conflict that occurs between the two parties can be quickly resolved, but it turns out that this compromise has two forms that each have their own characteristics, namely as follows.

1. Separation _

That is, the parties involved in the problem or conflict are separated first until they reach a new agreement or agreement.

2. Arbitration _

That is, the form of conflict resolution outside the court by using the method of reconciliation. Usually, a third party will be used as a “referee” or mediator between the two parties.

Types of Compromise

Meanwhile, compromises also have their own types, each of which has specific characteristics as a differentiator, namely as follows.

1. Consensus

That is, the type of compromise with the conflicting parties is found somewhere together. Once they meet, they will find the best solution to the problem at hand. But with a note, that the agreement is not only based on one party.

2. Confrontation

That is, a type of compromise where the conflicting parties face each other directly and express their opinions to each other. In this type of compromise, there must be someone who has a skilled leadership spirit so that conflict resolution can proceed rationally.

3. Distributive Compromise

Namely a type of compromise with the parties involved having time to discuss problem solving. Usually, using a method in the form of dividing some of the profits and losses experienced by both parties, alias split the difference .

The Benefits of Compromise in Everyday Life

This compromise is often applied in everyday life, especially as an effort to resolve problems or conflicts, because it contains various benefits. The benefits are directly felt by the parties involved, namely:

1. Resolve conflicts with family policy.
2. It is considered to be able to solve the problem with a solution that does not harm both parties.
3. It did not cause any casualties, because it was done peacefully.
4. Preventing the occurrence of continuous conflict between the social groups of the community.
5. Alleviate the problems that occur.

Examples of the Application of Compromise in Life

Unknowingly, this compromise is often done by everyone, even Reader is no exception . The problem or conflict that should be resolved in this compromise should not be heavy, but also light things. Well, here is the application of compromise in everyday life.

1. Compromise Between Employees and Superiors

Usually, before starting a new job, an employee will receive a work contract, the content of which can often be changed by mutual agreement. Whether it’s on the work system, the wages received, the duration of work, etc. If the agreement given in the contract is suitable, then the employee can start doing the job properly.

2. Compromise Between Newly Married Couples

There is a young couple about to get married and they both compromise to talk about where to live. The wife does not want to live with her in-laws, neither does the husband. Finally, they made a new agreement in the form of finding a rental house as their temporary residence.

3. Bargaining in the Market Between Sellers and Buyers

In this case, something that must be resolved is not related to a serious problem or conflict, but rather to the mere setting of prices. Even so, it still requires a compromise that is clearly mutually beneficial between the parties. When a seller has set a certain price for an item, but a buyer wants to buy it at a cheaper price. Then, there was a compromise between the two sides and gave a new agreement that could finally be approved.

4. Compromise Between Lecturers and Students

Usually before implementing learning, lecturers from a particular subject will give an agreement to their students about how the assessment system, learning system, and test system will be. Well, the students can “bargain” on the agreement until they reach a new agreement. The compromise that occurred between the two parties was done in order to avoid problems in the future.

Compromise as the Key to Democratic Culture

Based on a research journal article entitled ” Compromise as the Key to Democratic Culture ” by Irena Novarlia, states that compromise is the best and most elegant way, especially in an effort to resolve various differences of interests. Not only that, compromise is also part of democratic culture because it upholds equality, maintains a balance between rights and obligations, cultivates a fair and wise attitude, and prioritizes the unity and unity of the nation.

When talking about democracy, it is actually not an easy concept to understand because it has various meanings. When researched according to its origin, the word “democracy” comes from the Greek language ie demos which means ‘the people’ and kratos which means ‘power or authority ‘. Well, from there it can be concluded that this democracy has a definition in the form of “people who have power” . This concept of democracy has been applied in our country Indonesia by placing the people in a very strategic position in the political system, although the implementation is often different especially with other countries that equally use the concept.

According to Affan, the meaning of this democratic culture can be seen normatively and empirically. When normatively, democracy should ideally be done by a country. While empirically, then this democracy is a manifestation of the political world. Empirically, this democracy is considered to have been accepted by society, because its norms are in accordance with what is happening in society.

In a democratic culture of course it has its principles. According to Miriam Budiarjo, the principles of democratic culture are as follows.

• The existence of constitutional protection, that is, the existence of the constitution not only guarantees the rights of individuals, but also determines the procedure to obtain protection for the rights it guarantees.
• There is an independent and impartial judiciary.
• Having a free, honest, and fair general election.
• Freedom to express an opinion for every citizen.
• Freedom of association or organization.
• There is citizenship education that is implemented in educational institutions.

Meanwhile, Henry B. Mayo also used to think about the principles in the running of the democratic system in a country, among others.

• Resolve disputes or conflicts peacefully and institutionally.
• Organize leadership change on a regular basis.
• Guaranteeing the peaceful change that occurs in a society.
• Limit the use of force.
• Acknowledge and value diversity.
• Ensuring justice is done.

Well, from those principles there is a principle that states that disputes or conflicts should be resolved peacefully, one of which is through this compromise. Compromise is a normal thing to do in family, community, and national life as a precise way to find a solution. This compromise is also considered to be the key to the existence of a democratic culture, if it is able to give birth to an experience where participating institutions can comply with their agreement.

Compromise that is done intelligently, turns out to be able to be a condition for a democracy. All citizens will have a solid basis on the awareness of the importance of developing compromise in the life of society and the country. Even if these existing decisions are taken without prior compromise, it often causes unstable things, especially for the parties involved.

Principles of Compromise in Democratic Culture

The existence of compromise principles does need to be developed as a key to democratic culture, namely in the form of:

1. Upholding Equality

Compromise is said to be the key to democratic culture because it means that everyone should be willing to share and be open in accepting differences of opinion, criticism, and suggestions from others. Thus, through this compromise also at the same time teaches that every human being has the same dignity and degree as a creature created by the Almighty God.

2. Maintaining a Balance Between Rights and Obligations

Compromise is said to be the key to democratic culture because in this social life, there are boundaries that must be respected together in the form of other people’s property rights. The application of these rights is not something absolute and without limits, but rather a form to create an order of daily life that is responsible to God as the creator, oneself, and others in the best possible way.

Therefore, through the effort of compromise, every human being on this earth still receives the nature of basic rights from the Almighty God in the form of the right to life, the right to freedom, and the right to own something.

3. Cultivating a Fair and Wise Attitude

Compromise is said to be the key to democratic culture when the society is able to develop a wise and fair culture, especially in order to create a life that respects the dignity and dignity of others. Not only that, every human being should also not discriminate and maintain unity and unity in the surrounding community.

A fair attitude in terms of compromise means that all parties involved must be willing to sacrifice half of their will in order to “win” a mutual agreement.

4. Consultation and Consensus

Compromise is said to be the key to democratic culture and occurs when in decision-making efforts, it is done through deliberation and consensus which is a form of basic value of Indonesian culture that has existed for a long time. Yes, in this consultation and consensus activity, it turns out that it means that on every occasion related to decision-making, it must be preceded by a compromise and be ready to listen to the opinions of various parties. Compromise in this consultation and consensus activity will certainly produce a decision that is able to satisfy the parties involved while avoiding the emergence of conflict.

5. Prioritizing Associations and National Unions

Compromise is said to be the key to democratic culture and occurs when in living the life of this community and state, we prioritize public interest over personal interest. From the awareness of every citizen of this matter, it turns out that it can be a form of love for the nation and the country.

Well, that’s the commentary on what compromise is and the form of compromise that turns out to be an important part of the democratic system in our country. 

Understanding Comprehensive – We will definitely think and wonder when we hear the word “comprehensive”. Most of us also do not really understand the meaning of the word, although it is quite familiar to our ears. We will usually hear this word when reading the news, both on television and in the mass media.

In general, comprehensive is interpreted as something that is comprehensive. This is what makes the meaning also changeable to adapt to the topic of conversation that is being discussed because it is comprehensive. Friends of Sinaumedia need to understand it well and correctly in order to be able to use this word according to the context of the conversation. An explanation of the meaning of the word “comprehensive” will be displayed below.

Comprehensive understanding

The term comprehensive may still sound foreign to some members of the public. However, for those of you who work in academic and professional fields, you may hear this word more often and of course better understand its meaning and usage.

Comprehensive is an adjective form that comes from the English language, namely comprehensive , which means “comprehensive”, “comprehensive”, and “covers many things”. This term is used to express something that explains information completely, broadly, and in more detail.

According to the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), there are three meanings of the word “comprehensive”, namely:

• a is able to catch (receive) well.
• a broad and complete (about scope or content).
• a has and shows a broad vision.

In short, many people understand the term “global” as something that is seen more broadly, for example a discussion that is done comprehensively is a discussion that is done more widely and deeply. However, not only comprehensive and holistic, comprehensive is actually a term with many word matches, namely universal, encyclopedic, extensive, deep, and many more. A global mindset can also be understood as the ability to produce broad knowledge.

The Use of Comprehensive Words in the Scientific Field

1. Field of Philosophy

Open thinking or encompassing all things comprehensively in the field of philosophy is a way of looking at something that fully covers different aspects. Through this philosophical thinking, one can understand and know something completely. Comprehensive to the smallest part useful to solve problems well.

2. Health field

Comprehensive treatment in the field of health care is an action performed by a doctor on a patient as a whole, which involves various diseases in general, that is, from the time the disease is detected until the patient is cured. Comprehensive practice is usually done by general practitioners who deal with various common diseases that occur in the community.

3. Accounting field

The term comprehensive in the field of accounting is usually used to describe a process or principle of preparing financial statements, including a full profit and loss statement for a better overview. This is also done to measure business success during the accounting period.

4. Field of Services

The term comprehensive in the field of services means comprehensive provision, namely prevention (prevention), promotion (promoso), treatment/rehabilitation (healing), and rehabilitation efforts for customers or communities in need.

5. Field of Leadership

Global and comprehensive thinking is very beneficial for aspects of life, especially if it is developed. The advantage of having a global mindset is creating a proactive attitude. Without a proactive attitude, a leader cannot exercise leadership effectively and efficiently.

Examples of Comprehensive Sentences

You can consider the following example to better understand the meaning of the word “comprehensive”.

State schools in Jakarta provide comprehensive services for students who want to pursue education.

The comprehensive understanding of the sentence above, which is that all state schools in Jakarta provide complete services and do not look at the social status of their prospective students, through the efforts of government education programs, freeing up fees for students who cannot afford it, and providing education for all students who want to go to school.

The comprehensive services provided by puskesmas in the old Kebayoran area can treat patients who do not have enough money for treatment in private hospitals.

The comprehensive meaning of the sentence above is a statement from a government agency (in this case: a health center) that provides comprehensive services to all patients, both ordinary people and the underprivileged. They are examined according to their pain complaints and are given medicine that is suitable for the disease regardless of their social status.

The Sinaumedia company comprehensively accepts student interns who apply to the company.

The meaning of the comprehensive phrase above is business profit. In detail, the sentence above explains the business relationship between the two parties, namely the Sinaumedia company and the student intern. Both gain; the company makes a profit from employing students, while the students benefit from work experience and receive payment for their work.

All universities in Indonesia are required to hold a comprehensive test for all final semester students.

The meaning of the phrase comprehensive above is the conduct of tests that cover all aspects of a particular field of science. Through this test, a student can be known to meet the requirements to pass or not.

Comprehensive Mindset

An example of a comprehensive mindset:

A mindset that a person should also have is a global mindset. According to KBBI, the concept of comprehensiveness is very broad and covers many things. A global mindset is an open and non-exclusive (closed) mindset, which means having an attitude of valuing other people’s thoughts and the ability to adapt to diversity.

Thinking proactively, creatively, and positively is also part of open and global thinking. If we look at the relationship between the four mindsets, we will know that holistic mindsets are formed from active, creative, and positive mindsets. Three closely related points of view.

Positive spirit and creative ideas can give rise to a proactive mindset, while creative ideas can give rise to a positive mindset. In general, a person with a “positive mindset” has a good life. This situation can stimulate their creativity.

Benefits of a Comprehensive Mindset

Four mindsets are very beneficial for life when developed. For example, a proactive mindset will be very helpful in the field of leadership. For those of you who enjoy working in an organization, you really need to have a proactive attitude so that the organization’s vision and mission can run smoothly. Without being proactive, a leader will not be able to lead effectively and efficiently.

For a creative state of mind, this is very useful in the field of art. People who like to scribble on the wall in any place should develop well and accurately. For example when entering an art studio. For those who are aware of the need for the presence of others, they should develop a positive and understanding attitude. Without this attitude, people will not be able to establish good relationships with each other. Especially for people with different social backgrounds, religions, tribes and other differences. Building relationships with others will be covered in the next topic.

Comprehensive Understanding

A comprehensive/deep understanding can mean that every existing health problem should be approached through:

Every incident of contact between journalists and sources, then all the problems of the authenticity of the news should be known, covered, and disseminated openly in the mass media. It is not limited to clichéd topic problems that have been reported by the source at that time, but also explores various actual news information that has never been discussed by the mass media before. This news can be found by the public through various media such as television and newspapers.

Every incident of contact between journalists and sources, then the problem regarding the authenticity of the news should be resolved through efforts: Interviews (directly), Observations (directly researched), as well as good media Promotion.

Comprehensive Research Object

1. Comprehensive Literature Research

The object of literary studies is actually very comprehensive. Perhaps, as long as humans need literature, as long as everyone is able to conduct research on various aspects related to the existence of literature. This situation can of course be caused by many factors. Some of them can be mentioned below.

First, literary studies cover a very wide field. In terms of terms, literary studies can include the study of traditional literature, oral literature and ancient literature, as well as modern literature.

Second, literary studies have many works. Judging by its variety, literary studies can be done on various types of poetry, novels and short stories, dramas, and critical essays.

Third, literary studies face various problems that have never been resolved, considering that literature is always in tension between convention and innovation. Evaluation of research objects, literary research can be focused on the question of literary texts, which are always born and continue to be born, never die. Although he was almost dead, he was revived by the quest itself.

Fourth, literary studies can be done in a targeted manner by considering everything related to the process and development of literature. Judging from its birth and development, literary studies can be in-depth about a work or a number of works born in a certain period of time. Scholars can focus their attention on a single work, but can also position it in the long story of its journey. In this case, the researcher places one of the literary works in its historical context.

Fifth, literary studies can be done by placing the text in its context. Seen from the literary system, literary studies can be directed at the existence of authors as producers of works, literary texts as cultural products, publishers – including mass media – as parties or organizations that enable works to be published and disseminated, readers and connoisseurs. and meaning makers, and readers or critics as parties who are considered to have knowledge and skills in the field of literature in various matters.

Of course, we can still make lists of other elements longer. In this case, the entire study is included in what is called literary science or in technical terms it is called literary criticism (criticism). Other terms used in this sense are literary studies, literary studies, or literary studies.

What steps should be taken when studying one of the aspects of such a complete document. How to choose and easily identify the object of literary study that you want to do. Then what should we consider when we study the world of literature with its various problems.

The University’s documentary research is included in scientific activities. There are certain conditions and procedures that we must follow. Scientific activities that require the use of theoretical frameworks, methodologies, and other tools often become a kind of rule in scientific activities. Of course, in this case we have to choose, use and operate one (or one of two) approaches – among several available approaches – that we can consider accurate and suitable as an analytical tool. These are some possible things – leaving nothing out – tending to rely on theory and methodology, without feeling the need to expose his own work, which is meant to be an object or a document. his research. This tendency also causes academia to be very conservative in theory and methodology, which often, even tend to ignore the existence of literary works themselves. This is one of the problems of literary research in the academic world.

Before getting into the discussion of what steps scholars should take to conduct, develop, develop, and stimulate literary research, let us first consider Tanaka’s opinion.

Ronald Tanaka divides literary studies into two main systems, namely the macro system and the micro system. Although this concept is consistent with the ideas of Rene Wellek and Austin Warren about what he calls the extrinsic approach and the intrinsic approach, Tanaka’s ideas, especially about macrosystems, involve a much wider scope of research.

In this regard, Tanaka tries to question the existence of the author as a producer of the work, the role of the publisher that he places within the framework of the production and reproduction system, the reader as a conveyer of meaning, and as a critic. sometimes affect the author’s image. To illustrate further, let us consider the problem.

2. Writer System

Writers in the literary macro system are not placed more heavily than readers. It must be acknowledged that the birth and birth of the literary world was created by the existence of the author. Thus, even though it is the author who authorizes the birth of a literary work, within the framework of the literary system, he is still considered as important as other parties who play a role in revitalizing the existence of the literary world.

Authors as creators and producers of literary works, in this modern era their capacity is no longer based on natural talent, talent but also on wisdom. A modern writer must really be able to create a world; the world he built through language. This ability will certainly exist in the same world, if it also does not expand the horizon of knowledge. So, a modern writer is required to have extensive knowledge, so that he can continue to create and not run out of material.

3. Publication System

In modern literature, a publisher is a party or organization authorized to produce and reproduce literary works. In this sense, including the mass media (magazines and newspapers) which also play a similar role. In literary texts, publishers and mass media are often bound by certain interests (ideological, economic). Therefore, in the process of publishing and releasing a literary work, it cannot be avoided that there are other parties who participate in the process of production and re-publishing. In this relationship, the involvement of the parties often affects the formal structure of the job.

4. Reader System

In the literary macrosystem, there is no distinction between connoisseurs or ordinary readers, professional readers and critical or critical readers (researchers). Ronald Tanaka places professional readers and critical or critical readers in a critical system. However, the presence of readers in this system is still considered important because in many ways, readers often influence the conditions and conditions of literary life. Thus, the existence of the reader cannot be ignored. They are often considered by writers and publishers. Thus, a literary work written with a specific target audience not only forces the writer to consider issues outside the text, but also forces the editor to make a typical compromise with the writer. Because of this compromise, the writer often felt disadvantaged and therefore had to improve, or even modify, the text according to the wishes of the editor by considering the (taste) of the reader. Popular literature – which emphasizes the reader’s desire – and propaganda literature which aims to influence the reader’s ideology – are examples.

Conclusion

So much for a brief discussion about the comprehensive meaning. This discussion does not only discuss the definition of the word comprehensive but also discusses the correct use of the word comprehensive, the benefits of a comprehensive mindset, example sentences and objects of comprehensive research. The word “comprehensive” helps us a lot in opening up our vision because its very broad scientific coverage helps us think more openly in accepting new knowledge.

Definition of competence – In the field of work, of course you often hear terms or words about competence. Where, the word competence itself comes from the English language, namely competence or competency which has the meaning of skill, ability, and authority.

The definition of competence is a combination of knowledge, skills, and personality attributes of a person so that they are able to improve their performance and contribute to the success of the organization.

In addition, competence also has the meaning of the capacity that exists in a person and can make that person able to fulfill what is indicated by the job in an organization so that the organization can achieve the expected results.

 

Definition of Competence

Actually, what is meant by competence? In general, the notion of competence is an ability or skill possessed by a person in doing a job or task in a certain field, in accordance with the position he holds.

Meanwhile, other opinions say that the meaning of competence is a skill, knowledge, basic attitude, and value that exists in a person and is reflected in the ability to think and act consistently. In other words, that competence is not only about a person’s knowledge and ability but also about the willingness to do what is known so as to produce benefits.

Where, according to Jack Gordon in 1998 stated that there are 6 (six) aspects contained in the concept of competence, namely:

• Knowledge or Knowledge
• Understanding or Understanding
• Ability or Skill
• Value or Value
• Attitude or Attitude
• Interest or interest.

Etymologically, the word “competence” was adopted from the English language, namely “competence” or “competence” which has the meaning of skill, ability and authority. Therefore, the understanding of competence is a combination of knowledge, skills, and personality attributes of a person so as to be able to improve performance and contribute to the success of the organization.

 

Definition of Competence Based on Members

So that you can be clearer and better understand the meaning of competence, then you need to refer to the opinions of the following experts.

1. According to Stephen Robbin

Based on the opinion of Stephen Robin (2007:38), the meaning of competence is an ability or capacity of a person to perform various tasks in a job. Where, the ability is determined by intellectual and physical factors.

2. According to Van Looy, Van Dierdonck, and Gemmell

According to the opinion of Van Looy, Van Dierdonck, and Gemmell in 1998, said that the meaning of competence is a human characteristic that is interconnected with performance effectiveness that can be seen from behavior, way of thinking, and acting style.

3. According to Sedarmayanti

According to Sedarmayanti, the meaning of competence is a characteristic that underlies a person and is related to the effectiveness of an individual’s performance in carrying out their work.

4. According to AA Anwar Prabu Mangkunegara

AA Anwar Prabu Mangkunegara said that the concept of competence is a fundamental factor that exists in someone who has more ability and makes him different from other people with average ability.

Law No. 13 of 2003

Meanwhile, based on Law No. 13 of 2003 on Employment, states that work competence is the work ability of each individual which includes aspects of knowledge, skills, and aspects of knowledge, skills, and work attitudes that are in accordance with the set standards.

Types of Competence

There are several opinions of experts that explain the types of competence. Here are some opinions of experts who explain about the types of competence, among them:

1. According to Members Dean Lyle Spencer and Matthew Lyle Spencer

As already mentioned in the book Surya Dharma in 2003, that Dean Lyle Spencer and Matthew Lyle Spencer said competence can be divided into 2 (two) parts, among others:

a. Basic Competency or Threshold Competency

Basic competence is the main characteristic that a person must have in order to be able to perform the tasks in his job. Such as the ability to write, read, etc.

b. Differentiating Competency

Differentiating competencies are various factors that distinguish individuals with high performance from individuals with low performance.

2. According to Charles E. Johnson

As already explained in the book Wina Sanjaya (2005:34), that Charles E. Johnson said competence can be categorized into 3 (three) parts, namely:

a. Personal competence

Personal competence is an individual’s ability in matters related to the development of a person’s personality.

b. Professional Competency

Professional competence is an individual’s ability in matters related to the implementation and completion of certain tasks at work.

c. Social Competency

Social competence is an individual’s ability in matters related to life and social interests.

3. According to Kunandar

Kunandar said that competence can be classified into 5 (five) types, namely:

a. Intellectual Competence

Intellectual competence is a tool of knowledge possessed by an individual that is required in performing his job.

b. Physical Competence

Physical competence is the physical ability of an individual that is required to perform tasks at work.

c. Personal Competence 

Personal competence is a behavioral device related to the individual’s ability to understand oneself, realize oneself, self-identity, and self-transformation.

d. Social Competence

Social competence is a certain behavioral device that is the basis of self-understanding as part of the social environment.

e. Spiritual Competence

Spiritual competence is an individual’s ability to understand, appreciate, and practice religious rules.

Competency Benefits

Individual competence has a very important role in the effectiveness of the implementation of work and professional tasks. According to Ruky in Edy Sutrisno’s book in 2010, he says that large companies use competence as a basis for recruiting workers. As for some of the benefits of recruiting jobs with competence, among others:

1. Clarify work standards and expectations that the company wants to achieve.
2. individual competence can be used as a potential workforce selection tool.
3. The skills of the workforce will maximize the company’s productivity.
4. competence or skills of the workforce can be used as a basis in developing the remuneration system.
5. Competence can also help the company to be able to adapt to the changes that occur.
6. competence can facilitate companies in coordinating work behavior with organizational values.

Factors Affecting Competence

There are several factors that affect competence, including the following:

1. Confidence and Values

Confidence in oneself or in others will greatly influence behavior. If the person does not believe that they are not creative and innovative, then they will not try to think about new or different ways of doing things.

Because of this, a person who has high confidence and values ​​usually tends to have good competence in himself.

2. Skills

The skills referred to here are abilities in various competencies. For example, skills in performing public speaking skills such as skills that can be learned, practiced, and improved. writing skills can also be improved with instruction, practice and feedback.

These skills should be honed continuously so that the competencies possessed can continue to grow. That way, will be more ready to compete with others.

3. Experience

Competence also requires experience, such as experience organizing people, communicating with many people, finding solutions, and so on. With this experience, one can learn and not repeat the same mistakes. This experience itself can be obtained from anywhere, it can be from a mistake or when facing various kinds of problems.

4. Personality Characteristics

A person’s competence is influenced by a person’s personality characteristics. A person’s characteristics and personality are influenced by the strength and surrounding environment. In other words, if an environment has a good support system , it can produce good characteristics as well. Therefore, don’t make the mistake of having an environment, Reader.

5. Motivation

Motivation is a factor in competence that can be changed by providing encouragement, appreciation for work under HAM, giving recognition and individual attention from superiors can have a positive impact on the motivation of a subordinate. With this motivation, then a person will be more enthusiastic in carrying out various activities.

6. Emotional Issues

Emotional barriers can limit the mastery of competence. Self-doubt tends to limit motivation and initiative. For this reason, in order for competence to continue to develop, the emotions in oneself must also be controlled.

7. Intellectual Ability

A person’s competence can also depend on cognitive thinking such as conceptual thinking and analytical thinking.

8. Organizational Culture

Organizational culture can have an impact on the competence of human resources in activities such as recruitment and selection of employees, decision-making practices, and so on.

Competency Indicators

Competence has several indicators, among which are the following:

1. Knowledge

The first indicator of competence is knowledge. Knowledge is awareness in the cognitive field.

2. Understanding 

In this case, understanding is cognitive and effective that is owned by individuals.

3. Ability

Ability is something that an individual possesses in order to perform tasks and jobs that are assigned to employees.

4. Attitude

What is meant by attitude is a feeling or reaction to a stimulus that comes from the outside.

5. Interest

Interest is a person’s tendency to do something.

How to Improve Work Competence

The company is also obliged to help improve the employee’s work competence because it affects each other between the employee and the company. There are various kinds of activities to be able to improve the competence of employees.

However, the activities carried out must be done continuously. So that it can maintain the competence of employees in it, evaluate when there is still poor performance, or develop the quality of employee performance so that it becomes better. The following is the best way to improve employee work competence.

1. Professional Skill Training

The job training program is an important agenda that must be held by the company in order to improve the employee’s work competence. Job training programs are also implemented in order to maintain the company’s productivity and performance.

2. Job Enrichment

Job Enrichment is an activity that gives the job desk and greater responsibility towards employees. The improvement of this job desk can be in the form of system complexity or the quantity of the job desk itself.

In it, employees will feel challenged to be able to carry out new tasks and responsibilities. So that their competence can improve automatically.

3. Comparative Study

Comparative study is an activity that can be carried out by the company in order to increase knowledge in its application in the company so that the application can be done well and the competence of employees can increase.

This comparative study is generally carried out by companies operating in similar industries as well as competitors.

In addition, comparative studies will also motivate employees to be more innovative and more creative at work. Then, employee competence will develop automatically due to the motivation.

4. Department Promotion

Department promotion is the transfer of duties from one department to another department with a higher level of income, benefits, responsibility, job desk, and even greater potential to improve one’s career. A new set of tasks given by employees will then motivate them to work harder than usual.

5. Job Rotation

The work routine that is just that will certainly make employees feel bored and saturated quickly, so that it will reduce productivity. That in turn will be able to lower the competence of employees, therefore job rotation is needed.

Work rotation is the transfer of employees from branches or other places in accordance with the same job desk and division as before. Later, an employee will have a new routine that is certainly not boring. That way, it will encourage them to work more effectively and efficiently.

6. Build Teamwork

In a company, of course, it will consist of a variety of different individual backgrounds. Even so, building teamwork is very necessary to facilitate and speed up the company in realizing its goals.

The cooperation carried out by each individual in a good teamwork will create faster and more accurate solutions in facing the company’s challenges.

7. Creating a Pleasant Work Environment

A pleasant work environment can be achieved in a variety of ways, for example the arrangement of sufficient facilities that are needed by the employees as well as building a harmonious work atmosphere between fellow employees. Facilities that make it easier for employees will make them work more focused.

Meanwhile, a harmonious working atmosphere between each employee will make employees more comfortable and will foster a sense of belonging to the company. A combination of these methods can make the work environment more pleasant for employees.

8. Carrying out activities outside the routine

This activity outside the work routine can take the form of eating together or any reaction. Although it is not implemented too often, it is a good way to make employees more comfortable in their work environment. When they feel more comfortable, then they will be more motivated to improve their work competence automatically.

9. Personal Development

Individual personality is something that cannot be separated by everyone. Therefore, the HRD team must be able to create an activity that can develop the personality of each employee in a good way. The personality of the salary will make the working relationship between each employee more compact.

Basically, everyone has their own competence. Even so, competence can still be improved as long as there is a desire in a person. Therefore, never give up on improving competence.

Thus the discussion about the meaning of competence to how to improve competence.

What is the meaning of commodities? Commodities are no stranger to the economic world. For those who are involved in the economic world may already be familiar with the term commodity.

However, many still do not know what the meaning of commodity is. Therefore, this article will discuss about commodities.

Starting from the concept of commodity in general, the concept of commodity in language, the concept of commodity in economics, types of commodities, types, until the trading system.

Definition of Commodity

A commodity is an item or product that can be traded. Trading itself is a job related to the activity of selling and buying an item. Of course the goal is to make a profit.

Same thing, the purpose of this commodity is also to get a profit. Commodity trading can also be done through barter. In that case, the meaning is that an item will be exchanged for another item or product.

However, it has a note. The value of the two items to be exchanged must match. Only then can the two items or products be exchanged for each other.

According to other opinions, the meaning of commodity is a real thing. Those things tend to be easy to trade. In addition, it can also be submitted in physical form.

Commodities can also be stored for a certain period of time. And, it can be exchanged with other goods of the same type, which investors trade on the futures exchange.

According to KBBI or Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia, commodity has the meaning of the main trade product. It can also be said to be a commodity. In general, raw products can be classified based on several things, namely quality and compliance with international trade standards. Examples are coffee, wheat, corn, rubber, rice and so on.

Based on the explanations above, it can be concluded that the concept of commodity is a main trade product. In addition, it can also be said that the definition of commodity is other goods that can be traded, as import or export goods.

The purpose of selling and buying these commodities is nothing but to make a profit. In a more general context, indices, foreign currencies and instruments can also be classified as commodities. Reason, including as an easy product when you want to trade. So, the concept of commodity does not only refer to the daily needs of the community.

Definition of Commodity in Language

The meaning of the word commodity is something pleasant in service and quality. In the root of the Latin language, it is called commodity. Refers to various ways in accurate measurement.

From a state of time. Good condition, good quality, ability to produce something or property, and added profit value.

In Germany, goods or products offered for sale are called die ware. While in France it is called produit de base. For example, industrial raw materials, energy or other goods.

In Indonesia itself, it can be said to be merchandise, raw materials or merchandise. These things can be classified based on their quality. Something with international trade standards. Such as coffee, rubber, wheat and so on.

Understanding Commodities in Economics

In treating this commodity, the market does not pay attention to the producer or brand that produces it. As an illustration, for example wheat. Starting from the principle, the market will not bother to problematize who has produced the commodity.

What is a boy from Russia? What is a farmer from India? Or a capitalist from England? The market will treat the commodity accordingly.

Commodity Nature

• A good will be produced and sold by many producers. The manufacturer is different.
• An item will be uniform in quality in each marketing chain.

Based on the two properties of the commodity, the consumer or the market cannot distinguish the goods that will be produced by the producer. They can distinguish one producer from another.

However, not all tangible goods are commodities. For example such as clothing convection. Although mass-produced, not based on orders by many manufacturers, a garment convection is not included as a commodity.

Clothing is a thing that has an existence, which is used by everyone. However, clothing is not the basic material. Clothing is a finished product.

Economists say that clothing is product differentiation from fabric. Commodities will experience the expansion of the definition along with the development of technology and science.

Currently, commodities are not only dominated by products from agriculture or mining. However, commodities have also penetrated financial products. Examples are indices and foreign currencies. In addition, also information technology products, for example such as mobile phone bandwidth.

Commodity Product Types

1. Metal

The first type of commodity product is metal. Commodities of this type of metal consist of goods or products produced from mining activities, and are metallic in nature. Commodities of this type can also be divided into two more types.

The two types are precious metals and industrial metals. For precious metal types, examples are gold, platinum, silver and palladium. In general, this commodity is calculated using troy ounces. However, specifically for gold products, jufa trading activities can be done using units in the form of kilograms.

On the other hand, industrial metals are products referred to as nickel, cobalt, copper, aluminum, tin, magnesium, titanium and so on. Typically, added products of this type will be traded using metric units. It can be ounces, kilograms, even tons.

2. Energy

The type of energy commodity is also as hard as metal. Energy commodities can also be in the form of all products produced from minerals. And in the form of exploration.

However, the product can be used by humans as a fuel. Generally, products from this energy commodity will be traded on an international scale. Use metric units, tons or barrels.

Some examples of energy commodities in natural gas, coal, diesel, unleaded gasoline and petroleum (Brent Crude Oil and Light Sweet Crude Oil).

3. Agriculture

The third type of commodity product is agriculture. Most of the products obtained from an agricultural product can be used to meet human needs. Agricultural commodities can also be divided into two groups.

The two groups, among others, are agricultural products and forestry products. Examples of agricultural products include soybeans, rice, sugar, corn, wheat, coffee and so on. Examples of forestry products are rattan palm, rubber and so on.

In trading, products from agricultural commodities will be calculated using units of ounces, kilograms, tons and bushels.

4. Livestock

The last type of commodity is livestock. Animal husbandry products are products derived from animal husbandry. Sufficient livestock.

Examples are meat, milk and food. Examples of mother farm commodities are cows, beef, cow’s milk, chicken, chicken meat, pork, pork, animal feed and so on. In trading, this type of livestock will generally be sold using pounds.

Commodity Type

Here is the explanation:

1. Hard commodities

Hard commodities are various variants obtained from natural products. Through activities such as mining or extraction. Some kind of petroleum, metal, etc.

This type of commodity will mostly be dominated by various energy products. Examples are coal, natural gas, and oil. Therefore, it is not surprising if a country that depends on the export of these products will have a currency value that is very influential on volatility.

Inu applies to the volatility of commodity prices to the country or region that the country exports to.

2. Soft commodities

The type of soft commodity is a type of product variant obtained from forestry, agriculture and animal husbandry. Examples are sugar, rice, soybeans, salt, rubber, cow’s milk, corn, coffee beans, fish, palm oil, chicken meat, teak wood and so on.

The price of this type of soft commodity has a fluctuating movement. This means that the price can rise and fall suddenly. It is caused by the influence of natural conditions.

Therefore, the price of the commodity cannot be predicted accurately. This type of commodity is also not always available in every region and country. This is also due to natural conditions. Such as the influence of climate and weather.

Commodity Trading System

Commodity prices depend on the amount of demand and supply from the market. Price fluctuations have become a risk that is generally felt by commodity traders.

An increase or decrease in price can occur due to several factors. Some of these factors include weather conditions, intensive or government restrictions, production capacity, season, political situation and so on.

That is what will make commodity trading have a future contract. It will consist of basic standards. On the minimum amount and quality of commodities that will be traded later.

When talking about commodity trading, there are two types of trading that are generally present in the market. First, known as the manufacturer. Second, known as speculators. Both of these things have differences that are quite significant.

For a producer, a futures contract will be used to protect the value or price of the commodity. This is done until the contract is completed.

Examples of commodity traders with this type are soybean farmers. It performs value protection from the risk of price loss. That is done if the price of soybeans will drop before the harvest time arrives.

Through a futures contract, the farmer will be able to sell soybeans while they are still planted. That makes the selling price more determined until harvest time arrives later.

As for speculators, they are traders in the commodity market. The merchant does trading activities. The purpose is to make a profit. Speculators will take profit by relying on a price fluctuation.

Therefore, speculators generally do not own futures contracts. However, it can be profitable. This is done by taking advantage of fluctuating commodity prices.

That’s a brief explanation of commodities. Starting from the concept of commodity in general, the concept of commodity in language, the concept of commodity in economics, the types, until the trading system.

 

Definition of Commodity – In the world of commerce, commodity is a term that is often found. However, does Reader know the meaning of the term commodity?

Definition of Commodity

Based on the definition from the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), commodity is the main merchandise or merchandise. Commodities can also be defined as raw materials that can be classified according to their quality and conform to international trade standards, such as rubber, coffee, and wheat. In addition, commodity also has the meaning as a basic merchandise, commercial commodity, which can be classified according to the quality of international standards.

Commodities are goods or products that can be traded for profit. Therefore, it can be concluded that a commodity is a group of things that have an invisible form that can be stored for a certain period of time to be exchanged for other products that are equivalent in type and price.

The experts revealed that the concept of commodity is something that has an existence and is easily traded, can be transferred, can be stored for a certain period of time, and can be exchanged for other similar products.

The quality of the commodity goods conforms to international trade standards. Examples are coffee, wheat, rice, rubber, corn, etc. In addition, commodity products do not just cover daily needs such as groceries.

Some mining products such as precious metals gold, silver, aluminum, and energy resources such as coal and natural gas are also included as commodity categories. Forex, indices, and other commodities can also be included in the classification as commodities because they can be traded.

Commodity trading can be done by exchanging it for goods or products with the note that the value of the two goods has been considered to be equivalent. In general, goods or products that are considered as commodities are the main trade goods, products of the earth, and also handicrafts that can be used for export trade. After understanding the meaning of commodities, Reader should also understand the various characteristics of the commodity market. Here is the complete explanation.

Commodity Market Characteristics

One of the most common characteristics in the commodity market is the stability of the principle in terms of demand and supply. That is to say, all aspects of the two principles are believed to have great influence in the commodity market.

The principle that is the main influence of the commodity market is that demand cannot be met when the available supply is limited. On the other hand, that the available supply will also be wasted if the demand for the item is limited.

Commodity Type

1. Energy Commodity

The first type of commodity is energy commodity. The meaning of energy commodities is actually related to the presence of energy in the earth such as fuel and a number of other mining products.

In general, commodities or products that belong to this type include petroleum such as gasoline, diesel, crude oil, light sweet crude, and brent crude oil. Not only that, the type of energy commodity also often trades coal with units such as tons, barrels, and metric.

2. Mining Commodities

The next type of commodity is mining commodity. Broadly speaking, mining commodities are divided into two groups namely precious metals and industrial metals. Some of the Reader must have known that examples of precious metal mining commodities can be in the form of gold, silver, platinum, or palladium.

Meanwhile, examples of industrial metal mining commodities have a larger scope, including iron, aluminum, copper, magnesium, titanium, nickel, tin, carbon, and many more.

3. Agricultural Commodities

In the agricultural sector, the concept of commodities is products that are produced directly from nature and are generally divided into two general groups, namely agricultural products and forestry products.

Meanwhile, agricultural commodities include various types of natural products that function as consumables such as rice, sugar, soybeans, wheat, coffee and so on.

4. Livestock Commodities

The last type of commodity is livestock commodity. From the name alone, it is certainly known that the products offered generally cover the entire animal husbandry sector, starting from animal feed, eggs, milk, and also meat from farm animals such as chicken, duck, fish, goat and cow.

Commodity Futures

Have Reader heard of commodity futures? In the trading world, commodity futures is a sale and purchase agreement on a commodity that has previously been determined regarding the price and time of sale with specifics.

Some examples of future commodities are metals, energy sources, and even foodstuffs. Considering its long-term nature, the price of the commodity is usually determined even far before the sale contract is executed.

With such an event, the seller can obtain certainty that the commodity will definitely be purchased so that both parties can prevent a decrease in demand or limited supplies.

Some examples of export commodities from Indonesia that are also applied using the futures system include textile, rubber, and automotive products.

Commodity Classification Based on Properties

Bearing in mind that commodities are things that can be traded through import and export, here are some classifications that are important to note before doing the buying and selling process:

1. Soft Commodity

The definition of soft commodity is goods or products that are generally the result of the agriculture, forestry, and animal husbandry sectors. For example, food ingredients that come from plants, various types of meat from farm animals, and plants that come from forests such as palm oil, and many more.

The commodity is named as a soft commodity because its type and price tend to present fluctuating movements so that it can go up or down without warning and can happen suddenly depending on the climatic conditions of the surrounding area.

Therefore, the price and availability of soft commodities usually cannot be accurately predicted considering the climate and weather conditions that keep changing and have significant differences in each region of the country.

3. Hard Commodities

Hard commodities are products that are generally the result of extraction from large mines that include petroleum and precious metals. Experts say that hard commodities are often dominated by energy commodities such as coal, petroleum, and natural gas.

Commodity Trading System

One of the most common characteristics of the commodity market is the stability of the principle in terms of demand and supply. This means that all aspects of the two principles are a great influence in the commodity market.

The principle that is the main influence in the commodity market is that demand cannot be met when supply is limited. On the other hand, a lot of supply will be useless if the amount of demand is limited.

This often creates a risk that the price of goods will fluctuate and can have a negative impact on commodity trade.

In general, actors in the commodity market can be divided into two, namely producers and speculators. Although both have the same profession, trading, but the principles they adhere to are still different. For example, producers often do price protection by using futures contracts so that their commodities do not fall in price before harvest time arrives.

Meanwhile, speculators have a principle not to apply futures contracts and tend to choose to take advantage of changes in the price of their commodities in order to obtain abundant profits.

Indonesia’s Top Products and Export Destination Countries

In order to simplify data collection, the Central Statistics Agency classifies each commodity based on a systematic item code that conforms to international standards, namely the Harmonized System (HS) code.

Not just for statistical data needs, the HS code also has a function to simplify the tariff system, trade transactions, transportation, and other things. Currently, there are thousands of HS codes for each commodity that can be accessed through the BPS official website, and are updated periodically. Of the many export products of Indonesian origin, the following is a list of the most superior export commodities from Indonesia in the global market.

Non-oil and gas export commodities

Non-oil and gas exports still dominate Indonesia’s total exports, reaching US$22.84 billion in November 2021. Featured commodities in non-oil and gas exports include:

1. Palm Coconut

Indonesia has been known as the world’s oil palm king because it controls up to 55 percent of the global oil palm export market share. In 2021, data from the Association of Indonesian Palm Oil Producers (GAPKI) records that Indonesia’s palm oil export volume reached 34 million tons, worth US$22.97 billion.

Palm oil and its derivatives fall into the category of fat and animal/vegetable oil. BPS notes that the export performance of this category of goods is the highest in the non-oil and gas export category. A lot of palm oil is exported to India, China, Europe, and others.

2. Coal

Indonesia is the third largest producer of coal in the world, after China and India. Coal production can reach up to more than 500 million tons per year. Meanwhile, domestic demand is still low, so most coal or up to around 70 percent of national coal is sent abroad.

The Ministry of Energy, Mineral Resources and Energy noted the realization of Indonesia’s coal exports in 2020, which is up to 405 million tons or more than the export target (102.5 percent) that was set at the beginning of 395 million tons. The ten countries that are the destination of coal exports include China, India, the Philippines, Japan, Malaysia, South Korea, Vietnam, Taiwan, Thailand, and Bangladesh.

3. Iron and Steel

Iron and steel are in the third position of non-oil and gas commodity exports after fats and animal/vegetable oils and mineral fuels. In November 2021, iron and steel export revenue reached up to US$276 million. The government continues to encourage the export of iron and steel through the downstream program or the processing of nickel ore to be used as iron and steel.

Iron and steel products originating from Indonesia are exported to a number of countries namely China, South Korea, India, Singapore, Thailand, Australia, Malaysia, UAE, Taiwan, USA, and others.

4. Rubber

Rubber is one of the agricultural products that is a leading export from Indonesia. In 2020, BPS has recorded that Indonesia managed to export up to around 2.2 million tons of rubber to foreign countries with a value of US$2.9 billion. The main countries that are the destination for the export of rubber and goods from rubber include the US, Japan, China, India, South Korea, Brazil, Canada, Germany, Belgium, Turkey, and others.

5. Coffee, tea, and cocoa

Tea, coffee, and cocoa are agricultural products from Indonesia that excel in the export market. Indonesia sends tea, coffee, and cocoa products to a number of countries such as Japan, Singapore, Malaysia, India, Egypt, the US, England, Italy, and so on.

6. Footwear

Not only from the plantation and mining sectors, Indonesia also exports industrial products. One of the products of the industry that is a flagship for export is footwear. The footwear products that are sent abroad include technical field shoes, athletic shoes, industrial shoes, and also footwear for everyday needs. Indonesian footwear products are sold to various countries including the US, China, Germany, Belgium, Japan, South Korea, the Netherlands, England, Italy, Mexico, and so on.

Oil and Gas Export Commodities

The contribution of oil and gas exports still tends to be lower when compared to non-oil and gas products. In November 2021, the non-oil and gas export contribution is US$21.51 billion.

The leading commodities for oil and gas exports from Indonesia are crude oil, oil products, and gas. Examples of oil and gas products sent by PT Pertamina (Persero) to foreign countries are avtur, lubricants, High Speed ​​Diesel (HSD), Marine Fuel Oil (MFO), and others.

Meanwhile, export products from the industrial sector include paper, cardboard, various chemical products, consumer goods, plastic, wood pulp (pulp), machinery, processed food, home furniture, and so on. The export of mining products includes: copper, tin, gold, nickel, aluminum, and so on.

Price fluctuations

Reader must have often heard or read about the term price fluctuation, right? Some experts say that fluctuations indirectly become a double-edged sword that can give high risk of loss for commodity traders.

Although fluctuation is defined as a symptom of price fluctuations that can cause adverse effects on the commodity market, sellers and buyers can jointly prevent the risk by analyzing the needs of the market in a more organized manner.

Some of the ways that can be done include limiting demand and supply in the commodity market, although the risk of loss is also not less great.

Definition of Commitment – Does Reader already know that in having a relationship or interaction with other individuals, be it a special relationship with another person, a work relationship, or a relationship in an organization that requires a commitment from all parties concerned? Especially when you are in a relationship with another person, there are definitely words that imply a commitment between the two.

Then actually, what is the true meaning of that commitment? Is commitment only found in relationships with other people? What about the form and existence of commitment that can be found in everyday life?

Well, so that Reader is not confused about that and does not just say the word commitment in establishing a relationship with another individual, let’s understand again by listening to the following article about commitment!

Definition of Commitment in General

The term “commitment” is a word borrowed from English, namely “commitment” which has the meaning of “uniting”, “combining”, and also “trusting”. As time went by, the word developed and its meaning changed to “promise”, “obligation”, “attachment”, and “entrust” for a long time.

So in general, commitment is a form of dedication or obligation that makes a person remember another person for a certain action, especially when undergoing a special relationship with that person. It should be known that when undertaking this commitment it must be done voluntarily with no coercion and depending on the situation experienced by each individual.

Therefore, in carrying out a commitment must be accompanied by a great sense of responsibility and not just mere words. By making a commitment, it means that the individual must be responsible both with himself and with other individuals related to the situation.

Although from the change in meaning there is a meaning about “promise” or “agreement”, but this commitment is not always based on a written agreement. There are some commitments that are only made based on verbal promises between the parties concerned, for example the commitment to establish relationships with other people in terms of romance such as dating.

According to John Mayer and Natalie, they say that commitment is an individual condition, where the individual becomes bound by the actions he performs. Through these actions, it will later create confidence that can support activities and involvement.

This is also supported by the opinion of Griffin (2004), who says that an individual who has a high sense of commitment, is likely to see himself as a true member of an organization. For Griffin’s opinion, when commitment is made in the organizational realm, remembering that commitment can be made by individuals in any context.

Characteristics of Commitment

A thing can be called a commitment if it meets the following characteristics, namely:

1. There is an agreement that has been mutually agreed upon, both with oneself and with other related parties. The agreement also does not have to be in writing, because the most important thing is that all related parties must be responsible in carrying out the commitment.
2. There is a specific purpose to be achieved by implementing the commitment. The purpose must of course be beneficial for all parties, both themselves and other related parties.
3. All parties involved in the commitment must be responsible for the content of the “agreement”. Being responsible in this context is not going beyond the limits or disobeying the previously agreed upon agreement.
4. There is a sense of loyalty or faithfulness, both from oneself and from other parties concerned, so that the goal can be achieved properly.

Examples of the Embodiment of Commitment in Daily Life

In everyday life, of course the word commitment is quite often found, even without Reader realizing that it turns out to be a commitment. Commitment can not only occur in relationships with other individuals, but can also be implemented towards oneself. Well, the following are some examples of the embodiment of commitment in everyday life.

1. Commitment To Yourself

A commitment does not have to be done together and for other individuals only. Even towards yourself, commitment can still be done. When the commitment is made based on the desire from within, then usually this commitment has the purpose of achieving something better than before.

For example, there is someone who wants to lose weight by going on a diet and committing to himself to continue consuming healthy food accompanied by sports. If he continues to make that commitment responsibly and loyally with his initial goal, then the final result that can be achieved is that his body will be healthier and have an ideal body weight.

2. Commitment In A Relationship

The relationship referred to in this point is a relationship with another person that is romantic. It should be known that all relationships involving other individuals definitely require a commitment in order to maintain and take care of the relationship so that it continues to run well. In this case, the meaning of a commitment can be an attachment between all parties involved to continue to do the appropriate actions that have been mutually agreed upon at the beginning of the commitment and done with a sense of responsibility.

Romantic relationships with other people are of various kinds, ranging from friendships, courtships, to marriages. For example, in a courtship relationship, there is generally an unwritten commitment that aims to be loyal to each other while not betraying each other. However, when in a marriage relationship, the commitment has usually been agreed upon in the written marriage rules.

3. Commitment to Family

This commitment generally comes from oneself who has a sense of being responsible for one’s family. Commitment to the family is usually not written, but in the form of self-awareness.

An example is the commitment of a husband as the head of the household to his family to always provide for him physically and mentally well.

4. Commitment In Employment

Because this commitment is related to other individuals, then work must of course be based on a commitment. This commitment can be carried out by anyone, be it superiors or employees, because it is those parties who will be able to achieve the goals of the work they do.

5. Commitment to the Environment

Almost the same as the commitment made on a family basis, which comes from oneself by feeling responsible for something. Because humans and nature have a relationship that will never end, so it requires a commitment so that the natural environment can remain well maintained. After all, the relationship between humans and nature is a reciprocal relationship, so that if one of the parties is destructive, it will have a negative effect on itself.

For example, mountain climbers have a self-inflicted commitment not to throw trash carelessly during their climb up the mountain. The climbers feel responsible for maintaining the cleanliness of nature, especially in the mountain environment so that it remains clean and beautiful.

Understanding Commitment In Romance

Commitment is arguably one of the keys to the success of a relationship. The meaning of commitment in a romantic relationship, whether in courtship or marriage, can be seen from various actions.

The meaning of commitment is actually very broad. By definition, this term describes a dedication or agreement on a person towards something over a long period of time. In a romantic relationship, commitment is self-responsibility to the partner that needs to be taken care of together. This is generally not found in intimate friendships or friends with benefits.

1. The Meaning of Commitment in a Romantic Relationship

The meaning of commitment in a romantic relationship is when Reader are willing to dedicate themselves, time, and love to a partner in the long term, for example in a marriage bond.

When Reader and their partner are determined to commit to living a relationship, it means that Reader and their partner will be ready to accept any condition and situation, both in good and difficult conditions

With the determination to commit to each other, this is a sign that the relationship that Reader live together has a clear future and purpose.

2. Forms of Commitment in Romantic Relationships

The meaning of commitment in a romantic relationship can be realized in several actions, among others:

1. Want to establish a serious relationship

When Reader and a partner are determined to have a serious relationship, this can be said to be one form of commitment in a romantic relationship. Later, commitment can be seen from the way Reader and the couple solve problems and compromise.

However, it does not mean that people who want to have a casual relationship cannot commit. They may just need a longer time to commit to a relationship.

2. Want to talk about the future

It’s not enough to have a serious relationship, talking about future plans with your partner is also one of the forms of commitment in a romantic relationship.

This does not only include the desire to get married. Reader and spouses should also have a plan and attitude towards various problems that may come after marriage, such as family economic problems or the future of children.

3. Be loyal and open to each other

Loyalty is also a form of commitment in a relationship. Because, commitment can also be interpreted as attachment.

When Reader have an emotional attachment to their partner, then Reader and their partner should also be open and honest with each other about issues that are public or private.

4. Willing to sacrifice

In establishing a relationship, sacrifice is usually required for the common good. Sacrifice is not always about big things, it can also be small things, like accompanying a partner when doing his hobby, even though Reader doesn’t like the hobby.

How to Maintain Commitment in a Romantic Relationship

Here are some ways that Reader can do to maintain commitment in a romantic relationship with a partner:

1. Build mutual trust

The main key to maintaining commitment in a relationship is mutual trust. This is an important aspect that should be instilled from the beginning of starting a relationship with a partner. A relationship that is not based on mutual trust can damage the commitment that has been made.

2. Make more memories together

Another way to maintain commitment in a relationship is to make more memories with your partner. For example, a vacation together in a tourist spot that Reader and his partner like.

Beautiful memories together can help Reader and their partner get through the difficult times that may appear throughout the course of Reader’ relationship with them.

3. Resolve conflicts well

If Reader and a partner are having a conflict, get used to resolving it well and in a calm state. Try not to shout and accuse each other, let alone say rude things.

Building commitment in a relationship is not easy, Reader need to do the following to maintain Reader commitment with a partner.

Reader and partners should also be able to accept criticism, not be stubborn, forgive each other, and work together to find the best solution for the problem at hand.

4. Avoid thinking about the past

The past is often the reason for the breakdown of a relationship. Therefore, when starting a relationship with a Reader couple , avoid thinking about the past. Reader do not need to think about the past of Reader romantic relationship and do not continue to discuss the past of Reader couple .

By not worrying about the past, a couple will continue to move forward and have a strong commitment to each other.

5. Communication

Communication is key in living a relationship. Reader and couples need to maintain good communication in order to create a strong commitment. Always talk about situations that happen in Reader life so that there are no misunderstandings.

6. Avoid doubts with your partner

As long as there is doubt in the heart, then it is difficult for a person to be able to commit to his partner. Therefore, Reader need to build trust in the Reader partner and avoid negative thoughts on the Reader partner so that a commitment can be built.

7. Make a target in the relationship

If Reader is already in a relationship, make a clear target about the Reader relationship . Discuss the purpose of the Reader relationship with the partner, thus the Reader relationship will go in a more serious direction and the commitment will be formed by itself.

Commitment is not just words, but actions that can prove the existence of such commitment in a relationship. Connecting with a partner is Reader’ choice to live the days together. Without a strong commitment, it may be difficult to reconcile differences and achieve the goals of the Reader relationship . Therefore, it is very important to build commitment with a partner.

To achieve stability in a relationship does require a lot of time and effort which is not easy. However, as long as Reader and the couple stick to the meaning of commitment, various difficulties and obstacles can be faced well in order to achieve common goals.

If Reader has difficulties in commitment, both in romantic relationships and other conditions, Reader can consult further with a psychologist to find the underlying problem and a suitable solution.

•  

Definition of Commitment – Does Reader know that in having a relationship or interaction with another individual, be it a special relationship between the opposite sex, a work relationship, to a relationship in an organization that really requires a commitment between the parties concerned. Especially in establishing a relationship with the opposite sex, there must often be words that imply a commitment between the two.

So really, what is that commitment? Is commitment only a relationship between the opposite sex? What about the form and existence of commitment that can be seen in everyday life?

Well, so that Reader doesn’t get confused about it and doesn’t just say the word commitment in establishing a relationship with another individual, let’s understand it again!

Definition of Commitment in General

The term ” commitment ” comes from the English language, namely ” commitment ” which means ” uniting “, ” combining “, and ” trusting “. As time went by, the word developed into a change in meaning, namely ” promise “, ” entrust “, ” attachment “, and ” obligation ” for the long term.

So in general, commitment is a form of dedication or obligation that reminds a person to another person for certain actions, especially when living a relationship with that person. It should be known that in carrying out this commitment it must be done voluntarily without coercion, and depending on the situation of each individual.

Therefore, in carrying out a commitment must be accompanied by a great sense of responsibility, not just mere words. Through the implementation of this commitment, it means that the individual must be responsible for both himself and other individuals concerned in the situation.

Although from the change in meaning there is a meaning about ” promise ” or ” agreement “, but this commitment is not necessarily based on a written agreement. There are some commitments that are made only based on verbal promises between the parties concerned, for example the commitment to establish a relationship with the opposite sex (dating).

According to John Mayer and Natalie, think that commitment is an individual condition, where the individual becomes bound by his actions. Through his actions, he will later create confidence that can support his activities and involvement.

This is also accompanied by the opinion of Griffin (2004), revealing that an individual who has high commitment is likely to see himself as a true member of an organization. For Griffin’s opinion, when commitment is made in the organizational realm, remembering that commitment can be made to individuals in any context.

Characteristics of Commitment

A thing can be called a commitment when it meets the following characteristics, namely.

• There is an agreement that has been agreed upon, both for yourself and other related parties. The agreement also does not have to be in writing, because the most important thing is that the relevant parties must be responsible in carrying it out.
• There are specific goals to be achieved after making a commitment. The purpose must of course be profitable, both oneself and related parties.
• All parties involved in the commitment must be responsible for the content of the “agreement”. Being responsible in this context is not going out of bounds and reneging on agreements that have been previously agreed upon.
• There is a sense of loyalty or faithfulness, both from oneself and from the parties concerned, if one wants the goal to be achieved.

Examples of the Embodiment of Commitment in Daily Life

In everyday life, of course, the existence of commitment is very often found, even without you realizing that it turns out to be a commitment. Commitment can not only occur in relationships with other individuals, but can also be carried out towards oneself. Well, here are some examples of its manifestation in everyday life.

1. Commitment To Yourself

A commitment does not have to be done together and for other individuals, you know … It can even be done for yourself. When the commitment is made based on a desire from within, it is usually to achieve something better than before.

For example, there is someone who is on a diet and commits to himself to continue consuming healthy food along with exercise. If he continues to make that commitment responsibly and loyally with his initial goal, then the end result that can be achieved is that his body becomes healthier and has an ideal body weight.

2. Commitment In A Relationship

The relationship here is meant to be a relationship with the opposite sex. It should be known that all relationships involving other individuals definitely require a commitment in order to maintain and take care of the relationship so that it remains fine. In this case, the meaning of a commitment can be an attachment between the related parties to continue to perform the appropriate actions that were promised at the beginning of the commitment and done responsibly.

Relationships with the opposite sex are diverse, ranging from courtship relationships, marriage relationships, to friendship relationships. For example, in a courtship relationship, usually the commitment is not written and is meant to be loyal to each other and not betray each other. But when in a marriage relationship, commitment is usually found in written marriage rules.

3. Commitment to Family

This commitment usually comes from oneself who feels responsible for his family. Commitment to the family is not written, but is a self-awareness.

An example is the commitment of a husband as the head of the household to his family to provide sustenance physically and mentally.

4. Commitment In Employment

Because this commitment is related to other individuals, then work must of course be based on a commitment. This commitment can be implemented by superiors and even employees, because those parties will be able to achieve the goal.

5. Commitment to the Environment

Almost the same as the commitment made to the family, which comes from oneself to feel responsible for something. Because, humans and nature have a relationship that will never die, so it requires commitment so that the conditions of the natural environment can be well maintained. After all, the human relationship with nature is reciprocal, as long as one of the parties is not destructive.

For example, mountain climbers have a self-inflicted commitment not to throw trash carelessly throughout their journey on the mountain. The climbers feel responsible for taking care of the natural environment, especially the natural environment in the mountains so that it remains beautiful and undamaged.

Understanding What Organizational Commitment Is

Previously, it has been written that in the realm of organizations there is also a high level of commitment between related parties, because in an organization there must be a common goal. In this case, the organization’s commitment is the same as the company’s commitment, because the organization and the company have meanings that are consistent with each other.

Organizational commitment is seen as a value orientation towards the organization concerned with the individual, by showing that the individual really thinks about and prioritizes the job as well as the organization. This individual will try to give everything he has, for example effort and hard work in order to help the organization together achieve its goals.

According to Robbins and Judge (2007), organizational or company commitment is a situation where an employee will favor the goals of the organization, as well as having the confidence to remain a member of the organization.

Meanwhile, according to Griffin (2004) also thinks that organizational commitment becomes an attitude that reflects the extent to which an individual who acts as an officer knows and is bound to his organization.

Then, according to Meyer and Allen (1990), stated that organizational commitment is a strong belief and acceptance of the values ​​and goals of the existing organization, by involving oneself to be loyal to the organization.

Well, based on the explanation, it can be concluded that this organizational commitment must be owned by every officer with any position. The commitment of this organization becomes an attitude and behavior that must be possessed in order to achieve the needs and goals of the organization.

Aspects of Organizational Commitment

According to Meyer and Allen (1990), in an organizational commitment that every employee must have, this has three aspects, namely affective commitment, continuous commitment, and normative commitment. Well, here is the explanation.

1. Affective Commitment

In this aspect, prioritizing emotional attachment, self-identification, and involvement in an organization. This affective commitment leads to the will or desire of the individual himself to remain in an organization.

2. Continuous Commitment

In this aspect, it is based on the consideration of what will be sacrificed when he leaves the organization. This aspect of continuous commitment leads to the awareness of organizational members, that they will suffer losses if they leave the organization for any reason. So, there will be a thought by individuals that by settling in the organization is as a fulfillment of needs.

3. Normative Commitment

In this aspect of normative commitment, there is confidence from an individual about his responsibility towards the organization in question. Individuals will stay in an organization because they seem to have an obligation to be loyal to that organization.

Organizational members who have this normative commitment tend to feel that they should be in the organization, so they will survive in any situation because they feel that it is an obligation or duty.

Factors Affecting Organizational Commitment

The organizational commitment possessed by an individual as an officer in the organization can be determined by several factors, among others are the personal characteristics of the employee himself, job characteristics, and work experience.

However, according to Stum (1998), there are five factors influencing the existence of an organizational commitment owned by employees, namely.

1. Culture of Openness

In this case related to the work environment of the organization. The cultural factor of openness has a high correlation on the extent to which the organization can motivate its employees to act.

2. Job Satisfaction

The job satisfaction of the officers is also an influencing factor of the organization’s commitment as well as its performance. This job satisfaction factor can affect the productivity, quality, and morale of the employees in the organization. Officers will of course feel satisfied when they are in the right position or department, by adjusting their abilities and orientation.

3. Opportunities for Officers to Develop

Everyone, including those who are serving as an officer in an organization, must have a desire to grow and learn. These efforts do not have to be done through formal training programs, but can also be done in work division activities, task units, conferences, until the expansion of responsibility to himself.

The opportunity should be given by the organization to all its officers, so that it can influence the commitment of the officers to remain and be loyal to the organization.

4. Organizational Direction

All officers must have faith in the future of the organization or company where they work. Therefore, the trust must be well supported by the organization by leading to good things and benefiting its parties.

5. The Need for Work Acknowledgment

The need for work recognition is the most significant influence on employee commitment, because every employee must want to get recognition and awareness from their superiors regarding their hard work for the organization.

It is different with the influence factors of organizational commitment presented by Steers and Porter. Steers and Porter argue that the influencing factors have four characteristics, namely personal characteristics, job characteristics, organizational design characteristics, and work experience characteristics.

Well, here is the description.

1. Personal Characteristics , which include:

• Age and working hours. The higher the age and working time of an officer, the higher the organizational commitment he has towards the organization where he works.
• Performance requirements. Especially in employees who have high performance needs, tend to have high organizational commitment as well, because they have a great desire and sense of responsibility towards their work.
• Education. Education can often form skills, although sometimes it cannot be fully utilized in work. Therefore, the higher the individual’s level of education, the greater will be the expectations that may not be fulfilled by the organization where they work.

2. Job Characteristics , which include:

• Work challenges. In this case, it can be developed by enriching jobs and tasks for officers.
• Opportunity to interact with other officers.
• Task identity. Related to the clarity of the officer’s role in the organization.
• Feedback. Having negative feedback tends to lower organizational commitment. On the other hand, positive feedback, especially when it contains an objective evaluation and is delivered in a polite manner, can increase organizational commitment.

3. Characteristics of Organizational Design

Covering the existence of decentralization and autonomy of responsibilities, the quality of relationships between superiors and subordinates, the nature and characteristics of leadership.

4. Work Experience , which includes:

• Group attitude towards the organization. Apparently, the change in attitude of an individual can be influenced by the attitude of the group members. When group members show a positive work attitude towards the organization, then individuals will also show a positive attitude.
• The integrity of the organization, which is looking at the extent to which individuals feel that the organization where they work pays attention to their employees, both in terms of interest and well-being.
• Feelings in the organization. This includes the extent to which individuals feel important or needed in carrying out the organization’s mission and goals.
• Realization of individual expectations in the organization. This is related to what the individual expects from the organization, will also affect his work attitude. If the organization can meet the individual’s expectations, then the individual will also feel “appropriate” to repay the organization’s services.

Well, that’s a review of the meaning, characteristics, and examples of the embodiment of commitment in everyday life. When Reader is acting as an officer, do you have a high organizational commitment to the organization where you work?

 

Understanding Comics – In this day and age, who does n’t know comics? Comics can be found anywhere because they have circulated freely. You can find comics in the library, in the room of your friend who likes to read, in bookstores, even in used bookstores!

So, what is the comic? Let’s read the following description!

Meaning of Comics

As the times change, the definition of comics also follows the changes. However, the change in definition only acts as a complement to the previous definition.

According to Scott McCloud who thinks about comics that “comics are pictures and other symbols that are juxtaposed (close or side by side) in a certain order, which aims to provide information or to achieve an aesthetic response from the readers.

Comics are also referred to as image literature. Comics are one form of visual communication that is useful for conveying information and has the advantage of being easy to understand. There is a collaboration between pictures and text that are arranged in such a way as to form an interesting storyline.

The average comic reader is young people aged 15 to 25, but it cannot be argued that someone in their 40s also likes comics as their reading material.

Components Found in Comics

Try to pay attention when you are reading the comic. What components are in it? Let’s take a look at the following description so that you can better understand what components are contained in a comic!

1. Panel Components

A panel is a box that contains illustrations and text that can form a clear storyline to read. Panels can also be called frames and have various shapes, not just square boxes. According to McCloud, the way to read panels in a comic is from left to right, top to bottom or clockwise.

2. Ditch Components

This trench is the term for the space between the panels. Whether or not there is a moat in a comic depends on the creativity of the comic. However, having a trench in a comic can make it a sort of ‘glue’ of story panels.

3. Word Balloon Components

Words or writing become the form of conversation or story narration that is being depicted in the comic panel. Word balloons are also called speech balloons. The word balloons have three forms, namely speech balloons, thought balloons, and captions .

a. Speech balloons contain speeches or dialogues of characters.

This speech balloon is usually shaped like a thick circle with a tail that leads to a character who ‘seems’ to be speaking the dialogue. The shape of the speech balloon does not always have to be a thick circle but adapted to the content of the character’s dialogue.

b. Thought balloon

That is, it contains the character’s thoughts that seem to be conveyed in the mind only and not spoken. The shape of a thought balloon is usually an interrupted circle. However, there are also comics that draw thought balloons in the form of a white background with the character’s mind dialogue only. Look at the following example!

c. Caption box

That is, it contains non-dialog narrative explanations that are usually box-shaped. The explanation of the narrative was created by the comic so that the reader can better understand the situation and conditions that occur in the storyline. Look at the following example!

4. Illustrative or Photographic Components

This illustration component becomes the most important component in the comic, besides the text. This is because from the aspect of illustration, it can make the comic look aesthetic for the reader.

In fact, some comics only feature illustrations in their panels without including any text because the reader already understands the story line only through the illustrations.

According to McCloud there are two types of illustrations, namely realist illustrations and cartoons. Realist illustrations are images that are judged to be most similar to humans or real objects. While cartoon illustrations refer to abstract forms in a simple way, so they are judged further away from the original object. Cartoon illustrations can be a form of funny ideas in visual imagery.

The use of realist illustrations and cartoons can be used in a comic depending on the creativity of the comic. Each comic has its own unique style and characteristics of illustration, so there is no demand in the fulfillment of this component in a comic.

5. Story Theme Components

The theme of the story becomes one of the basic strengths in making comics in addition to the illustration component. In fact, there are still additional components, namely the viewing angle and the size of the illustration in the panel. The point of view includes letter sounds, splash, motion lines, symbols , and comic headlines.

Well, now let’s try to retrace the comics that have circulated in Indonesia, what are the themes of the story?

Uses of Comics

In today’s increasingly sophisticated era, comic media is said to have many uses in people’s daily lives. The variety of story themes in a comic that circulates becomes a form of addressing the social life of the community. Even now there are many comics with mystical or spiritual themes.

1. Comics as a Business

Comics actually do not only serve as entertainment but can also be a source of money for comics. Comic artists can actually make money through their comic works. This can certainly be a real proof that comics are currently a profitable medium for artists and publishers.

Especially in an age with advanced technology such as today, comic making has become younger due to the presence of advanced tools in the process of coloring, illustration photography, marketing, and others. In addition, comic marketing can also be done through newspapers, social media, and others.

One of the comic publishers who are currently still loyal in the comic publishing process is Sinaumedia. Sinaumedia is quite consistent and continuous in its efforts to publish comics. The comics are usually translated so that Indonesian readers can easily enjoy them. An example is the comic Detective Conan which until now is still faithfully published by Sinaumedia because of its many fans.

2. Comics as Campaign Media

Previously, it has been said that the average comic reader is young people aged 15-25 years. However, it does not exclude the possibility that children aged 9-12 years also like comics especially with colorful illustrations. Therefore, a media campaign appeared, for example about the impact of online games in the form of illustrated comics, with the target audience being children aged 9-12 years old who are addicted to online games.

The use of comics as a campaign media is considered to be successful because it conveys a moral message through light and interesting stories. In addition, campaigns using comics can also provide useful information to parents, certainly in a “relaxed” way and not patronizing.

3. Comics as Innovative Learning Media

Comics have become a favorite reading material for all ages, including school-aged children. Therefore, comics can certainly be used as an innovative learning media for students. Currently, the comic learning media has been widely developed by educators so that students can understand the learning material easily and pleasantly.

Comic learning media can create a fun learning atmosphere so that students will feel motivated in understanding the material. Comics with its main component, namely picture illustrations, have interesting visualization nuances and are not boring for students.

Currently, there are quite a lot of subjects in school that use comics as learning media such as IPA subjects, Languages, Accountancy, even Mathematics. The innovation of the use of comics, which was initially just for entertainment, can now become a learning media that is enjoyable for students to read.

The reading interest of young people, especially school-aged children, towards comics is quite high. They prefer reading comics to textbooks. This is because the components contained in a comic are presented in an interesting and not boring way. Many studies say that comics have played an important role in learning at school, which is creating interest in learning for students.

4. Comics as Product Promotion Communication Media

It has been previously stated that comics are quite effective media in conveying information or messages through the presence of images, text, and storylines. For this reason, the use of comics can be used as promotional media for a sales product. Especially by also relying on social media as “land” for promotion.

Product promotion through social media will be more interesting when using comics in its presentation. Looking back at the community’s interest in the existence of comics, comics can be used as a means of promotion with interesting storylines but implied product promotion in them.

The use of comics as a means of product promotion should be made with a storyline that is easy to understand and attract the attention of readers as consumers. Even though comics exist in the form of silent objects, the content of the comics can present a story as well as product promotion in it. Promotion of products that use comic means, some use panels and some don’t, depending on creativity.

Promotion by using this comic means when disseminated through social media also has many benefits because nowadays social media is a “must” for the community. Some of them are Meta (Facebook), Twitter, Instagram, TikTok, Youtube, and others. Promotional activities through social media are said to be able to influence the appeal of readers as consumers of the product.

5. Comics as a Media to Preserve Local Culture

Folklore is one of the parts of culture that binds people from generation to generation. Folktales are transmitted orally so that from age to age, there are many versions of the folklore itself. There are many folktales in the archipelago that give moral value to their readers.

However, folk tales are now forgotten. Society prefers stories that feel modern in this sophisticated era. In fact, folklore is a form of culture that must be preserved from generation to generation.

Therefore, the use of comics can be used as a way to preserve the local culture. Through comics with illustration visualizations that attract the attention of community readers. If more and more people read and get to know the local culture, then future generations will not be unfamiliar with the existence of the local culture.

The use of comics as media in an effort to preserve local culture has the advantage of portraying characters aesthetically as well as portraying the background atmosphere which is more understandable. When people read folk tales only through the text, they may not be able to create a suitable imagination.

In fact, comics that contain folklore can be accepted by the general public, especially comic fans. The creative strategy in addition to benefiting comics also benefits local culture to remain aware of its existence by society in the current era.

Comic Type

1. Cartoons

In this type of comic, only displays in the form of pictures, illustrations and balloons he said. Usually contains sarcasm to a party or comedic humor.

2. Comic-Strip

Comic strips usually contain pieces of comic panels that are made in a continuous or incomplete manner.

3. Comic Annual

As the name suggests, this type of comic is published only once a month or even a year.

4. Web Comics

We usually find Web Comics through online comic reader applications, such as Line Webtoon, MangaToon, and others. This type of comic uses social media as its publication media and is popular with many internet users.

5. Comic Book

Comic book is a type of comic packaged in the form of a physical book. This comic is usually found in the nearest bookstore.

Current Development of Comics

1. Digital Comics

With increasingly sophisticated technology, in early 2010, fans of physical comics slowly switched to digital comics. This is supported by the existence of a comic called Si Juki that appears on blogs or some social media. Furthermore, specialized platforms that provide digital comics such as Webtoon, Ciayo Comics , and even social media such as Instagram often provide digital comics that are uploaded directly through the comic’s account.

These digital comics have the advantage of being accessible through their respective devices, so comic connoisseurs do not need to go to a bookstore to buy physical comics. Even digital comics now have been created in a sophisticated way with programming so that there are sounds and movements from the comics.

One of the pioneers of digital comics in Indonesia is Nurfadli Mursyid, as a Tahilalats comic . Tahilalats digital comics are still loved by many people and “published” through Instagram and Twitter social media accounts. Just like the use of comics that has been explained before, namely as a means of product promotion, Tahilalats digital comics are also often used as promotional “land”.

However, that does not immediately make physical comics unsellable. Comic connoisseurs or collectors actually still like the existence of physical comics because for them, reading physical comics can increase the nostalgic experience. So, the existence of digital comics and physical comics are balanced in their use in the development of the comics industry.

Genres and Examples of Comics

1. Genre Action

The action genre or actions contained in comics usually describe the intense level of action between the characters. In this action genre comic, the battle scenes or fights of the characters are shown more than the speech balloons. For example One Piece comics, Naruto Shippuden, Bleach, etc

2. Genre Adventure

The adventure genre is the favorite genre of comic lovers. In this genre, characters are told to travel to various places for a specific purpose or mission. Examples of comics in this genre are One Piece, Dragon Ball, and others.

3. Fantasy genre

In fantasy genre comics, the depiction of the atmosphere and the characters are all related to the fantasy world. There is a magical storyline and a setting that looks like it doesn’t exist in the real world. Examples of comics in the fantasy genre are Sailor Moon, Yugi-Oh, and others.

4. Mystery genre

In this genre of comics, usually the comic depicts a mysterious atmosphere and invites the reader to solve a puzzle about the events in the comic. Examples of comics in this genre are Detective Conan, Detective Kindaichi, and others.

5. Genre Comedy

Comics with this comedy genre can be your choice when you feel like laughing or tired of work. The behavior or speech of characters depicted by comics in this genre of comics has a comedic effect. Examples are the comics Kobo-Chan, Crayon Shinchan, etc.

 

Sincerity is one of the virtues that everyone should possess. In simple terms, ikhlas is the opposite of riya, which is that we do all work or worship only because we want to gain the pleasure of Allah SWT. While rya is doing a deed and worship because you want to seek appreciation and recognition from people.

Well, in this article, we will discuss the meaning of sincerity in terms of language and characteristics as well as how to have a sincere heart in going through all the things in our lives. For more completeness, below the writer will explain the definition of sincerity in more detail.

Meaning of sincerity

Sincerity is the spirit of a deed. If the deeds we do are not accompanied by a sense of sincerity, then it is like a body without a soul. As is the case with the wisdom conveyed by Ibn Athaillah As-Sakandari.

Business photos list and souls exist in it

Not only that, akhlakul karimah in the form of sincerity is the fruit of Ihsan, which is a person’s belief that what we do is known and seen by Allah SWT.

If interpreted linguistically, the meaning of Ikhlas has the meaning of cleansing (clear, clean, pure from pollution, pure from mixture, whether it is in the form of matter or not). In addition, sincerity can also be interpreted in terms, where it means to clean the heart in order to go only to Allah SWT. In other words, in performing worship, our hearts cannot go to other than Allah SWT.

Then the meaning of sincerity according to Ali Al Dagog is to cover everything from the view of other beings. Usually, a person who has a sincere heart is called a Mukhlis, that is someone who is sincere and does not have the nature of riya. While according to Fudhail Bin Iyadh, sincerity is doing good deeds only because of Allah SWT. If a person does charity to attract people’s attention, then that person is a person who is riya. While people who do charity for people are called shirk. While the sincere position is between riya and shirk.

Then, sincerity according to Imam Nawawi is:

–

Sincerity is cleaning all the five senses outwardly and inwardly from reprehensible behavior. Doing charity is one of the creatures’ proof to Allah SWT, that they are an obedient servant of the Creator who has given an extraordinary mandate and mercy. Where the charity done is intended as a proof of their obedience to Allah SWT. So it should be done with a clean and pure heart. So what we practice and what we do is really only because of Allah SWT and is free from hypocrisy which is riya or shirk. This is in line with one of the verses in the Qur’an in QS. Al Mulk verse 2:

اَلَّذِى خَلَقَ الْمَوْتَ وَالْحَيَوَةَ لِيَبْلُوَكُمْ Aَيُّكُمْ اَحْسَنُ عَمَلاً وَّوَ الْعَزِيْزُ الْغَفُوْرُ

Meaning:

“Who created death and life, so that He may test you, which of you is better in deeds, and He is Mighty and Forgiving”.

Meaning of Sincerity According to the Experts

The following are some definitions of sincerity according to the scholars according to their respective versions.

1. Meaning of Sincerity According to Muhammad Abduh

According to Muhammad Abduh, the meaning of sincerity is religious sincerity solely for Allah SWT. By always hoping in Him and never acknowledging His equality with any creature and not with a specific purpose. As in the case of avoiding calamity or to gain profit and not appointing anyone other than Allah SWT as the Protector.

2. Meaning of Sincerity According to Muhammad al-Ghazali

The meaning of sincerity according to Al-Ghazali is to do good deeds with the sole purpose of being because of Allah SWT.

3. Meaning of Sincerity According to Imam Al-Qusyairi

The meaning of sincerity according to Imam Al-Qusyairi in his book entitled Risalatul Qusyairiyah (1990: 183) is that sincerity means making Allah SWT the only worshiper.

4. Meaning of Sincerity According to Hamka

The meaning of sincerity according to Hamka (1983: 95) is that sincerity has a clean meaning and there is no mixture. Like gold, sincerity is pure gold, without the slightest mixture of silver. Clean work on something means sincerity.

5. Meaning of Sincerity According to Sheikh Ibnu Atha’illah

The meaning of sincerity according to Sheikh ibnu Atha’illah (2012: 14) reveals that the meaning of the word sincerity is to perform acts of worship solely aimed at Allah SWT as the only entity that has servants. In that regard, it is known that there are various levels, which correspond to the taufiq given by Allah Ta’ala to a servant.

6. Definition of Sincerity According to Ali Mahmud

The meaning of sincerity according to Ali Mahmud (1994: 25) is to leave charity because humans are selfish creatures, to do charity because of humans is an act of shirk, but if Allah SWT saves you from both, it means sincerity.

Characteristics of Sincerity

Sincerity is the opposite of hypocrisy. As discussed above. Riya has qualities that are the opposite of sincerity, such as the ambition to be a leader, always wanting to appear perfect, easy to be praised, does not like to take advice from others, and so on. Sincerity is the work of the heart, so it is not easy to understand someone’s nature. Is he sincere, conceited, arrogant or does he have good and sincere intentions? That way, in this discussion, the writer will give the characteristics of people who have a sincere nature but not to judge that person is wrong or not. The writing below is intended to be used as self-reflection only.

The following are the characteristics of sincerity:

1. Does not like to be praised

Praise is one of the tests for people who do good deeds with praise one can be affected by arrogance or arrogance. Therefore, a mukhlis will never like the praise that comes from someone.

2. Not Ambitious to Be a Leader

One of the advantages of a leader is to be respected and respected by many people. With leadership, it will be easier for someone to become arrogant and conceited. However, unlike people with this trait, they will be calm and quiet and will not nominate themselves to be a leader. For example, by nominating yourself to be the head of RT, RW, or others.

3. Listening to Advice

In an Arabic proverb says:

خض الحكمة ولو من جوف البحايم

Take wisdom (lessons) even from the mouth of animals.
A sincere person will always appreciate those who advise him.

4. Treating Praise and Insults Equally

The duty of a Muslim is to do the command of Allah SWT well as one of the signs of servitude to the Creator. Often, what people do earns praise and even contempt from those around them. While for a mukhlis, praise and insults are the same thing. They will not think about it, because all they know is the intentions of the people around them.

5. Forgetting Good Deeds

Another characteristic of sincerity is to forget the good deeds that have been done. When someone does a good deed such as helping others, usually a mukhlis will forget and will never remember it again. Thus, sincere people do not easily talk or bring up the good deeds that have been done before.

6. Forgetting the Right to Good Charity

A person who does good deeds sincerely will forget the good deeds they have done. Not only that, they will also forget the right to good deeds. When someone does good deeds, usually they will claim their rights. For example, after someone gives food to orphans, then they expect thanks and prayers from the children. That kind of attitude cannot be classified as sincere. Because, still demanding rights from his good deeds.

 

Level of Sincerity

The scholars of Sufism distinguish these morals into three levels, among them:

1. Public Sincerity

In their worship to Allah SWT, they base it with a feeling of fear of Allah’s punishment and still hope for worldly rewards. As in the case of people who perform the Dhuha prayer so that they get a reward and also have their sustenance made easier. Then those who perform tahajud prayer because they want to launch their worldly affairs.

2. Ikhlas Khawas

This one moral has the motivation to earn a reward from Allah SWT. In this way, people who do good deeds of worship will get something from Allah in the afterlife, such as avoiding the torment of hell and entering the paradise of Allah SWT.

3. Ikhlas Khawas al-Khawas

This one sincerity is a form of devotion from a servant to Allah SWT accompanied by the full awareness that a servant should serve Allah SWT by doing deeds and acts of worship done because of truly seeking Allah’s pleasure. The acts of worship performed by the mukhlis only to seek the pleasure of Allah SWT without any desire to seek attention or fame in front of other beings, whether it is in the form of praise or the like.

Imam Al-Ghazali said:

هَلَكَ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ إِلاَّ الْعُلَمَاءْ , وَهَلَكَ الْعُلَمَاء كُلُّهُمْ إِلاَّ الْعَامِلِيْنَ ,
وَهَلَكَ الْعَامِلُوْنَ كُلُّهُمْ إِلاَّ الْمُخْلِصِيْنَ , وَالْمُخْلِصُوْنَ عَلىَ خَطْرٍ عَظِيْمٍ

Meaning:

“Every human being will perish except for the knowledgeable, and the knowledgeable will perish except for those who do good deeds (with their knowledge), and those who do good will also perish except for those who are sincere (in their deeds). However, sincere people should still be alert and careful in doing charity.

Elements of Sincerity

As for the elements of sincerity, among others:

1. Intention

In the Al Quran, Allah SWT has said: “And do not expel those who call upon their Lord in the morning and evening, while they seek His pleasure (QS 6: 52). Therefore, our intention will be to seek His pleasure.

2. Sincere Intention

Prophet Muhammad SAW once said to Muadz, “Be sincere in charity, then a little of it will suffice you”.

3. Can be trusted

The perfection of a sincerity is trustworthy. In that regard, Allah SWT has said in (QS 33:23) which reads “Those who fulfill what they have promised God” (QS 33: 23) (al Ghozali, 2006: 215).

Understand that everything is reflected and mixed by others. So when He is pure from mixture and clean from anything, surely He can be called pure or pure. While something called a pure and clean act is sincere.

An example of sincerity

There are several examples that we can learn from. The first is when a person is working and hears the call to prayer, after which he immediately rushes to the mosque to perform the prayer. But his heart and mind were in the background because he just wanted to avoid his job. So we cannot classify those people as sincere people. Because, the reason he has is one of the wrong reasons, because he performs the morning prayer to avoid work not because of Allah SWT. Then for the second example is when a person does charity in the way of sodaqoh or infaq which aims to seek the attention of others. So the deed cannot be said to be sincere.

Various Sincere Functions

Here are some of the functions of sincerity that you need to understand and get, among others:

a. As a source of sustenance, a very large reward and can reap the benefits of the kindness of someone who does it.
b. Sincerity can save the perpetrator from a heinous punishment on the Day of Resurrection.
c. Allah SWT will provide guidance or direction, so that we will not get lost in finding the right path.
d. We can only get the path of salvation to the afterlife with sincerity.
e. Our acts of worship will be accepted by Allah SWT.
f. Will get protection from Allah SWT in the last day.
g. The life of the heart and freedom from all kinds of sorrows in this world cannot be realized except with sincerity.
h. Make our life more calm and peaceful.
i. Get protection from Allah SWT.

Tips To Be Sincere In Charity

There are some tips that we can apply to avoid the attitude of riya or ujub. So that the deeds we do become more sincere and pure because of Allah SWT. The way is by organizing our hearts and minds that the worship we do is one of the gifts from Allah SWT. So, with our thoughts like that, then we will not boast. That what we do is purely from ourselves and the grace of Allah SWT that has been given to us. So that we can worship Allah SWT. If we talk about sincerity in deeds, there are ways we can do so that the deeds we do are accepted by Allah SWT. One of them is to consider that everything in this world, including the property we own, is only a blessing and a gift from Allah SWT entrusted to us. Until the moment we give part of our sustenance to those in need, let’s just assume it is just a deposit from Allah SWT intended for the people we help. That way, we will be spared from the hypocritical attitude that thinks that giving charity to the needy is something to be proud of and should be known to many people.

Prayer To Always Be Sincere

May Allah grant us sincerity and uprightness and the love of God and the love of those who love

Allahummarzuqnal-ikhlas wal Istiqomah wa hubbAllah wa hubba man ahabbah.

Meaning:

Ya Allah, give us sustenance in the form of sincerity, steadfastness, love for you and love for those who love you.

After we know about the meaning of sincerity along with its characteristics, may we be able to practice it and always be in the abundance of his grace.

Recommended Books & Related Articles

Understanding Colonialism – Reader, have you ever imagined the condition of Indonesia during colonialism? Surely at that time the people of Indonesia felt the suffering and misery very much. This is what caused the development of colonialism in Indonesia to be rampant. So what happened at that time?

So what are the consequences of colonialism in Indonesia? Well, let’s read the article below for more details. Reader will also learn the reasons why foreign nations create a colonialism system. Until the territorial changes affected by colonialism.

Understanding Colonialism

Well, before we discuss further, it would be good if Reader understood the meaning of colonialism itself. Colonialism is a term derived from the word “colonus” , which means to dominate. Because of this, colonialism can be interpreted as an effort made by a country to dominate certain regions outside its country.

The purpose of a country’s colonialism is to achieve dominant power in various areas of life, both politics, economy, natural resources and human resources. This happens because a country that wants to do colonialism does not have the necessary land wealth. In addition, a country that wants to do colonialism is a superior country than other countries.

The main characteristic of colonialism is the domination of a region with abundant natural resources to be brought to the colonial country of origin. Usually this power process lasts quite a long time due to strong military support. Examples of countries that managed to dominate other regions are the Netherlands, Spain, Portugal, and England.

Time and Development of Colonialism

Colonialism has long developed in the world since the 15th century. In the beginning, the European nation controlled the entire region with power, political system, and a strong military. However, a few centuries later there was an upheaval between nations with differences in culture, culture, beliefs as well as a dominant nature that wanted to dominate the entire region making war unstoppable.

The fall of the western empire as a symbol of power, namely Constantinople in the hands of the Ottoman Turks is one example of the impact of the collapse of the European nation. Until finally the economy and trade suffered a decline. This is also supported by the industrial revolution with the aim of developing the economy.

It was the industrial revolution that made the European nation build naval fleets like large ships that could be used to sail across the ocean. This voyage is done with the purpose of finding other abundant resources in a country. It turns out that this happened because of the Crusade mission.

The effort finally made the European nation find countries with high natural products but did not have a strong system. This is what then made the European nation become ambitious to dominate the entire region in order to seize as much profit as possible as well as success in the political field. That was the beginning of colonialism beginning to develop and become a system beyond human control.

The Arrival of Colonialism in Indonesia

Reader, our country is a producer of spices, lol. Almost all natural resources in Indonesia have been the target of foreign nations since the beginning. Spices are the main ingredients that can be used as preservatives and warming agents. In addition, spices have a very high value, so that people in the past called them a symbol of success.

Therefore, European nations compete with each other to find regions that produce spices, one of which is Indonesia. In addition, it should be known that there are several things that encourage Europeans to come to Indonesia. For example: (a) Advancement of knowledge and technology with the discovery of compasses, binoculars, maps; (b) The existence of Marcopolo’s book Imago Mundi about the journey to the East; (c) The development of the spirit of seeking power with the symbol of 3G, namely Gold (seeking profit by owning valuable materials and goods), Gospel (the spread of the Christian religion believed by western nations), and Glory (gaining success by having a lot of power); and (d) The fall of Constantinople in 1453.

That is what drove the Europeans to come and create colonialism in Indonesia. Then there are some countries that are defeated by other countries that want to take over. That was the Reader that our nation experienced before, here is a list of countries that successfully explored the ocean:

1. Portuguese

The Portuguese sent someone named Bartholomeus Diaz to explore the ocean for valuable goods, namely spices. Bartholomeus Diaz managed to land at the Cape of Good Hope, South Africa in 1488. Vasco da Gama continued his ocean exploration, reaching Gowa, until he finally returned with spices.

The experience of these two figures made the Portuguese more ambitious to dominate a region. To continue the expedition, the Portuguese sent Alfonso d’Albuquerque. He managed to conquer Malacca on August 10, 1511.

2. Spain

Christopher Columbus was the first Spaniard to successfully explore in 1942. He sailed to the American continent until he reached his destination, India. Then Magellan’s exploration continued, where he managed to conquer the Philippines in 1521.

Further, in 1521, Sebastian del Cano explored until he successfully anchored in Tidore. However, del Cani’s exploration is considered a violation of the Tordesillas agreement, which is an agreement made by Spain with Portugal. Until finally the Treaty of Zaragoza was made in 1529 to solve the problem of power struggle.

3. The Netherlands

Ocean exploration by the Dutch was carried out by Cornelis de Houtman in 1956. Cornelis de Houtman managed to land in Banten, but because the Dutch attitude was less friendly and seemed to monopolize, it made the Sultan of Banten angry. Until there was resistance from the people of Banten, and the expedition was considered a failure.

Further in 1598-1600, the arrival of the Dutch in Indonesia led by Jacob van Neck. He managed to dominate the Maluku region. Making more and more Dutch traders come to Indonesia.

4. England

Various countries that tried to find spices in Indonesia, made the British take part in a race to sail to Indonesia. Sir Henry and James Cook are two famous figures in ocean voyages carried out by England. Henry Middleton obtained spices such as pepper and cloves in Banten, Tidore, Ternate and Ambon.

The voyage was carried out in 1604. While James Cook started his voyage from the direction of Australia. Until finally in 1770, it arrived in Batavia.

The Development of European Power in Indonesia During Colonialism

Indonesia has suffered from European colonialism for a long time. This is felt starting from the Dutch, British, Japanese, and other governments. Here is an explanation related to the topic above:

1. The Reign of the Bataaf Republic

Indonesia experienced colonization by the Dutch Government under the leadership of Louis Napoleon. He is the younger brother of Napoleon Bonaparte. In 1808, Louis Napoleon appointed a governor to defend and lead the island of Java. The figure is Governor General Herman Willem Daendels, with the aim of improving the fate of the people according to the French revolution.

During Daendels’ leadership, many policies were implemented to regulate the lives of the Indonesian people. For example, such as the construction of the Anyer-Panarukan road, issuing banknotes, the implementation of preangerstelsel , appointing regents as government officials, and dividing the island of Java into 9 prefectures. However, there is also a negative side of Daendels’ rule, namely the rampant practice of slavery and poor relations with the kingdoms in Indonesia at that time.

That caused the Daendels government to get a lot of resistance from the Indonesian people. Then his reign ended, and he was replaced by a new governor, namely Janssens, in 1811. Unfortunately, Janssens’ reign did not last as long as Daendels, because the British forces came to attack and made him retreat and sign the Tuntang Agreement.

2. Time of British Rule

After successfully conquering Indonesia in 1811, the British leader in India, namely Lord Minto, ordered Thomas Stamford Raffles to conquer the island of Java. Many policies were made by Raffles. For example in the field of government, Raffles divided the island of Java into 16 regions and prohibited forced labor as well as slavery.

While in the economic field, Raffles obliged the farmers to pay tax on the use of land (land rent) . Then in the field of science, Raffles tried to establish the Bogor Botanical Garden, in addition to that he also wrote a book entitled “History of Java” and discovered an endemic flower in Indonesia, Rafflesia Arnoldi. But in 1816, Raffles’ rule ended, so the British returned the rule of Indonesia to the Dutch.

3. The time of Dutch rule

The end of the British rule, made Indonesia suffer for quite a long time under the Dutch rule. A governor general appointed to rule in Indonesia is Van der Capellen. He made policies such as eliminating the role of traditional rulers (the government), applying taxes that made the people suffer, and at the same time the slavery system was reinstated.

But because during the reign of Capellen, the Netherlands felt that its economy began to decline due to wars with the Europeans and the Indonesian people. This led to the appointment of a new governor named Van den Bosch. Its main mission is to increase the acceptance of the Dutch nation.

For this reason, Van den Bosch implemented a system of forced cultivation (cultuur stelsel) in 1830. This policy was very burdensome for the people, because the people had to pay taxes on the land planted, the enforcement of forced labor for people who did not own land, planting beyond the age of planting , as well as the harvest that must be sold to the government. This is what causes the people to suffer because of the forced cultivation system implemented by the Dutch government.

Consequences Of Colonialism

Reader, have you ever imagined how Indonesian people lived during colonialism? Must be suffering a lot, Reader. Living in the shadow of colonialism and experiencing both physical and mental torture every day.

The consequences of the colonization have long been felt by the people of Indonesia. Not just in politics, but in all aspects of life. Here are the details of the consequences of colonialism in Indonesia:

1. In the Political Field

1. There is the application of indirect government, where power is led by regents or governors in the name of colonialism.
2. The emergence of various Indonesian people’s resistance against the unjust policies of the colonial government.
3. Government power was taken over and depended on colonial rule. Because of this, the people rebelled and became divided.
4. Java became the center of government and was divided into several perfect regions.
5. Customary law was changed into modern law by western nations.

2. In the field of economics

1. There was a trade monopoly by the colonists against the Indonesian people.
2. Agriculture as the main source of the people’s economy shifted to the plantation industry.
3. Trade monopoly practices by the VOC made trade in the archipelago experience setbacks in the international arena.
4. There is a land tax system and the handover of land products to the colonial government.
5. The implementation of the forced cultivation system that makes the people suffer losses and suffering.
6. The emergence of money as a new means of payment during the colonial rule.

3. In the Social Field

1. There is a change in social strata in society.
2. The amount of social mobility that occurred as a result of colonial rule that required energy in other regions.
3. The emergence of the labor class consisting of natives and the employer class, namely the colonials.
4. The emergence of an educated elite at the request of the colonial government to meet the government’s needs.
5. The formation of a social status that tends to bring down the natives.
6. There are brutal acts of violence and extortion against the people of Indonesia.
7. Indonesian regions that are isolated and make their people experience backwardness.

4. In the field of culture

1. There are many absorbed languages ​​from colonial nations that are used by Indonesian people until now.
2. The entry of the colonial nation made an increase in insight into musical instruments and international dance.
3. There are relict buildings with typical colonial characteristics as well as western architecture in Indonesia.
4. There are historic colonial relics that can be evidence of conditions in the past.

5. In the field of education

1. The emergence of educated groups who have high vision in Indonesia.
2. More and more Indonesians can read and write to be employed by the colonial government. But it will be a valuable value for Indonesia’s independence in the future.
3. Indonesian people become knowledgeable and open to the development of the outside world.
4. The people of Indonesia become motivated to achieve their country’s independence after gaining insight and education.
5. The people of Indonesia finally know what is right and wrong in the conditions that happened at that time.

Conclusion

Reader, certainly the people of Indonesia at that time suffered a lot due to the colonization of the colonial nation. This is what ultimately led our nation to dare to do various struggles. As for the resistance that has been carried out for quite a long time since the Portuguese controlled the archipelago until the Dutch rule.

However, if you look at the story line in the existing history, initially the people of Indonesia accepted the arrival of foreigners with open arms. Indonesian people are also friendly and warm towards anyone who is present in their area. Even thought that the arrival of the foreign nation had good intentions for the development of the region.

Unfortunately, that is not true, because the Europeans came to Indonesia only to get valuable goods, namely spices. The emergence of this motif began when Constantinople was successfully controlled by the Ottoman Turks. Where Constantinople is the largest and most prosperous strategic trading center of Europe.

This causes the commodity of spices to be no longer available at a cheap price while many are needed by various people. Until finally, the European nation explored to find a new region producing spices. One of them is Indonesia.

After successfully occupying Indonesia, the people experienced a lot of misery. Where all the policies that are made are detrimental to the natives and more beneficial to foreigners. The people experienced torture, slavery, forced labor, and were forced to pay taxes on their own land.

Attempts to dominate a region to obtain the greatest possible profit, both in the form of natural wealth and others, is called the practice of colonialism. Therefore, colonialism has both negative and positive consequences for the Indonesian nation. It’s just that living in a colonized condition must not be good, right, Reader?

 

Meaning of collage – If we talk about works of art, there are certainly many techniques used where each element is always identical to the result of the work. For this reason, works of art made using one technique will be different from the other. Many techniques will create diverse artworks as well, so it can be said that everyone will like the techniques of artworks that are not necessarily the same.

Not only the technique, but the works produced are also very diverse, one of which is collage. For some people it may sound strange when they hear the word collage artwork, are you one of them? This is quite reasonable because this collage itself can be said to require special skills in making it.

For those of you who don’t know about collage, don’t worry because this article will discuss about collage. From understanding to how to make it. So, make sure you read this article to the end, Reader.

Meaning of Collage

In the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), a collage is an artistic composition made of various materials (fabric, paper, wood) that is pasted on the surface of a picture.

The word collage that comes from the English language is called “collage” which comes from the word “coller” in French which means “gluing”. Furthermore, collage is understood as an art technique of pasting various materials other than paint, such as paper, fabric, glass, metal, etc., or combined with the use of paint or other techniques.

The definition of collage is the technique of pasting various elements into one frame to create a new work of art. In general, the meaning of collage is a work of art that is created by gluing any material into a harmonious composition so that it becomes a unity of work.

In addition, collage can also be said to be the making of an application made by combining the technique of painting (hand painting) by gluing certain materials. Therefore, in making it, a collage requires patience and high skill in combining, arranging, and gluing the available materials so that it becomes a beautiful work of art.

For artists, making a collage is a challenge that is quite difficult compared to making other works of art. The reason is, making a collage requires creativity, dedication and patience to search, and find specific and suitable materials to make a collage, then how to combine one material with another material.

In a work of art drawing or even in making a collage, you definitely need a picture first. However, for some people it will be difficult to find books related to drawing. Don’t worry, because in the book Basic Techniques for Drawing Shapes Easy Ways to Learn to Draw , readers will know a variety of drawing techniques that are easy to understand, so that readers will find it easier to create quality pictures.

The Meaning of Collage According to Experts

After knowing the meaning of collage in general, it feels incomplete if we don’t discuss the meaning of collage according to the experts. The following is the meaning of collage from some members.

1. Muharram

According to Muharam, collage is a painting technique using colors from pieces of stone, glass, marble, ceramics, and wood that are pasted.

2. Budiono

The definition of collage according to Budiono is painting using an artistic composition made of various materials pasted on the surface of the picture.

3. John

The definition of collage according to Yohana is a picture or design made from an arrangement of pieces, stones, colored glass, porcelain.

4. Robins

According to Robbins, the definition of collage is the art of pasting pictures or patterns using different materials, such as paper and fabric glued to a background.

5. Sumanto

The meaning of collage is an application made by combining painting techniques (hand painting) by gluing certain materials.

6. Nicholson

The meaning of collage is a picture made from pieces of paper or other materials that are pasted.

History of Collage Artwork

Citing Art in Context , this technique related to collage art was initially used in China around 200 BC or more precisely when paper already existed. Then, as time went on, the art of collage slowly became popular in Japan in the 10th century when calligraphers began using paper and text glued to the surface when writing poetry.

After a few years, the collage itself began to spread in the plains of Europe around the 13th century where at that time the decoration of the Gothic Cathedral was made using gold leaf panels.

Gemstones and other precious metals are also used in religious images, icons, and symbols. The development of technology creates a digital collage, which is a technique of using technology to create different visual elements. An example is photoshop. Some examples of collage artists are:

• Johannes Bader.
• Johannes Theodor Bargeld.
• Jeannie Baker.
• Nick Bantock.
• Hannelore Baron.
• Romare Bearden.
• April Bey.
• Peter Blakes.

Collage artwork can also be made with used items so that it can reduce waste.

Types of Collages

If we talk about the types of collage, then it is divided into several aspects, namely the functional aspect, the dimensional aspect, the stylistic aspect, and the material aspect. Each type has its own explanation. Here is a complete explanation of collage based on its types.

1. Types of Collage Based on Function

If viewed in terms of function, then the collage itself is further divided into several types, namely pure art and applied art. Fine art is a work of art created by an artist with the aim of achieving artistic value. Usually, an artist who creates this pure work of art more often expresses his expression in an aesthetic way. Therefore, at this function, artists prioritize freedom of expression.

Meanwhile, applied art is a work of art made by artists to meet practical needs. In general, this applied art prioritizes an artistic look that is decorative in nature.

2. Types of Collage According to Dimensions

Based on the dimensions, the type of collage can be divided into two, namely collage on a two-dimensional surface (two-dimensional) and collage on a three-dimensional surface (tridimensional). Each artwork produced will be different.

3. Types of Collage Based on Style

According to the pattern, the form of collage can be divided into two types, namely representative and non-representative. Representative means describing a real shape whose shape can still be recognized. While non-representative means made without showing a real shape, abstract, and only featuring a composition of beautiful visual elements.

4. Types of Collage Based on Materials

Any material can be used in making a collage as long as it is arranged into an interesting or unique composition. Various collage materials will be glued to various types of surfaces, such as wood, plastic, paper, glass, ceramics, pottery, cardboard, and so on as long as they are relatively flat or allow to be glued.

In general, collage raw materials can be grouped into two, namely: natural materials (leaves, twigs, dried flowers, shells, seeds, shells, stones, etc.), and synthetic materials (plastic, synthetic fibers, metal, paper containers), bottle caps, candy or chocolate wrappers, patchwork etc.).

If you are still confused to find a book about animal drawing techniques, then don’t worry because through this book Smart Animal Drawing Techniques is very suitable to be used as a guide in making animal pictures.

Collage Elements

After discussing the meaning of collage in general and the meaning of collage according to experts as well as the types of collage, then we will shift, the elements of art contained in collage. Here are the collage elements you need to know.

1. Dots And Spots

A dot is the smallest visual element unit that has no length and width, while a dot is a slightly larger point. Dotted elements in the collage can be formed from grains of sea sand. Spots can be formed from pepper or small seeds and the like.

2. Line

A line is an extension of a point that has length but relatively no width. Seen from the type of line, it is divided into several, namely straight lines, curved lines, dotted lines and spiral lines. Line elements in collage can be formed from pieces of wire, sticks, matchsticks, threads and so on.

3. Field

A field is a visual element that occurs due to the meeting of several lines. And the field is divided into horizontal, vertical, and horizontal fields. The application of field elements in collage can be in the form of a flat field (2D) and a volume field (3D).

4. Color

Color is an important visual element and a form of beauty that can be felt by the human sense of sight, and real color can be divided into primary, secondary and tertiary colors. Color elements in a collage can be created from elements of paint, ribbon or lace, colored paper, colorful fabric and so on.

Collage Making Materials

If you want to make a collage, then it is good to know the materials for making it first.

1. Glass

Glass is used to make collages, which are ordinary pieces of glass that can be placed where people put up frames to display unused pictures. Then, if there is no glass cutting tool, the glass can be shaped by tapping or tapping on a hard surface.

In the above way, you can get glass sizes that are irregular and not the same size. In working with glass you should also be more careful so as not to get hurt.

2. Wood shavings

Another material commonly used to make collages is wood shavings. Wood shavings are used to make collages before being dried. The purpose is so that the color used on the material does not fade easily. In its use, the wood shavings will be cut to the desired size, and ready to be pasted.

3. Rock

A good stone to use for collage is agate because it has a variety of colors. In order for the color to be more brilliant and beautiful, it is best to sharpen the agate first.

4. Metal

Metals used as materials for making collages choose pieces of metal that are easy to obtain such as zinc, brass and aluminum. This metal plate can be cut according to the desired size, then pasted on the base of the collage.

5. Ceramics

Ceramics have quite a lot of types and colors, but to meet the needs of making collages, you can use pieces of old ceramics on the floor of the house. Ceramic material can be cut according to the desired size.

6. Batok Coconut

Coconut husks for collage are preferably old. Then, clean it before use so that the fiber does not decompose when you want to use it for collage.

7. Dry leaves

The leaves used to make the collage are dry/fallen leaves. Choose dry leaves that have different color variations so that the arrangement can be a more interesting painting.

8. Skin-Skin

Plant skins can also be used as a collage material. For example salak peel, orange peel, banana peel, etc. However, clean and dry first so that no rubber sticks.

9. Used Paper

Student collages also usually use recycled paper. You can choose colored used paper, such as from newspapers, magazines, posters, and used product packaging. This also reduces paper waste at home. Then, cut according to the needs of the collage.

Collage Tools And Techniques

The equipment needed to make a collage is:

• Cutting tools, such as knives, scissors, cutters, saws, pliers and so on.
• Adhesive materials, such as paper glue, vinyl adhesive, white glue, plastic glue, needle and sewing thread, and other adhesives according to the type of material used.
• There are various collage techniques, such as tear, scissors, cut, weave, glue, sewing, tying, and so on. These various techniques can be combined to create interesting collage art. Some methods in making collages include:
• Overlapping or overlapping.
• Spatial arrangement (spatial arrangement).
• Repetition/repetition (repetition).

How to Make a Collage

To find out how to make a collage, you can see the methods below.

1. Prepare the tools and materials needed

Select the collage raw material and add color elements using a type of dye, such as crayons or colored pencils according to the material used. Also prepare a surface to stick the collage. If you are going to make a collage with children, make sure all the tools and materials are safe.

2. Create Themes And Concepts Collage Pictures

Decide on the theme of the collage. There are no limits in artwork, so creativity and imagination are the main factors in making an interesting collage.

3. Paste the material on the surface of the collage

Begin gluing the material to the surface of the collage using the adhesive of your choice. Let the collage dry for a few seconds.

Benefits of Making Collages

Collage has a great influence on the development of children, especially in stimulating their motor skills. Well, here are the benefits of collage art for children according to Luchantic, among them:

• Increase Active Power.
• Train Children’s Creativity.
• Increase Self-Confidence.
• Practice Perseverance.
• Hone Spatial Intelligence.
• Knowing Color.
• Practice Concentration.
• Recognizing Shapes.
• Train Fine Motor.

In addition, collage also affects the environment, the following are the functions of collage in the surrounding environment, namely:

• As decoration, and
• As a form of concern for someone in the environment.

That’s a review of the meaning of collage to how to make a collage. Hopefully all the discussions above will make it easier for you to make a collage.

A coalition is – When talking about what a coalition is, surely Reader will think of a merger of political parties , right ? Yes, the term “coalition” is often used in matters related to politics in a country. Especially in our country, which has a democratic government system, surely the political parties have the same goal, which is to gain power and political position. However, the political parties will not be able to work with their own hands, but will need other political parties.

The use of the term “coalition” in the political field can apparently refer to a specific strategy in order to gain a position in government. Especially at a time like this, which is almost approaching the election schedule, surely political parties are forming coalitions to achieve the same goal. So what exactly is the coalition? Is it only limited to the merger of political parties? What is the shape of this coalition? What is the definition of political parties found in various countries including Indonesia? Well, for Reader to understand that, let’s read the following comments!

Definition of Coalition

If you look at KBBI (Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia), the term “coalition” means ‘cooperation between several parties to gain votes in parliament.‘. Meanwhile, according to Andrew Heywood, a coalition is the amalgamation of a group of competing political parties, together having a perception of interests, or in facing threats and in gathering collective energy. According to Shively, a coalition can be defined as a combination of several groups to control and gather power, so that the interests of the related parties can be accommodated. A coalition can also be interpreted as a form of formal agreement that has a joint contract between two or more political parties, in order to guarantee the power of the government based on the majority vote.

In short, the term “coalition” will always be related to matters in the political field, namely in the form of cooperation or merger between several political parties in order to achieve common interests, one of which is to obtain the most votes in an election .

This coalition turns out to be an effective way to bridge the various interests of political parties to jointly build and run a government in a country. Usually, this coalition is needed in countries that have a parliamentary system, that is, where the government is formed through a coalition in order to get the support of the majority in parliament. In contrast to countries that have a presidential system, which implements a dual party system, so that a coalition is not a necessity.

In Indonesia, the application of a coalition within a political party has a strong legal basis , you know , which is listed in the 1945 Constitution article 6A paragraph 2 which reads “Presidential and vice-presidential candidates are proposed by a political party or a combination of political parties participating in the general election before the general election” . Not only that, it turns out that the application of the coalition has also been regulated in Law Article 9 No. 42 of 2008 on the General Election of the President and Vice President, which reads:“A candidate pair is proposed by a political party or a combination of political parties participating in the election that meets the requirements of obtaining seats of at least 20% (twenty percent) of the total number of DPR seats or obtaining 25% (twenty-five percent) of the national valid votes in the election of members of the DPR, before the implementation of presidential and vice presidential elections”

Even during the reign of President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono in the period 2009-2014, the coalition of supporters in his party included around 423 out of 560 seats in parliament or around 75.5%! But it should be known , Reader , that the term “coalition” also has an opposite word, namely “opposition”. Therefore, even if the political parties do a joint coalition action, there will definitely be opposition parties that oppose it. That is something that is only natural .

Characteristics of Party Coalitions

If referring to a coalition of political parties, the merger has two characteristics namely tactical coalition and strategic coalition. Well, here is the description!

1. Tactical Coalition

Tactical coalition is the nature of the merger of political parties that are built not to fulfill the interests of the vision and ideology of the political parties. This coalition is built in connection with the decision of the power elite oligarchy which holds the highest power in a party.

2. Strategic Coalition

A strategic coalition is the nature of the merger of political parties that is built to fulfill the interests of the vision and ideology of the political party, with the aim of jointly forming a strong and long-lasting government. Usually, this coalition is built on the basis of the political party’s institutional interests and the decision is made jointly with other coalition members.

Types of Party Coalitions

Broadly speaking, coalitions can be grouped into three types, namely:

1. Potential Coalitions

It is a situation where there is an emerging interest, so coalition action has the potential to be taken. In this type of coalition, it is further divided into two things, namely:

• Latent, ie not yet formed into an active coalition.
• Dormant, that is, a previous coalition has been formed but is no longer active.

2. Active Coalition

It is a kind of coalition that is going on. In this type, it is also divided into two things, namely:

• Established Coalition , in the form of an active coalition, relatively stable, and lasting for an unlimited period of time.
• Temporary Coalition (Temporary), in the form of a coalition that is formed for the short term and only focuses on a single issue.

3. Recurring Coalition

It is a temporary coalition that still continues because the single issue has not been resolved.

The formation of a coalition of political parties

In political science, there is a coalition theory that teaches that not all political parties are worthy and worthy to be used as partner members, especially in the formation of a coalition cabinet. Only certain political parties can create an effective and conducive coalition for the continuation and development of the party system. Therefore, this coalition theory divides into five main theories about how political party coalitions are formed, namely:

1. Minimal Winning Coalitions

This theory is compiled based on ideological tendencies from left to right, so that its formation is regardless of party position and ideological spectrum. This coalition has principles with the aim of maximizing power as much as possible in order to gain seats in the cabinet and ignore parties that are not needed.

2. Minimum Size Coalitions

In this theory, the party with the most votes tends to look for a smaller party to simply achieve a majority vote while also strengthening its position in parliament.

3. Bargaining Proposition

In this theory, the coalition with the least number of parties is also the coalition with the smallest party. The basic principle in this coalition is to facilitate the process of negotiation and bargaining because the members or partners of the coalition are few in number. It can even be said that the negotiation process that takes place in the body of the coalition can run without interruption because the coalition is the least.

4. Minimal Range Coalitions

In this theory, the basis of the coalition is closeness to the ideological tendency, making it easier for political parties to form a coalition. Unfortunately, in theory this coalition is not easy to form because it ignores the differences in direction and priorities of wisdom from each political party.

5. Minimally Connected Winning Coalitions

This theory of coalition is widely applied in countries because its basis is that the political parties that are in coalition are because each of them has closeness in their policy orientation. These political parties will seek coalition members from the closest party ideologically and reflected in the party’s policy orientation. In short, this coalition theory still pays attention to and is based on ideological equality.

Form of Political Party Coalition

The existence of a coalition that is usually applied to two or more political parties turns out to have several forms or types. The form or type of this political party coalition can be distinguished from the number of political parties or the number of seats in parliament that are incorporated into the coalition. Well, here are some forms or types of a political party coalition.

1. Big or Fat Coalition

In the form of this coalition, its formation is to include almost all political parties into the coalition, so that in the coalition there will be a number of political parties that exceed what has been required, in order to achieve majority support from parliament. That way, the government that runs will definitely get the support of the absolute majority from the political parties in parliament.

But unfortunately, this form of coalition can cause bargaining of interests and is difficult to integrate. The reason is because there are too many political parties in the coalition. The condition of this form of coalition can be seen in the coalition supporting the government of Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono (SBY) in the period 2009-2014, which at that time included 6 political parties and 423 out of 560 seats in parliament or around 75.5%.

2. Limited Pass Coalition

In the form of this coalition, it was deliberately formed only to achieve the support of a simple majority in parliament without including political parties which are not necessary, in order to achieve majority support in parliament. In that way, the political parties that are included in this coalition have a limited number and only to achieve political power so that they can strengthen the way of government.

This Limited Pass Coalition is an ideal form of coalition because the support of a simple majority in a parliament is judged to be able to help the government at the same time create a constructive interaction between the president and the parliament.

The condition of this form of coalition can be seen in the 2009 Presidential Election, which was only done once because SBY managed to obtain 73,874,562 votes (around 60.80%) by defeating the Megawati-Prabowo and JK-Wiranto pairs.

3. Small Coalition

In this form of coalition, the coalition does not get the support of a simple majority in parliament, so it tends to create a divided government. When the executive and legislature are led by the strength of different political parties, it will make the government run ineffectively, and there is even a chance of the impeachment of the president.

Knowing What a Political Party Is

Previously, Reader had often encountered the term “political party”. So what exactly is a political party?

If you talk about what a political party is, surely Reader will think that in a political party there will be people who have a strong desire to sit in the parliament seat. Yes, based on the definition of a political party by Edmund Burke (1839) reveals that a political party is an organization that consists of people who are united, to promote the national interest together, based on the principles and things they agree on. Then according to Sigmund Neumann, he thinks that a political party is an organization that consists of political activists who try to occupy power in a government and grab support from the people through competition between groups that have different views or paradigms.

Then there is also an opinion from RH Soltau who reveals that a political party is a group of citizens who are slightly organized, who act as a political union and who use their power to choose, and aim to dominate the government while implementing their general wisdom. The existence of political parties in a country has an important position, especially on the scale of socio-economic policies from the coalition movement in the parliamentary system. Therefore, coalition actions become one of the effective ways to bridge various interests from political parties as well as become a channel for people’s aspirations.

According to the understanding above, it can be concluded that this political party is a liaison organization between active political actors in society and the government. The people who are in a political party do not come from a certain group, but rather people from various circles and various professions.

Functions of Political Parties in a Country

The existence of political parties in a country, one of which is in Indonesia, turns out to have a variety of strategic functions. Even the existence of political parties is also an important feature in the modern political system. Well, here is the explanation!

1. As a Means of Political Communication

A political party will play a role in articulating interests that are present or hidden in society. The interests found in a society will be absorbed as best as possible by the political party and at the same time become the idea, vision, and policy of the political party concerned. Then, those ideas and policies will later be advocated so that it is expected to be able to influence or even become official national policy material.

2. As a Means of Political Recruitment

In this case, political parties are indeed formed to be a legitimate “vehicle” in an effort to select cadres of national leaders accompanied by certain positions. If in a democratic country, then the cadres will be directly elected by the people through elections, for example they are members of the House of Representatives (DPR).

3. As Political Socialization

In this regard, political parties will try to form a political attitude and orientation towards society. Through several ways, the community will later be introduced and gain an understanding of ongoing political activities, both through political education and political indoctrination.

4. As Political Participation

In this case, political parties will be required to be able to encourage and invite members of the community to participate in political activities. Political parties will later open opportunities and invite party members as well as community members to use political parties as a channel of activity in an effort to influence the political process.

5. As Political Mobilization

In this case, the political party will invite a large number of individuals who were previously outside the system to join the system. If there is mobilization and setting the level of participation, then the political party can integrate individuals to enter an existing political system.

Understanding Clearing – What do we know about clearing? Although we often transact through banks, we may not yet understand one of the widely used transfer methods, namely clearing. Be it in the field of banking or finance, clearing has an important role. Therefore, learning the meaning of clearing from the basics is quite important.

In this type of transaction, the clearinghouse protects both parties by ensuring that the funds are verified and everything else goes according to plan. If a dispute arises, the clearing board intervenes to act as a mediator before sending it to arbitration. The clearing process also plays an important role by recording transaction details for future reference.

Definition of Clearing

The concept of clearing describes the financial transaction settlement process that must be passed through. Although paying for goods with a paper check is becoming less common, this can be one of the easiest examples of clearing to understand. So, when the buyer pays the seller with a check, the seller deposits this check into his bank account. It then takes several days for the check to “clear” and the funds to appear in the account.

According to Bank Indonesia Regulation No.7/18/PBI/2005 dated July 22, 2005, the meaning of clearing is the exchange of paper or electronic financial data between banks, both on behalf of the bank and the customer whose calculation results are settled at a certain time.

On the other hand, KBBI mentions that clearing or the meaning of clearing is a form of settlement of bookkeeping and also inter-bank payments that are done by transferring the balance of one party to another entitled party.

To make it easier to understand, the conclusion is that this understanding of clearing can be known as a transfer process that is slightly different from the normal transfer process through an ATM machine. This is due to the clearing transfer process which takes quite a long time, which is around 2 to 3 days.

More specifically, clearing is often used in trading. When buyers buy securities, options, or futures, the clearing process can validate the transaction. The clearinghouse will ensure that there are sufficient funds to complete the purchase, and the transfer is recorded before the funds are sent to the buyer’s account.

The definition of clearing is a procedure with various steps that are useful for completing financial trades while ensuring that market orders remain balanced.

What is a Clearing Board?

Since the beginning of the discussion, Reader has often heard the term clearing house. Actually, what is it?

While banks handle the clearing process for direct transfers, independent clearing houses play an important role in trading. The clearinghouse functions as an independent third party to verify investment or trade transactions. If there is a discrepancy, the clearing board gives both parties the opportunity to resolve the issue independently.

In return for this service, the clearing house charges a fee that is usually included in the commission paid to any investment broker. In Indonesia, there are clearing agencies such as PT Kliring Berjangka Indonesia. In England, the London Clearing House is one of the most important names in trading. Multinational investment banks such as JP Morgan and Deutsche Bank also act as clearing houses for traders.

What Are the Benefits of Clearing?

After understanding the meaning of clearing and its institution, it’s time to dive into the benefits of this one transaction. Anything? Let’s watch together!

• Transferring funds through the service system is easier, in accordance with the needs of the community.
• The effectiveness and efficiency of the national payment system increased. This will make it easier for both parties (customers or other parties) involved.
• Through personal and company accounts, customers can send money or other transactions in large amounts due to the availability of extensive upgrade services.

Clearing Process

For information, the same process applies to every financial transaction that occurs between two or more banks or other institutions. Whether a paper check or an electronic transfer, these transactions must be reconciled through the clearing process. An independent clearing board facilitates this process, ensuring a more secure system.

Compared to other transfer methods, the clearing method makes the process of transferring an amount of money much longer in general, which is around 2 or 3 days. What is the reason? This is because the bank will ensure the availability of the balance in the sender’s account first.

Not only 2 or 3 days, this duration also only applies to working days, namely Monday to Friday. Even so, it is possible that remittances will take longer if done on Friday. Because, activities will be cut off on holidays and the new bank will check on Monday of the following week.

For example, if Reader will transfer a large amount of money using clearing on Monday, the money will at least be received by the recipient on Wednesday or Thursday. However, if Reader transfers on Friday, the money may not arrive until Tuesday or Wednesday at the latest.

So, it can be understood, isn’t it, that although it can be used to send money, but this clearing method is not appropriate to use when we are in a hurry or quick payment. For example, to pay online shopping , bills, etc.

If we use clearing to send large amounts of money and don’t need to send it too quickly, this method can be very useful. Because, there are various advantages that make many customers choose this option, such as very cheap transfer fees. Generally, the clearing option allows our funds to be cut by only Rp.5 thousand to Rp.15 thousand.

Types of Clearing

As one of the transfer methods, clearing apparently also still has its own types, Reader. In general, there are three types of clearing. Here is the review:

1. General Clearing

This type is generally used in the calculation of banking papers. As for the implementation process and system arrangements are directly supervised by Bank Indonesia as the authority.

2. Local Clearing

For local clearing, the paper calculation is done interbank. It’s just that the provisions that apply are regulated by the district, as has been established since before.

3. Inter-Branch Clearing

Local clearing is one of the means of calculating securities debts or money transfers that are used specifically for banks that are within the coverage of a certain area. The way of implementation, ie all calculations from branch bank offices will be collected.

Systems

1. Bank Indonesia National Clearing System (SKNBI)

The clearing method system is divided into two, if seen from the system within Bank Indonesia. Here is the explanation:

a. Debit

If Reader needs a debit transfer, this clearing system can be used. The reason is that the debit system comes from the debit card owned by the participant registered in the region concerned. Generally, this clearing is in the form of a giro bill from between regions.

b. Credit

For clearing with this system, there are some special provisions, namely:

• Applies to customers who are in the clearing area and is intended for other customers throughout Indonesia.
• The transfer process must be in rupiah currency and use Electronic Financial Data (DKE).
• The National Clearing Organizer (PKN) will perform the LLG calculation process.

System Available in Clearing Papers

In addition to the two national clearing systems above, there is also a system found in the clearing paper. Let’s discuss together!

a. Manual System

A local clearing maintenance system that performs the clearing process manually by each participant, starting from creating a clearing balance billet to selecting the paper.

b. Semi Automation System

This system enforces the calculation and compilation of clearing balance bills manually by each participant.

c. Automation System

Still a system that organizes local clearing, the implementation of this automation system performs the calculation of clearing balances and paper sorting.

d. Electronic Clearing System

This is a clearing maintenance system in the calculation and making of the clearing balance billet. This electronic clearing system will be enforced entirely electronically and accompanied by the way of delivery of the participant’s ticket on the part of the organizer.

Then, the paper is selected automatically. As for in this system, all the calculation results will be adjusted to the results electronically, Reader.

Manual Clearing Mechanism

In performing the manual clearing mechanism, there are at least two stages that each participant must go through. First, that is handover clearing and second, that is return clearing.

In this case, each participant is obliged to do both networks until the organizer declares that the clearing is complete by sending a representative of the participant. Meanwhile, this is the explanation of the clearing of submission and return.

1. Clearing Submissions

In this first mechanism, there are various activities carried out in the participant’s office or venue. Each participant will be given a letter in the form of an outgoing debit letter and an outgoing credit letter.

Outgoing debit cards are cards that bank customers deposit for profits from the customer’s own account, while outgoing credit cards are cards in which the burden of profits and interests of other customers will be channeled to the depositing customer’s account.

2. Return Clearing

This one clearing mechanism involves clearing slips in the form of incoming debit slips and outgoing debit slips. These two papers are accepted by the participants. As for the incoming debit card, it is a card collected by the participant at the expense of the bank customer who receives this card.

Meanwhile, the incoming credit letter is the opposite, that is, the letter is handed over to other participants for the benefit and interest of the bank customer who receives the letter.

Clearing Paper

In this article, we involve a lot of paper. However, before that, does Reader know what kind of paper is included as non-cash payment material? This paper can be in the form of a document, the list is as follows:

• Debit Note
• Credit Notes
• Proof of Receipt of Bank Transfer (SBPT)
• Bank Draft For Transfer (WBUT)
• Giro ticket
• CHEQUE
• Other documents that have been approved by Bank Indonesia.

Example Clearing

As an example of how clearing works, imagine a trader wants to buy a futures contract. To maintain the sale, there is an initial margin that is required and must be held as a guarantee that the sale will be successful. The clearinghouse will verify this by logging into the merchant’s account and holding the required margin so that it cannot be used until the transaction is completed.

This will reduce the risk of funds being used for other transactions, as well as ensure that all parties honor their agreements.

Example of Accounting Journal Entry

This time, we will discuss an example related to clearing and an example of an accounting journal entry. Check out the example below!

Stated a transaction that has just been completed with the clearing method. In the clearing, Bank X and Bank Y are involved and become participants for the same city, namely Jakarta.

Here is the transaction:

Transaction 1:

On April 20, 2021, a customer at Bank X, Ibu Yanti, successfully withdrew a check amounting to Rp30 million. Then, plus a check of Rp.25 million to be paid to Mr. Anto, a Bank Y customer.

Transaction 2:

On the same date, Bank Y received a giro bill from Ibu Mira, a giro customer to get her profit from Pak Andi, a giro customer from Bank X amounting to Rp20 million. It’s just that, if the transaction is completed using the clearing method, journal entries will be required for each clearing participant.

Therefore, here is the transaction journal entry at Bank Y:

1. Transaction 1
   Recorded the first clearing:
   Dr. RAR Clearing (Rp 30,000,000 + Rp 25,000,000)
   Dr. RAR Clearing Rp 55,000,000
   Recorded the second clearing:
   Cr. RAR Clearing Rp 55,000,000
   Dr. BI Giro Rp 55,000,000
   Cr. Giro Anto Rp 55,000,000
2. Transaction 2
   Recorded the first clearing:
   Dr. Giro Mira Rp 20,000,000
   Cr. BI Giro Rp 20,000,000

Transaction journal recording at Bank X

1. Transaction 1
   Recorded the second clearing
   Dr. Giro Yanti Rp 55,000,000
   Cr. BI Giro Rp 55,000,000
2. Transaction 2
   Dr. Giro Andi Rp 20,000,000
   Cr. BI Giro Rp 20,000,000

The difference between Clearing and RTGS

Reader, of course we now understand the clearing method for transactions, right? Even so, we should also know the difference between clearing and RTGS. But before that, what is RTGS?

RTGS alias Real Time Gross Settlement is an electronic fund transfer system. As for the solution of this method is every time during the working day. In addition, clearing actually only completes the transfer process at certain times, namely 10 am, 12 noon, 2 noon, and 4 pm.

In terms of overall aspects, the difference between clearing and RTGS is not much. It’s just that the transfer completion time and administration fees are different.

Clearing Conclusion

How, Reader? Are you among the people who have known the clearing method and want to understand this more deeply, or do you not know at all? Apparently, this clearing method has its own weaknesses and advantages. Although quite time-consuming, the administrative costs are not large.

In addition, this type is also further divided into several types with specific systems and mechanisms. We also know about the clearing agency that is authorized to supervise this process independently. Fortunately, we can cover all of them in this one article.

 

Understanding the Doomsday of Kubra and its Signs – Believing in the coming of the last day is found in the fifth pillar of faith. Thus, as Muslims we must believe with all our hearts that the whole world will be destroyed.

There is no servant who knows the coming of the last day. Therefore, prepare provisions to be ready to face the final day. In this case, the provisions in question are good practices in the world.

The last day in Islam is known as the “Doomsday of Kubra”. Read more comments about the meaning of the apocalypse and the signs of the apocalypse.

Meaning of Kubra Doomsday

The word “kubra” comes from Arabic which means big. In other words, Kubra’s apocalypse can be interpreted as a big apocalypse. In this case, Kubra’s apocalypse means the destruction of the universe resulting in the destruction or destruction of humans, plants, and animals.

The things that will happen in the apocalypse are sea water overflowing like a tsunami, heavenly bodies will fall, volcanoes will erupt. All the destruction of nature will make all people try to find safety, but no one will be saved.

Thus, the Kubra doomsday or the last day or the destruction of the universe is the destruction of all living beings and will get eternal life in the afterlife.

Evidence of Doomsday According to Surahs in the Qur’an

1. Surah Al-Mu’Min verse 59

وَالَّذِيْنَ هُمْ بِرَبِّهِمْ لَا يُشْرِكُوْنَ ۙ

Meaning:

Indeed, the Day of Judgment will surely come. There is no doubt about it, but most people do not believe. (QS Al-Mu’min (40):59).

2. Surah Az-Zumar 68

وَنُفِخَ فِى الصُوْرِ فَصَعِقَ مَنْ فِى السَّمٰوٰتِ وَمْ فِي الْرضِ إلا مَنْ شَاءَ اللہُ ْۗثُمُفِخَ فِيِ خْرٰى فَاِذَا ُمْ قِيَامٌ يَنْزُرُ

Meaning:

The trumpet was blown so that all (beings) in heaven and on earth died, except those whom God willed. Then, it was blown again. At that moment, they woke up (from their graves and) waited (for God’s decision). (QS Al-Mu’Min (39):68).

3. Surah Al-A’Raf verse 187

 

Meaning:

They asked you (Prophet Muhammad) about the Hour, “When will it happen?” Say, “Surely the knowledge about it is only with my Lord. No one (anyone) can explain the time of occurrence except Him. (Doomsday) is very heavy (chaos for the creatures) in heaven and on earth. It will not come to you except suddenly.” They ask you as if you know it. Say (Prophet Muhammad), “Indeed the knowledge about it is only with Allah, but most people do not know.”

4. Surah Ash-Shura verse 47

Meaning:

Fulfill the call of your God before there comes from God a day (Doomsday) that cannot be rejected. On that day you will have no refuge and you will not be able to deny (your sins).

5. Surah Ad-Dukhan verse 41

يَوْمَ لَا يُغْنِيْ مَوْلًى عَنْ مَّوْلًى شَيْـًٔا وَّلَا هُمْ يُنْصَرُونَۙ

Meaning:

(that is) the day (when) a loyal friend will not be able to benefit the other friends at all and they will not get help.

Evidence of Doomsday According to Hadith

1. HR. Bukhari and Muslim

From Abu Hurairah radhiyallahu’anhu, the Messenger of Allah sallallahu ‘alaihi wa sallam said, “Allah tabaraka wa ta’ala will hold the earth on the Day of Judgment, God will fold the sky with His right hand, then God will say; ‘I am the King, where are the kings who once ruled the earth?’

2. HR. Bukhari and Muslim

From Abdullah bin Mas’ud and Abu Musa, may God bless him and grant him peace, the Messenger of God, may God bless him and grant him peace, said, “Indeed, when the apocalypse is about to occur, there will be days when ignorance will spread, knowledge will be lifted, and there will be a lot of al-Harj.” ” What al-harj means is murder.

Signs of Doomsday kubra

For Muslims knowing the signs of doomsday is a must. Knowing the signs of doomsday makes a Muslim believe more and more that the last day will come. Here are the signs of the apocalypse.

1. The emergence of Fire

The first sign of Kubra’s apocalypse is the appearance of fire that will gather all mankind. This fire comes out or appears from the crater of Aden. Aden Crater itself is on the slopes of a volcano in the country of Yemen.

The sign of doomsday is found in the Sahih Al-Bukhari chapter of the virtues of the Ansar VII h 272 from Anas RA it is mentioned:

Meaning:

Abdullah ibn Salam learned of the arrival of the Messenger of Allah (PBUH) to Madinah (Hijrah). He also met the Prophet to ask about some things. He said, “I will ask three questions: what is the first sign of the apocalypse?” The Prophet SAW replied, “The first sign is fire that gathers people from east to west.”

2. The destruction of the Kaaba 

The second sign of the apocalypse is the destruction of the Kaaba. Someone who will destroy the Kaaba is called Zul-Suwayqatyn. It was someone from Abyssinia.

Abdullah ibn Amr once said, “I heard the Messenger of God SAW say that Zul Suwayqatayn from Abyssinia will destroy the Kaaba and steal property and kiswah .” He wanted to attack and destroy the Kaaba using a shovel.

Thus, with the destruction of the Kaaba, it can cause the number of servants who mention the name of Allah SWT to decrease. Although those who mention the name of Allah SWT are decreasing, the apocalypse will not happen.

Such a thing is reinforced by the Sahih Muslim hadith “this will not happen until there are no more people who say Allah.”

3. Sunrise from the West

The third sign of Kubra’s apocalypse is the rising sun rising from the west. If one day the sun has risen from the west then all the doors of human practice have been closed. This event only happened for one day.

What will you feel when you wake up in the morning and see the morning sun has risen from the west? If we believe that the Day of Judgment will come then we will not be confused and are ready to accept that it is a sign of the Day of Judgment.

The event of the sun rising from the west is also found in a hadith which means:

 There will be no apocalypse until the sun rises from its setting, when it has risen from the west and all people see it then they will all believe, and that is the time when the faith of a person who has never believed before is of no use. (HR Bukhari and Muslim, Ahmad, and Abu Dawud, from Abu Hurairah).

4. The emergence of Imam Mahdi 

The appearance of Imam Mahdi is the sign of the fourth apocalypse. Imam Mahdi is a very fair person and does not want injustice and enmity in the world.

Imam Mahdi is someone who comes from the descendants of Fatimah binti Muhammad from the line of Hasan bin ‘Ali RA. Imam Mahdi’s forehead is very wide and has a pointed nose because he also comes from the bloodline of the Prophet SAW.

During the leadership of Imam Mahdi, every human being will feel justice and prosperity. This is reinforced by the Hadith about the leadership of Imam Mahdi which means:

“Al Mahdi will be among my people. If the time is short (he rules) for 7 years, if not then 9 years. At that time my people will get a pleasure that they have never felt before. They will get a lot of food and they will not keep it. At that time, wealth was so abundant. Someone said, ‘O Imam Mahdi, give me something.’ Then he said, ‘Take it’.” (HR. Ibnu Majah)

5. The appearance of Dajjal

The appearance of Dajja is the sign of the fifth apocalypse. The appearance of Dajjal can be said to be the biggest test that humans will face before the coming of the Day of Judgment.

Dajjal is a man who comes from the descendants of Prophet Adam who came out at the end of time. Dajjal himself has physical characteristics, such as his eyes are written ka-fa-ra. The writing can only be read by believers.

In addition, the antichrist’s right eye is blind and his eyes are like grapes. When he first appeared in the world, he would claim to be a pious person, then claim to be a prophet, and finally claim to be a god.

Therefore, for Muslims it is necessary to have faith and ask Allah SWT for protection from Dajjal’s slander. In addition, we should also try to avoid meeting with the Dajjal so as not to be influenced by his slander, as found in the following hadith.

Prophet Muhammad SAW said, “Whoever hears about Dajjal, then stay away from him. By Allah, indeed someone came to him and thought that he was a believer, so he followed him because of the suspicion he brought.” (HR Abu Dawud from Imran bin Hushain).

6. The descent of Jesus. U.S

After the appearance of the Dajjal on earth who spreads slander and causes damage to the earth, Allah SWT sent Prophet Jesus to come down to earth against the Dajjal. The descent of Prophet Jesus to Earth is a sign of the sixth apocalypse.

The descent of Prophet Jesus to earth is already found in Al-Quran surah Ali-Imran verse 55.

It means

(Remember) when God said, “O Jesus, indeed I took you, raised you to Me, purified you from the disbelievers, and made those who follow you superior to the disbelievers until the Day of Resurrection. Then, to Me you will return, then I will give a decision about what you always disagree about.

A person who believes will believe in the descent of Jesus to earth to lead and give good and true direction according to the teachings of Islam. As contained in Surah Az-Zukhruf verse 61.

وَاِنَّهٗ لَعِلْمٌ لِّلَّاعَةِ فَلَا تَمْتَرُنَّ بِهَا وَاتَّبِعُوْنِۗ هٰذَا صِرَاطٌ مُسْتَقِيْمٌ

Meaning:

“And indeed he (Isa) is truly a sign of the coming of the Day of Judgment. Therefore, don’t ever doubt about it (Doomsday) and follow MY guidance. This is the straight path.”

7. The appearance of the Cascading Beast 

The seventh sign of Kubra’s apocalypse is the appearance of a cascading animal that cannot be scientifically explained.

The appearance of cascading animals is already found in Al-Quran surah An-Naml verse 82.

Meaning:

When the words (terms of the destruction of the world) have come upon them, We will bring forth moving creatures from the earth who will tell them that mankind has not believed in Our verses all this time.

According to the interpretation experts, the appearance of animals cascading to the earth because Allah SWT wants to punish the infidels. In other words, someone who does not believe in Allah SWT they will be tortured.

8. The appearance of Gog and Magog

The eighth sign of the apocalypse is the appearance of Ya’Juj and Ma’Juj. Gog and Magog are a people who are very happy to do evil and damage on earth.

In the Al-Quran, Gog and Magog were already locked in a metal wall or fortress that had been made by Zulqarnain. This is stated in Al-Quran surah Al-Kahfi verse 94.

Meaning:

They said, “O Zulqarnain, indeed Gog and Magog are (nations) that cause destruction on earth, can we give you a reward for you to build a barrier between us and them?”

9. The Occurrence of a Terrible Earthquake

The ninth sign of the apocalypse is a terrible earthquake and other natural disasters. This sign of doomsday is also explained in a hadith narrated from Abdullah bin Hawalah Al-Azdi RA, the Prophet said:

Meaning:

“O Ibnu Hawaalah, if you have seen the caliphate spread from Madinah to Sham, there have been earthquakes, disasters and other exciting things. So at that moment, the Day of Judgment is closer than the distance between your hand and your head.” (HR Bukhari).

10. The appearance of Smog

The tenth sign of Kubra’s apocalypse is the appearance of smoke. Fog of smoke was created by Allah SWT to give punishment or torment to people who do not believe and like to commit immorality.

This is also stated in Al-Quran surah Ad-Dukhan verse 10-11.

Meaning:

So, look forward to the day (when) the sky brings a clearly visible smog. (which) covers humans (disobedience). This is a very painful punishment.

Conclusion

Resurrection is the fifth pillar of faith. In addition, doomsday or the last day is also contained in the Quran and Hadith. Thus, for Muslims it is obligatory to believe in the coming of the Day of Judgment or the last day.

Khiyar majlis is – When doing a buying and selling transaction, there must be ethics or a rule. In the Islamic religion, the rules of buying and selling transactions are also known as khiyar. Khiyar itself consists of several types, one of which is khiyar majlis. On this occasion, we will discuss further about khiyar and khiyar majlis. So, read this article to the end, Reader.

Meaning of Cucumber

Islam has rules on buying and selling called khiyar. These ethics regulate the rights and other things that must be observed for both sellers and buyers. In business, khiyar is a guide so that both parties will not experience loss or regret after the transaction, for example related to goods or prices.

Khiyar is a rule in Islamic business law to protect sellers and buyers. Although basically trading is to make a profit, khiyar should still be done so that no party is harmed.

So, what khiyar means is choosing between two things, namely continuing or canceling the sale. This time we will look at one of the forms of khiyar known as khiyar majlis. Khiyar majlis is khiyar that occurs in the place where the sale and purchase contract takes place until those who do the sale and purchase separate.

According to the Muhammadiyah guidelines, the issue of khiyar is so important that the jurisprudence scholars ( fuqaha ‘) discuss it at length in a separate discussion or at least in a separate sub-discussion in the buyu’ (buying) chapter.

Linguistically, ikhtiar means choosing to set aside or filter. Linguistically, this comes from the word khair which means good. In the sense of language, khiyar can mean choosing and determining the best of 2 things (or more) to be chosen. While according to the term, khiyar is the right owned by a person who enters into a sale and purchase agreement to determine the choice between continuing the agreement or canceling it.

Another meaning of khiyar is a right to decide whether to continue the sale and purchase contract or not (withdrawal does not become sale and purchase). So, it can be said that cucumber is asking for the best of two options, namely continuing or canceling the sale and purchase transaction.

M. Abdul Mujieb defines that “Khiyar is the right to choose or determine the choice between two things for the buyer and the seller, whether the sale and purchase contract will continue or be canceled” . The right of discretion in buying and selling, according to Islam is allowed, whether to continue the sale or cancel it, depending on the condition (condition) of the goods being sold.

Cucumber Law

Khiyar law is allowed because of an urgent need to consider the benefits of each party that conducts a sale and purchase transaction. Similarly, according to fiqh scholars, khiyar is allowed in Islamic Sharia based on an urgent need by considering the benefits for each party who conducts a transaction.

The general legal basis of cucumbers is as follows:

* On the authority of Ibn Umar, the Messenger of God, may God bless him and grant him peace, said: If two men pledge allegiance, then each one of them chooses not to separate or be together, or one of them prefers the other, if one of them is better than the other, then if one of them is better than that, then the sale is obligatory. واحد منهما البعاد وقد وجب بعاد. agree with it, and say it to a Muslim.

It means: “From Ibnu Umar Ra, from the Messenger of God, peace be upon him, who said, “When two people buy and sell, then each of them has the right to khiyar (choose between canceling or continuing the sale) as long as they have not separated or are still together; or if one of them chooses the other. If one person determines khiyar on the other, then they buy and sell on that basis, then the sale is done. If they separate after doing the buying and selling and each of the two does not close the buying and selling, then the buying and selling will be done.” (Muttafaq Alaih, and the pronunciation of this hadith according to Muslim narrations ).

All kinds of cucumbers

Reported In Islam, khiyar has several types according to scholars. Here are all kinds of cucumbers.

1. Khiyar Majlis

Khiyar majlis is the right to choose between the seller and the buyer who has a contract to cancel the contract, as long as both are still in place (the assembly) and have not separated. The limit of performing khiyar majlis is as long as the seller and buyer are still face to face.

Khiyar organizes the transaction process at the location of the sale and purchase agreement. Both parties have the right to choose. In addition, being able to continue buying and selling that has been agreed or concluded in the assembly.

The Prophet SAW said:

“When there are two people doing a sale and purchase transaction, then each of them (has) the right of khiyar, as long as they have not separated and they are still together or one of the parties gives his right of khiyar to the other party. However, if one of the parties gives the right of khiyar to others and there is a sale and purchase, then the sale and purchase will take place, and if they have separated after the sale and purchase has occurred, while one of them has not (left) the sale and purchase, then the sale and purchase has occurred (also).” ( HR Bukhari and Muslim ).

When the two have separated, then they can no longer enter into a sales contract.

The Prophet SAW said: “The seller and the buyer can do khiyar as long as they have not separated.” ( HR Bukhari Muslim ).

2. Khiyar Terms

Khiyar condition is a voting right that is made a condition by the buyer and seller or one of the two when a contract is made to continue or cancel the sales contract. For example, a seller says “I am selling this car and you must pay for it within three days.” In that way, the conditions in the sales contract are three days.

This is the right to choose based on requirements. During the sale and purchase agreement, both parties can choose to continue or cancel the sale and purchase transaction process with a time limit. Once the specified time has arrived, then the process of buying and selling transactions must be confirmed whether to continue or not.

The Prophet SAW said: “When you sell, say it honestly and don’t lie. If you buy something then you have the right to vote for three days, if you are willing then take it, but if not then return it to the owner.” ( HR Ibnu Majah ).

3. Cucumber Shame

This dishonor is done if there is a defect in the item. The buyer can cancel or not continue the sales contract if there is a defect (disgrace) in the goods sold. Usually, this happens if the buyer is not aware of the defect at the time of the contract.

If the buyer finds out that the goods are defective when they have separated, he has the right to return them to the seller and ask for a better item or ask for a refund according to the comparison of the damage.

If there is a dispute, the Prophet SAW said: “When the seller and the buyer disagree, then the word accepted is the seller’s word, while the buyer has the right to vote.” ( HR At-Tirmidhi and Ahmad ).

4. Ta’yin cucumber

Khiyar ta’yin is the buyer’s right to vote in choosing one of the items that are different in terms of price and quality that have been mentioned in the sales contract. For example, a seller said “I am selling you one of these two veils that you will buy in three days.” Then, the prospective buyer replied “I accept.” Based on the khiyar ta’yin, the prospective buyer has the right to choose one of the two veils in accordance with the agreement that has been agreed upon.

5. Cucumber Ru’yah

Khiyar ru’yah is owned by one of the actors of the contract to cancel or extend the sale of an item that has never been seen before.

For example, a buyer wants to buy a computer but has never seen the item before, so the person has khiyar ru’yah as soon as he sees the item. Valid when the buyer wants to extend or cancel the sales contract.

Benefits of Cucumber

In Islam, everyone should apply honesty and justice to sellers and buyers, as well as in the buying and selling process. The wisdom prescribed by khiyar in Islam is very numerous and comprehensive and long-term. In fact, khiyar in Islamic business or economy has a very important role to protect the interests, transparency, benefits, and willingness of both parties.

There are several benefits of khiyar or wisdom that can be obtained when applying these Islamic rules in trade, such as:

1. Can emphasize the importance of contracts in buying and selling.
2. Making comfort and satisfaction from each party
3. Fraud in transactions will be avoided, because of clarity and clear rights.
4. Sellers and buyers can be honest and transparent in the transaction process.
5. Avoiding disputes in the buying and selling process.
6. There is a lot of khiyar to take care of the buying and selling transaction process can be done well.
7. Emphasizing the willingness of the parties involved in the sale and purchase transaction.
8. Guarantee perfection in the transaction process.
9. This Khiyar also teaches that in any sector it must be implemented in accordance with the rules of Allah SWT.

In fact, if you look at current technological progress, there is an interesting study published in Falah: Journal of Shariah Economics issued by Universitas Muhammadiyah Malang. In the study, it was shown that there is a benefit of khiyar during online transactions. Because, in online transactions, consumers do not have direct contact with merchants and cannot easily verify the quality of goods. As a result, the application of cucumber will help in protecting the rights of consumers in the virtual world.

Factors that Prevent Contract Cancellation and Return of Goods

Provisions in the cancellation of the contract and the return of defective goods have been widely formulated in fiqh books, including the factors that prevent the cancellation of the contract and the return of goods.

There are several things that should be noted regarding this matter, such as:

1. Buyer Satisfaction

The buyer is satisfied after knowing the defect in the goods, either by stating it directly or based on other indications.

For example, deciding to buy fruit that has been notified of defects by the seller. For example, some fruit is withered or some is partially damaged. Then, the buyer is willing to buy it after the price has been adjusted, then the cancellation and return of the goods cannot be done because there is no right of khiyar ‘aib.

2. Drop the Cucumber

This can be done either directly or if there are other indications. Like if there is a speech from a buyer who says, “I have dropped my khiyar (voting rights)” , then that person cannot cancel the contract or return the goods.

If, after knowing that there is a defect in the goods, the buyer does not return the goods within the specified period of time or even the goods he bought have changed or run out because they have been consumed.

3. Goods Damaged or Deformed due to Buyer’s Actions

For example, buying a glass and then breaking or cracking it because the buyer dropped it or part of the item is not intact or lost due to the buyer’s negligence. Usually this will cause a dispute between the seller and the buyer.

If the buyer and seller disagree about this, while the transaction has been completed and there is no evidence to support one of them, then according to the scholars, the statement of sale that was won or accepted after swearing first.

This is based on a hadith from Ibn Mas’ud, may God be pleased with him, when he said that the Messenger of God, may God bless him and grant him peace, said:

“When the seller and the buyer disagree, then the word accepted is the seller’s word, while the buyer has the right to vote.”  ( HR At-Tirmidhi and Ahmad ).

In another hadith from Amru bin Shu’aib, from his father from his grandfather, he said that the Prophet SAW said in his sermon: “Bring evidence (al-Bayyinah) for the claimant or the accuser and must swear for the accused.” (HR at-Tirmidhi).

Muslims can take advantage of khiyar in buying and selling in order to bring blessings in their endeavors, so as to obtain property that is halal and good for the family.

Dalil Khiyar

From the companion of Hakim bin Hizam, the Prophet, may God bless him and grant him peace, said,

الْبَيِّعَانِ بِالْخِيَارِ مَا لَمْ يَتَفَرَّقَا – أَوْ قَالَ حَتَّى يَتَفَرَّقَا – فَإِنْ صَدَقَا وَبَيَّنَا بُورِكَ لَهُمَا فِى بَيْعِهِمَا ، وَإِنْ كَتَمَا وَكَذَبَا مُحِقَتْ بَرَكَةُ بَيْعِهِمَا

“Both the seller and the buyer each have the right to vote (khiyar) as long as they have not separated. If both are honest and open to each other, then both will gain blessings in the transaction. On the other hand, if they lie and cover up for each other, the blessing will be lost for them in that transaction” (Muttafaqun ‘alaih. HR. Bukhari no. 2079 and Muslim no. 1532 ).

From Ibn Umar, the Messenger of Allah, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said,

إِذَا تَبَايَعَ الرَّجُلاَنِ فَكُلُّ وَاحِدٍ مِنْهُمَا بِالْخِيَارِ ، مَا لَمْ يَتَفَرَّقَا ، وَكَانَا جَمِيعًا ، أَوْ يُخَيِّرُ أَحَدُهُمَا الآخَرَ فَتَبَايَعَا عَلَى ذَلِكَ ، فَقَدْ وَجَبَ الْبَيْعُ ، وَإِنْ تَفَرَّقَا بَعْدَ أَنْ يَتَبَايَعَا ، وَلَمْ يَتْرُكْ وَاحِدٌ مِنْهُمَا الْبَيْعَ ، فَقَدْ وَجَبَ الْبَيْعُ

“If two people buy and sell, then each of them has the right of khiyar as long as they have not separated and they are together (in one place), or one of them gives khiyar to the other. So if one of them gives khiyar to the other and then they do a sale and purchase transaction on the khiyar, it has (happened) a sale. If they separate after a sale and purchase, and one of them does not leave the sale then a sale has occurred.” ( HR. Bukhari no. 2112 and Muslim no. 1531 )

As for what is meant by separation here, it is returned to ‘urf (standard local custom), that is, if you have separated from a place, then it is said to be separated. For example, a transaction that takes place in an open field or desert, then it is called separation if each other leaves and turns their backs on each other. For transactions via telephone, the ceremony is as long as the telephone connection has not been terminated.

However, here it is not possible to deliberately separate from the assembly for fear of one of the parties canceling the transaction. In the hadith of ‘Amr bin Shu’aib, from his father, from his grandfather, may God be pleased with him, it is mentioned,

المُتَبَايِعَانِ بِالْخِيَارِ Mَا لَمْ يَفْتَرِقَا إِلَّ أَنْ تُكُونَ سَفْقَةَ خِيَارٍ وَلَ يَحِلُّ لُ إَنْ يُفَارِقَ صَاحِبَهُ خَشْيَةَ َنْ يَسْتَقِيلَ

“The seller and the buyer have the right of khiyar as long as both have not separated from the assembly except when it has been agreed to extend the right of khiyar until after separating. It is not lawful for him to leave his friend for fear that he will cancel the transaction.” ( HR. Abu Daud no. 3456 , Tirmidhi no. 1247 , and An Nasai no. 4488. Abu Isa said that this hadith is hasan. The same assessment was mentioned by Al Hafizh Abu Thohir).

Thus the discussion about khiyar majlis is , hopefully all these discussions can be useful for Reader.

 

Understanding the Sermon: Legal Basis and Procedures – In the Islamic religion, marriage is one of the most recommended acts of worship and is included in the prophet’s sunnah. If you only know that engagement is a process leading to marriage. So in Islam you will know what is called sermon. Khitbah is one of the processes or bridges leading to the platform organized by Islam.

Although not the same, the sermon becomes one of the processes that is almost similar to the engagement. If seen from a linguistic point of view, sermon has the meaning of asking, proposing, or courting a woman to be used as a wife.

In the KHI or Compilation of Islamic Law, the sermon is an effort to move towards the realization of a match between a man and a woman. Sermons can also be said to be the process of a man asking a woman to become his wife by using things that are commonly done in society.

Understanding Sermons

Khitbah is one of the proposal processions where parties from the male family visit the home of the prospective bride. In the meeting, the man’s family will reveal the purpose of coming to the house, which is to invite the prospective bride to build a household or get married.

The application can be submitted directly by the prospective groom or it can also be submitted by a representative from the trusted family and in accordance with religious provisions. In the sermon process, the woman only has to answer “yes” or “no”.

If the bride-to-be agrees to the sermon, then she can be called a makhthubah, which means a woman who has been officially proposed to by a man. That way, the woman is not allowed to accept proposals from other men.

Things observed before the sermon

Before performing the sermon, the prospective groom needs to pay attention and understand some things that are used to determine which woman he will propose to. This is meant to prevent unwanted things from happening in the future.

Because we need to understand that marriage is a very sacred thing and cannot be done in a playful way and not following religious rules. Therefore, the following are some conditions that you must do before giving a sermon.

1. Understand and Have Met or Seen Bride Candidates

This is indeed not included in the obligation in the sermon process. But it is recommended to do so so as not to cause slander or problems in the future.

2. Female Bride Candidates Are Not In The Sermon Process With Other Men

This is based on the words of the Prophet Muhammad SAW, “A man is not allowed to propose to a woman who has been proposed to by his brother.” (HR. Ibnu Majah)

3. Women Are Allowed To Accept Or Reject Men Who Propose To Her

When proposing, it is good if the female candidate is asked and waits for the answer first. This is intended so that there is no coercion that occurs in the sermon process.

4. It is not allowed to propose to a woman who is in the period of Iddah

A woman who is in the period of iddah or who has just died, divorced by her husband, has a grace period during which she is not allowed to remarry. If the period of the iddah has not yet been completed, then the man must wait first and is forbidden to propose to her directly.

5. Choosing a Partner That Suits the Prophet’s Teachings

Whether it’s a man or a woman, they should choose a partner based on their religion. Only after that can you choose a partner based on good looks, beauty, lineage, and wealth.

Principles of Sermon Law

Islam not only regulates marriage, but also about sermons. In Al Quran , Allah SWT said: “There is no sin for anyone who proposes to those women by hiding or just with a desire in the heart to marry them in your heart.

Allah understands that you will mention their names, therefore you should not mention the promise of marriage with the women in secret, except just to say (to them) a good word.

And don’t be determined or determined to get married, before the woman finishes her iddah period. And know that Allah SWT knows everything that is in your heart, so fear Him and you need to know that Allah SWT is Most Forgiving and Most Merciful. (QS Al-Baqarah: 235).

In a hadith, the Prophet SAW said: “Prophet Muhammad SAW forbade a person to buy something that his brother is buying or bargaining for, and the Messenger of God also forbade a person to propose to a woman who has been betrothed until the person who proposes leaves the woman or allows her.

Sermon Terms and Limitations

According to the narration of some great scholars, the sermon is classified as an introduction and preparation before the wedding. Conducting a sermon that binds a woman before deciding to marry is permissible. As long as the terms and conditions of the sermon can be fulfilled according to Islamic law.

Khitbah is allowed in Islam because it aims to find out the willingness of the woman to be betrothed. At the same time as a promise process that the man is serious about marrying the woman.

The following are some conditions for women who are allowed to preach, among others:

1. It can be done to women who are still single or widows who have completed their Eid period.
2. Women who are not in the period of iddah. In the Qur’an, Allah SWT says: “And the husband has the right to refer to the ex-wife during the waiting period, when the husbands want to marry.” (QS Al-Baqarah: 228)
3. Women are not mahram for other men
4. Women who are not or have not been proposed to by a man. The Prophet SAW said: “You (a man) should not propose to a woman whose brother has already betrothed her. Before the man left the woman or already allowed it. (HR Abu Hurairah)

On the other hand, the sermon is one of the stages or processes before the marriage, but is not included in the marriage. So, even though they have been preached, they will still have limitations that the bride-to-be should know.

1. The sermon does not mean that a relationship between a man and a woman becomes halal. Both still have to remain within the sharia corridor. Even though it has been preached, but they must still take care of each other’s actions and attitudes that are prohibited by religion. In addition, they should also keep each other away by keeping a distance between the two sides.
2. The duration of sermons and weddings should not be too long. Both parties should hasten the marriage to avoid slander and various things that are not good.

Sermon Procedures

Quoted from a Syariah Scientific Journal which obtained research results and showed that the concept of ta’aruf in the Al Quran refers to the introduction of social background, personality, culture, education, religion, and also family.

Sermons and ta’aruf in the Quran recommend prioritizing religious aspects compared to other aspects. Because, only religion can perpetuate a marriage. But on the other hand, lineage, wealth, beauty or good looks, and even position will fade and disappear as time goes by.

You need to know that there are two ways to deliver the sermon. First, with speech and words that are not clear or not straightforward.

The second is by using clear speech and in a straightforward manner. In addition, there are also some things that you need to pay attention to, both from the male and female sides. This becomes one of the important things in order to obtain a smooth preaching process leading to marriage. Here are some things you should pay attention to:

1. Knowing and Seeing Prospective Wives

Although not an obligation, but this is highly recommended before you do the sermon process. This is intended to avoid slander and doubts from men. Looking here means evaluating how the woman who will be preached in the eyes of Sharia or syar’i rules.

That is also included in the mustahsinah conditions or conditions that encourage the man to find out more about the woman he is going to preach. The man has the right to know in advance the nature and character of the woman to be betrothed.

2. The candidate is not in the process of being proposed to by someone else

Before giving a sermon, the most important thing for men to do is to find out about the status of the woman who will be preached. Is the woman still in the process of being preached to with another man or not. Don’t let it happen that you have done the sermon process, but it turns out that the woman is still in the sermon process with another man.

From Ibn Umar RA, the Prophet SAW said: “None of you should propose to someone who is being proposed to by his brother, until the first suitor leaves or allows him.” (HR Muttafaq Alaihi).

3. Women Have the Right to Reject and Accept Sermons

The prospective bride has the right to accept or reject the proposal that comes to her. Therefore, in the preaching process, the man must ask first and wait until the woman gives an answer. On the other hand, neither men nor women are allowed to force women to be betrothed.

According to the hadith of the Prophet SAW, he said: A widow has more rights over herself than her guardian. Similarly, a girl who has the right to herself in relation to her affairs. His permission is his silence. (Muttafaqun Alaih) .

In the Islamic religion, it has never been forbidden to cancel the sermon or proposal process. This is because the sermon is only a process leading to the altar and not a marriage contract. Even so, caution is needed when canceling a sermon. Because it could hurt other people’s feelings.

When the men want to cancel the sermon. It is actually not allowed to take back anything that has been given to the women when they are in the preaching process. The Prophet SAW said: It is not halal for a Muslim to give something to another person, then he asks for it back. Except the gift of a father to his children. (HR Ahmad).

Because, the sermon itself is a process aimed at the level of marriage. All conditions and rules must be met in order to obtain the expected results and obtain a happy family life.
The difference between Taaruf and Khitbah

Entering the age of 20 and above, many of us certainly start thinking about dating and marriage. Expectations about a marriage are certainly very human to think about. Because, from there you will start preparing the skills, knowledge, and materials to make this happen.

In Islam, a process leading to marriage will go through three stages. First is the ta’aruf, then the sermon, and finally the marriage contract. The current trend of ta’aruf has become one of the syar’i options to start a halal relationship. But before starting ta’aruf, you are required to ask someone who has been chosen and will be preached later, whether he has been preached by other men or not.

Because, ta’aruf and also the sermon is done before marriage. If you are still confused about the difference between the two, here are some explanations about the difference between khitbah and ta’aruf.

1. Taaruf is a process of getting to know, while preaching is a process of proposing

The stereotype about ta’aruf that makes you less familiar with your potential partner because of the lack of interaction is not true. Moreover, it is usually considered as “buying a cat in a sack”.

Through the ta’aruf process, you can dig up as much information as possible about a female or male candidate. Starting from his nature, hobbies, health conditions, dreams, and others. It’s just that, in the process, it must still be in accordance with Islamic Shari’a. That is, by being accompanied by an intermediary or mahram. The point is, you can get to know each other more deeply without excessive interaction.

While the sermon belongs to betrothed or betrothed. Ta’aruf is a series of processes before the sermon itself. Isn’t it possible for both of them to get engaged without knowing each other? One more thing you need to understand, you don’t need to spread the application information to the public. Because it is feared that undesirable things will happen before the marriage contract is performed.

2. In the Ta’aruf Phase, You Can Still Go Back Without Feeling Guilty

It’s good that during the ta’aruf process, you do it without feeling embarrassed first. Because the ta’aruf process is not easy. Maybe you will fit in, but maybe you will feel that you don’t fit in. Ta’aruf time means the moment of exploration between you and that person to find compatibility. If it turns out not to be a good match, then you and he can cancel it or back out without too much heartache.

If in the time of ta’aruf you can still be given a choice, it is different with the sermon process. Here it will be very difficult for men to cancel it. But the woman still has the right to accept or reject it. Again, ta’aruf is one of the factors that can influence the success of the preaching process.

3. Before taaruf equip yourself with knowledge, before sermon equip yourself with blessings

Although in language ta’aruf is a process of getting to know. But the term ta’aruf itself developed to describe an introduction between a man and a woman towards the stage of marriage. Because, the initial intention directly binds with a serious relationship, so you must equip yourself with enough knowledge. That is around marriage before you start ta’aruf. For example, what are the rights and obligations of a husband and wife to how to educate children who are not in school subjects.

When the ta’aruf process is underway, you also need to tell your parents or family about your candidate. Because, you must receive their permission before stepping to a more serious level, which is the preaching process.

4. Taaruf still gives time to think, while the sermon should hasten the time of marriage

In the ta’aruf process, you and the candidate are still given the opportunity to think again. The pause time given at the time of scouting is usually used for istikhara prayer. Each candidate will pray and discuss with the family. If the desire to preach is already there on the part of the man, then the woman has the right to rethink until she finds the answer.

That is very different from the sermon that opens the way to marriage. When you and the candidate have accepted each other. So it is best to hurry up the wedding. Because, after the preaching process, the next stage is the marriage contract.

Why is it urgent? Because, after finishing the sermon, one’s heart will be very easily filled with the seeds of love that are feared will make you and the candidate fall into the sin of adultery. In addition, there are other temptations that have the potential to ruin a marriage. So, the sooner you get married the better.

Those are some explanations about the meaning of the sermon and the procedures in doing it. Hopefully it will be useful for those of you who want to have a marriage process that is in accordance with Islamic law.

Key Performance Indicator – Management and evaluation are important functions that enable the organization’s work plan to be implemented well so that the organization’s ultimate goals can be achieved. A good performance management system is required for proper control and evaluation functions. A good performance management system should be able to describe business processes that take place throughout the organization.

This performance management system can also be measured by using Key Performance Indicators (KPI), so it can also be a good measure of success. The performance management system contains KPIs or key performance indicators that represent the performance of all parts of the organization and the relationship between those parts.

Many companies already have a performance management system, but only provide a “KPI list” and ignore the relationship between metrics.

During the last few decades, performance management systems such as the Balanced Score Card (BSC) have been developed to explain the relationship between indicators. In BSC, the relationship between indicators is only expressed qualitatively.

If this relationship can be expressed quantitatively, force measurement models can be used for clearer and more specific purposes. Such as, more specific improvement efforts or prediction of system operation in the future.

Meaning of Key Performance Indicators

Key Performance Indicator (KPI) is a measurement tool that describes the effectiveness of a company in achieving business goals. Simply put, Key Performance Indicator is a term used to refer to key performance indicators that need to be applied by various organizations.

Companies that use KPIs aim to measure their success in achieving their goals. In its application, KPI has characteristics that can be seen as follows:

• Measurements that are often used (Regular measurements)
• Non-financial measure
• Measures known by management
• All parties in the organization already understand and understand the KPI
• Responsible for teams and individuals
• Has a very significant and comprehensive effect
• Has a more positive effect

Key performance indicators are measured during daily, weekly, and monthly periods. A good KPI is important and continues to attract the attention of management. If someone deviates from the KPI, management can take a decision and call the person responsible.

The meaning of Key Performance Indicator has been defined by experts, as follows.

1. Iveta (2012): KPI is a quantitative and step-by-step indicator from a company with a different perspective and is based on concrete data formulated as a starting point for setting goals with organizational strategy.
2. Warren (2011): KPI is an indicator of how an organization implements its strategic vision. The strategic vision referred to refers to how the organization’s strategy is interactively integrated with the organization’s overall strategy.
3. Parmenter (2007): defines KPI as the most important thing for the success of the organization in current and future conditions.
4. Banerjee and Biotik (2012): KPIs are measurable, quantitative indicators used to evaluate the performance of organizations to achieve their goals. KPIs are also used to identify measurable objectives, and refer to support for trends and results.

In a broad sense, Key Performance Indicator can be defined as a useful decision-making tool because it helps organizations or companies measure individual performance and evaluate the performance of the organization itself to achieve its goals with the reach of the strategic vision.

The term KPI is generally used in a business context, so not everyone understands the meaning of the name. The main performance indicator, abbreviated as KPI in English, is an important indicator (key) to confirm the progress of the desired results. This performance indicator can be measured daily, weekly, monthly so that it can be considered by management.

 

Types of Key Performance Indicators

Based on the definition of  Key Performance Indicator above, in practice the company has 2 types of KPI that can be used, as follows.

1. Financial KPIs

Financial KPI is the most important form of performance indicator related to all things related to finance. An example of this financial KPI is as follows.

• Gross profit KPI, KPI that measures the amount of money left over from income after deducting cost of sales (CSP).
• Net Profit KPI, a KPI that measures the amount of residual income after deducting the selling price and other operational costs such as interest and tax burden.
• Gross profit margin KPI, a KPI that measures the percentage value obtained by dividing gross profit by sales.
• Net Profit Margin KPI, a KPI that measures the percentage value obtained by dividing net profit based on revenue.
• Current Ratio KPI, a KPI that measures financial performance from the cash balance by dividing current assets by current liabilities.

This indicator estimates how well the company will survive in the event of a sudden recession.

2. Non-Financial Key Performance Indicators

Non-Financial KPI is a type of KPI whose form does not directly affect the finances of a company. Examples of Non-Financial KPIs that companies usually have are as follows:

• Manpower Turnover about Workforce Rotation
• Customer Satisfaction metrics about the Customer Satisfaction Matrix
• Repeat Customer to New Customer Ratio about Repeat Customer to New Customer Ratio
• Market Share about Market Share

 

Reasons Why Key Performance Indicators are important for Organizations

KPIs are an important part of measuring performance and failure. KPI is also called flash or dashboard, and KPI provides entrepreneurs and administrators to get a general explanation of the actual development of the company (in a certain time). KPI measures business objectives of actual data and measured data in a specific time period.

Here are the reasons why companies need to apply KPI because it has several benefits as follows:

1. Targets Become More Measurable If Using KPIs

When using KPI, this element will be a tool to measure the range that approaches the goal. KPI is not a goal or target. For example, KPIs can show that the current team can only reach 20 percent of the desired prospects (depending on the benchmarks set by the company, of course).

Based on the information displayed by the KPI, the sales manager can determine the sales progress and why the reported results are not as expected. This will allow managers to make new strategies in the future.

2. Creating a Learning Atmosphere

The data generated by KPIs will prompt employees to create important conversations between their teammates and administrators. When used as a habit, then a learning environment will be created in the company. It is also possible to analyze if the KPI is effective, or if the KPI is reasonable enough to achieve the team.

3. Get important information 

KPIs offer a direct description of the company’s performance as a whole. The real time data shown by the KPI allows the company to adjust systematically so that the company does not need to make large-scale changes at the end of the month to achieve the target so that it is more energy efficient.

In addition to obtaining an overview of the level of performance in the work environment, some companies that use KPIs can measure how well they are achieving certain standards that may not be directly related to the business or profits of the company exactly.

4. Supporting Corporate Accountability

If there is no accurate and measurable data source as provided by KPI, the company will experience difficulties when giving employee performance evaluations. Companies can assume that their employees are performing poorly because they are hampered by involvement problems.

However, they do not have evidence that they can measure. Even if the company can measure the performance of other statistics, KPI may be the most important tool. Basically, KPI promotes employee accountability (accountability) (if they are lacking in their performance) and the company (if it is difficult for KPI to achieve).

5. Can Increase Spirit

KPIs are very useful, and employees can make employees get positive feedback because employees meet certain KPIs. The results are often quick and this creates a feeling of “having a purpose” and being able to achieve this purpose.

 

Factors That Influence Key Performance Indicators

KPIs are only useful if the company has a track record of the KPIs themselves. Companies often adopt KPIs that are commonly used in the industry. But then he wondered why the KPI did not reflect the company’s performance.

When developing a strategy to set KPIs, the team should start by ascertaining the company’s goals, the plan to achieve them, and who can take action based on that information.

This should be an iterative process that includes input from analysts, department heads, and managers. Enterprises will then gain a better understanding of how KPIs can measure enterprise business processes and who can track them.

One way to create relevant KPIs is to use SMART criteria. This term means concrete, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound.

The explanation of this KPI factor can be summarized in the following question.

• What is the purpose of the company specifically?
• Can the company measure the achievement of these goals?
• Is this goal achievable?
• Will this purpose be relevant to the enterprise?
• How long will it take to achieve this goal?

How to Set Key Performance Indicators

There are four basic criteria that must be met before an organization declares that it has implemented KPI in its operational activities. The criteria are as follows.

• Cooperation between employees, teams, suppliers, and customers
• Decentralization from the management level to the operational level
• Integration or relationship between actions, reports, and actions
• Relationship between KPI and Implementation Strategy

KPIs require interrelated system processes both from the organization itself, such as employees, managers and shareholders, as well as external parties such as customers and suppliers. Similarly, reports should be timely and efficient and focused on improving decision-making.

When implementing KPIs, it is important to define the outcome or purpose of each KPI. When applying KPIs, there is a way to plan goals that combine several criteria called SMART (concrete, measurable, achievable, realistic, time-sensitive).

Here is an explanation of the acronym SMART.

• Specific is that goals or results should be clear and specific, without general goals or expected results. When a goal or result is clear and specific, it is very easy to know when that goal/result is achieved.
• Measurable means a goal or result that must be measured both in quality and quantity. This can be set in relation to standard performance or performance expectations.
• Achievable means that it can be achieved, but it needs to be stated as a challenge, so as to encourage the organization to achieve its results or goals.
• Realistic is creating ideas that must be realistic and result-oriented, as well as achieve results or goals.
• Time Sensitive is that every result or goal has a time limit on how long it can be achieved. The fact that a goal or result requires a time limit makes it easier to measure the improvement of the next goal or result.

Developing KPIs takes time and resources for companies. The main performance indicators that are measured are indicators that meet the company’s needs, taking into account the company’s short-term strategy and goals.

 

Tips for Applying Key Performance Indicators

Here are some tips for applying Key Performance Indicators .

1. Have a Clear Purpose

Key performance indicators have clear guidelines that anyone who reads or calculates must be able to interpret the data correctly. If the business objective of your organization or company is to be a “market leader”, then the KPI objective is “increase sales by 10%” or “product marketing in Southeast Asia”.

You can arrange how to “expand the scope”. The purpose of the KPI must be clear and strategic. Strategic relationship is how to evaluate how the organization does the strategies and measurements that should be achieved, how the organization can evaluate the vision and mission they have.

2. Create a goal that achieves the outline

What is your purpose? Can you achieve it? When do you need to achieve that goal? How can you measure the progress of the applied strategy? What strategies are used to affect the finances of the organization or company?

Targets must be realistic and business process changes take time to be implemented. In the early stages of KPI monitoring, it is best to focus on long-term goals and medium-term monitoring.

3. Data Collection

KPI is a quantitative measurement. Therefore, specific and valid data is needed to determine the main performance indicators. This helps to accurately and accurately measure the indicator.

4. Review Changes to Date

The reason KPI reviews are so helpful. Let’s say the company exceeds the targeted results, for example the target of 120 percent, and still has good productivity, then it is not wrong to try to make it the next goal in order to increase results.

Instead, if it is not achieved, do not force the next goal to improve the next goal to influence the motivation and productivity of the team. In other words, the company needs to be aware of whether there is a deactivation for the team’s performance.

5. Formulating KPIs

Some KPIs contain only one metric or measure. However, in most cases it depends on the combination included in the formula.

For example, the KPI that measures income productivity from product sales is total income divided by the total number of products. Create an appropriate expression and keep testing the expression to see if the results the company gets match your realization.

6. Presentation of KPIs

To deliver key performance indicators efficiently, data must be transformed into easy-to-understand visual representations such as graphics and charts. Provide instructions to all employees about the KPI calculation process to achieve an effective and goal-oriented work pattern.

Well, that’s the explanation about the Key Performance Indicator (KPI) or the main performance indicator that needs to be implemented by the company.

 

Meaning of Entrepreneurship – The sun was shining very hot that day. Even so, it did not dampen the spirit of this grandfather to sell. It sells a variety of drinks, both hot and cold. Just by spending from 2000 rupiah to 3500 rupiah, we can enjoy the refreshing drink sold by the grandfather. Grandfather sells this drink, to meet the needs of the grandfather’s household.

The above reading tells about an economic activity carried out by a grandfather. What is this activity called?

This grandfather does an independent business alias trading, in order to meet his daily needs. The activities carried out by this grandfather are entrepreneurial activities or can also be called entrepreneurship.

Understanding Entrepreneurship

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), the word entrepreneur is a combination of two words that each have a meaning, a hero can be interpreted as a hero or a man, while the word business is an activity by exerting energy and thought to achieve a purpose.

The activities done by the grandfather in the story above, have the purpose of meeting the needs of the grandfather’s household. Because if this grandfather does not work, his family’s needs may not be met.

So the word entrepreneur can be interpreted as a person who does something with all his abilities to achieve a certain purpose.

During his journey, entrepreneurial activities developed into entrepreneurship, the term entrepreneurship is a synonym of entrepreneurship in English.

Before being translated into English, the word entrepreneurship itself comes from the French word, entreprende , which means adventurer, creator, and business manager.

Meanwhile, the understanding of entrepreneurship is an effort to determine, develop, then combine innovation, opportunities, and better ways to have more value in life.

On the book titled Entrepreneurship from Hery, SE, M.SI, CRP., RSA, CFRM. explained about developing entrepreneurship and entrepreneurship itself, an entrepreneur must be able to dare to take risks in order to gain profit. If Reader is interested in buying this book, click “buy the book below”.

 

Entrepreneurship and entrepreneurship itself is an effort that involves other resources such as natural resources, capital and technology, so that it can create wealth and prosperity through the creation of jobs, production and products that society needs. But the theory of entrepreneurship itself has developed a lot, and has its own meaning according to experts.

The Meaning of Entrepreneurship According to the Experts

1. According to Richard Cantillon (1775)

Entrepreneurship as a job itself (entrepreneurship). An entrepreneur buys goods now at a certain price and sells them in the future at an uncertain price. So this definition puts more emphasis on how a person is at risk or uncertainty.

2. According to Thomas W. Zimmerer

Entrepreneurship is the application of innovation and creativity to solve problems and take advantage of opportunities that others face every day.

3. According to Norman M. Scarborough and Thomas W. Zimmerer

Entrepreneurship is a process of creating something different by devoting all one’s time and energy accompanied by bearing financial, psychological, social risks, and receiving compensation in the form of money and personal satisfaction.

In running or creating a business, an entrepreneur must have enough knowledge, so that the business he runs runs smoothly, and is able to overcome problems that arise when the business is running.

In this time of pandemic, a strategic way of thinking is very much needed. This kind of thinking pattern is needed, so that an entrepreneur is able to adapt to the conditions that appear as a result of the Covid-19 outbreak. One of the supplies that an entrepreneur should have is the basic concept of entrepreneurship.

Concept of Entrepreneurship

5 basic concepts in entrepreneurship that Sinaumedians must know are as follows.

1. Agility / Agility

Agility is the ability of a person to change direction quickly and precisely when he moves without losing balance, so that he can adapt and survive with all the changes of the times .

This agility is closely related to the speed and ability to learn new things. The pandemic that came suddenly seemed to speed up the habits of our lives. From the entrepreneurial side, a person is required to be nimble in responding to these conditions, both in terms of strategy, results, and the market.

2. Endurance

Endurance refers to a condition that emphasizes continuous work capacity. Many economic sectors are out of business during this pandemic. Immunity in individuals, as well as companies, is affected by the pandemic.

Endurance is greatly influenced by the smoothness of production, and sales. If the products produced are still needed by many consumers during this pandemic, by itself the company’s income will continue to flow. Only those who have high endurance, can pass the test.

3. Speed

Speed ​​is the ability of a person to perform continuous movement in the shortest possible time. An entrepreneur must have speed in innovating to rush forward to respond to market challenges and how quickly an entrepreneur can outpace his competitors.

4. Flexibility

Flexibility is someone who is able to adapt to life wherever he is. Flexibility is one of the necessary factors in adapting. An entrepreneur is expected to have good adaptability. Wherever the place is, able to maximize the potential of the existing space, to carry out business processes, without having to complain about the condition of the existing place.

5. Strength

Strength or strength, which is an ability of human physical condition that is required in improving the performance of learning movement. Strength is one of the elements of physical condition that is very important in responding to entrepreneurial activities, because it can help improve the function of components such as speed, agility and accuracy.

If you want to be at the forefront or be able to survive in a pandemic, if you have all these elements in a business person, then it will be very likely to survive and develop yourself.

 

Benefits of Entrepreneurship

The number of people who want to become entrepreneurs is due to the fact that entrepreneurship itself has several benefits, including?

1. Opening a New Job

When someone already has a large enough business, then to develop it, additional employees are needed in order to be able to fulfill orders. For this reason, entrepreneurship can open up new jobs, so that it can help make the community prosperous.

2. Role in Economic Growth

Entrepreneurship will always be related to the economy, so when you are an entrepreneur, you directly play a role in economic growth, be it on a regional or national scale.

3. Be able to own a business according to the field you like

Working according to the field you like will certainly be very easy and earn income. With entrepreneurship, then the field you like can become a business, like someone who likes to cook can own a restaurant.

4. Knowing Things That Are Trending 

The next benefit from entrepreneurship is being able to know what’s trending , so you don’t miss the latest information. Moreover, a business will be able to continue to grow, if it continuously follows the trend that is happening.

Characteristics of Entrepreneurship

To be an entrepreneur, then we must have entrepreneurial characteristics. This characteristic is very necessary because it will make it easier for someone to create a business that he will develop. Entrepreneurial characteristics as follows:

1. Discipline

The first entrepreneurial characteristic is discipline. In this case, discipline can mean as a motivation to be able to run the business to the maximum. As for examples of discipline characteristics, such as being good at managing time, being able to set targets, and so on.

2. Be honest

Honesty is one of the characteristics of an entrepreneur that must be possessed. This is due to being honest, it will make many consumers interested in buying a product that is being sold.

3. Independent

It has become a common thing when running a business to be able to make decisions quickly. Therefore, you need to have independent characteristics so as not to depend too much on others in making decisions.

4. Innovative

The development of the times will continue to change, so the needs and desires of consumers will also change. Therefore, an entrepreneur must have an innovative spirit so that the products he makes continue to be liked by consumers.

5. Have High Commitment

A business will be difficult to develop if there is no high commitment. Therefore, an entrepreneur needs to have a high commitment in developing his business. That way, the business developed will be able to compete with competitors.

Purpose of Entrepreneurship

In running a business, when an entrepreneur makes a plan, he must have a purpose. Big or small, this entrepreneurial activity has an impact on life. For more clarity, let’s look at some of the goals of entrepreneurship.

1. Supporting the Emergence of Small Businesses

An emerging entrepreneurial activity must involve many people to support the running of a business. The involvement of these human resources, can be acknowledged directly or not, will form new characters as business actors.

In the time of this pandemic, many economic sectors stopped, as a result many human resources lost their source of income. Currently, what is needed is an entrepreneurial activity that favors the economy of the people. If the economic activities of the people are fully supported, then new jobs will open up, and the community’s economy will also be helped.

2. The Welfare of the Raised Society

The sluggishness of the economy due to the pandemic, resulting in an increase in poverty in the community. However, there are still some economic activities going on, which are expected to be able to provide support for the national economy.

Armed with a strong concept of entrepreneurship, new innovations will emerge, thus, new business spaces will emerge, thus suppressing the unemployment figure.

3. Cultivating the Spirit of Innovation

When a person is under a certain pressure, sometimes it will trigger a spirit of thinking that is different from before. Not infrequently, new innovations will emerge from this kind of condition. So, if interpreted with a positive attitude, this pandemic also has a role, shaping a person’s personality to progress.

In entrepreneurship we must also have a spirit of passion, be willing and able to do difficult and risky work, and rely on our own abilities in making the right decisions. Through a book titled Cultivating the Spirit of Entrepreneurship by Rachmat Hidayat, Reader will be taught various ways so that the spirit within does not die out.

Thus, if the goal of entrepreneurship is achieved, then the national economy will grow.

Nature of Entrepreneurship

In business, there must be ups and downs, there are successes and failures. In order for a business to survive, even grow, and have an impact, an entrepreneur must have good entrepreneurial qualities.

An economist named McClelland said that an ideal entrepreneur has the following traits and characteristics:

1. Desire to perform

The desire to achieve is a trait that originates from within an entrepreneur, which appears because of the desire and drive to be powerful in achieving goals. An entrepreneur must have strategic business instincts, capable of generating large and fast profits..

2. Desire to be responsible

A high sense of responsibility is an important thing to have when carrying out entrepreneurial activities. A commitment to a decision taken, when an entrepreneur develops a business, or decides to become an entrepreneur, must be carried out responsibly

.This responsibility applies to all matters related to the running of a business, such as responsibility for the business that has been developed, responsibility for the available resources, as well as responsibility for the management of the results of the business.

3. Prejudice against secondary risks

In entrepreneurial activities, there must be various achievements or goals that you want to achieve. The process to achieve them, requires stages of mature work planning.

This planning is organized as a strategy to face all the obstacles that appear when the business is running. In preparing a work plan, it must be possible to anticipate the risks that will appear, as well as an analysis of the causes of business failure, or non-development of the business.

4. Understanding of a success

When formulating the purpose of entrepreneurship, it must be followed by a belief. It is this belief that becomes the spirit of an entrepreneur who feels able to achieve the target that has been planned. A self-confidence and belief that what has been produced is a quality product that can be accepted by the community.

5. Stimulation by feedback

In the course of a business, input from various parties is very necessary. The input is in the form of feedback, as an evaluation of a product produced. This assessment can vary, according to what the customer feels.

If this feedback is in the form of a good assessment, then the entrepreneur can maintain, or even improve the quality of the product produced. Similarly, if what appears is a negative assessment, then quickly, as an entrepreneur, must evaluate yourself and improve it, to suit the wishes or taste of the customer.

6. Energetic activity

An entrepreneur must have a high spirit. This is needed to support all business activity processes that have been developed. Thanks to a high spirit, it can make an entrepreneur to find a variety of innovative ideas, so that it is easy to find a solution to a problem.

7. Orientation to the future

In planning a business, it is hoped not only for the short term, but should be oriented far into the future, not only a matter of time, but also a tendency towards innovation, also a tendency that is needed by the community at the time of this pandemic. Vision to be able to respond to events that appear, should also be owned by entrepreneurs.

8. Skills in organizing

Having an organizational system in a company is very important. An entrepreneur is expected to have skills in organizing a company. Even without employees in the beginning. But in its development, a business will definitely need employees as supporters of this business.

Organization in the company functions as a means of acceleration in achieving the target, besides that the organization also facilitates coordination between units, the division of tasks and authority, and minimizes the risk of internal conflict in the body of the company.

9. Attitude towards money

One of the yardsticks of success in running a business, is getting a large net profit. Meaning, an entrepreneur should use good and correct methods to obtain maximum profit. But what should not be forgotten, is the management of this profit, it is definitely money.

Profits from business results should be well managed. Don’t let it, It is undeniable that more profit is the desire of every entrepreneur. But it should also be noted in the management of money. Don’t let the profits that have been obtained be misused for bad things.

Such is the nature of entrepreneurship that can certainly support your success in running a business. In its development, types of entrepreneurship appeared, to respond to the needs and conditions that exist at the moment. Each entrepreneur has different nature and characteristics, so we need to dig more insight into the types of businesses that match the nature and characteristics of each entrepreneur.

Types of Entrepreneurs

There are at least 3 types of entrepreneurs that are popular in Indonesia and their examples.

1. Retail Business

Retail business is a type of business that never dies. This business is also referred to as direct retail sales to consumers. This business can be said to be a type of business with minimal risk, because the competition that occurs is only limited between retailers.

A popular retail business today is a network of minimarkets that number in the thousands, and are spread throughout Indonesia. Thus, it can be imagined, how much profit the manager gets every year?

However, building a retail business is not an easy thing, and requires guidance and the right way to be successful. There are organizational structures, financial management, supervision and handling of products, employees, and many more that become the success of a retail business. For Reader who are interested, the book entitled Sukses Berbisnis Ritel is the right choice to start learning everything about retail business.

 

2. Business Startup

The internet is no longer a luxury item. Internet network is a daily necessity. By using a smartphone, we can do economic activities, or business through our mobile phone. This is called the digital industry. In this time of pandemic, doing business through digital startups has become the most chosen method by business people, both on a home scale, up to those with a turnover of hundreds of millions of rupiahs per day.

Doing business in the era of Industry 4.0 is not an easy thing, where in achieving success from the time of establishing a Start-up to undertaking various efforts to become a unicorn must go through various processes. In the book entitled From A Startup To A Unicorn, E-Commerce And Digital Business by M. Suyanto, Reader will be given an overview of how to start the business.

One of the actors of this business model that has been successful in Indonesia is the business pioneered by our current education minister. Starting from an online transportation business, the business has now turned into a platform that provides many services for the community.

For example, the GO-JEK platform that was established in 2011 by Nadiem Makarim started his business from a start-up businessman until now, GO-JEK was able to reach the level of a unicorn, as well as Nadiem Makarim himself who was able to grow from a business owner and is now the Minister of Education and Indonesian culture.

If Reader is interested in understanding more about Nadiem Makarim’s success story, Nadiem Makarim’s book: From Business Start Up Level Unicorn to Walking to the Palace by Andhika Bayangkara can be the right choice.

 

3. Creative Industry

The government, in the last few years, has encouraged young people who have creativity, so that they can contribute to the creative industry in Indonesia. This industry purely relies only on the creativity of young people who are able to respond to opportunities that develop in accordance with the market’s wishes.

Various fields of business in the creative industry such as fashion designers, writers, copywriters, painters, designers, ghostwriters, article writers, and many more. The book titled Business Ideas for Freelancers in the Creative Industry by JUD – Jubilee Digital will help Reader in finding the most suitable business for you.

As information for you, businesses like this, the capital is relatively small, compared to other industries. This business does not have a specific framework, so the direction of this industry is freely developed according to the creativity of the products produced.

Sinaumedians, a pandemic that came suddenly, paralyzed many joints in human life, therefore, from that, an ability is needed that can systematically apply creativity and innovation in meeting needs, and be able to read opportunities in the market.

In line with the demands of very rapid change in this pandemic condition, a business is required to have superiority, equalization, and competition, so what is needed is the ability, as well as the insight to read what business opportunities are able to survive.

In responding to this pandemic, the discipline of entrepreneurship is developing naturally but quickly, small and medium enterprises, as well as micro, small and medium enterprises become the backbone of economic acceleration in our country.

Meaning of Obligations – When talking about obligations, everyone must have heard it, from children to adults. In fact, the obligation is already very attached to the daily activities or activities carried out by the community. This obligation makes one realize that obligations must be done before rights. Basically, in every human being there will always be obligations followed by rights.

Rights and obligations are always side by side or can be said to be inseparable from each other. Although living side by side, but in everyday life it is necessary for everyone to do their obligations first. Obligations that are done with, good, true, and full of responsibility will bring rights. For example, a person who works in a company with a full sense of responsibility will get his rights as an employee, that is to get a wage or salary.

Therefore, obligations that are done to the maximum can increase the well-being for a person. In fact, the well-being can also be felt by the group. Obligations performed by a person are usually performed in accordance with the rules in force and the rules that have been agreed upon together.

Obligations that are already known by many people indicate that everyone already knows the obligations that must be done. For example, the obligation for students is to study, the obligation for citizens is to obey the applicable laws. So, it can be said that obligation is something that is very important for every human being who acts as a social being.

Without obligations, it will be difficult for a person to determine what activities should be done first. In addition, rights cannot arise if obligations do not exist. So, it is necessary for everyone to know their obligations in their lives. A person who does his duty will usually be more “regarded” by every member of society.

So, what exactly is meant by obligation? Below will discuss the meaning of obligations, types of obligations, and examples of obligations in everyday activities. So, read this article to the end, Reader.

Definition of Obligation

If interpreted in general, an obligation is an action that must be done by a person. Every action taken is a form of full responsibility for the problems that are happening, whether legally or morally. Therefore, obligations will always be attached to human life in doing social activities, starting from children to adults.

Meanwhile, in the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), obligation is (something) that is obligatory or something that must be implemented or a necessity. According to the definition of obligation from KBBI, it can be said that an obligation is a task or job that must be done and completed well.

We can see this act of obligation while still sitting on the school bench where a student has an obligation to study. Not only that, in the world of work, a task or job must be completed so as not to be scolded by the company’s leadership. So, never delay the action of obligations because it could harm yourself or others.

In addition, there are also other opinions that state that by performing an obligatory action, then we will acquire a right. For example, a student who has an obligation to study, so that a student can get good grades. Not only that, a person who fulfills an obligation can get rights as we can see in an employee of a company. Employees who have completed a job will earn a salary, so they can improve their well-being.

Understanding Obligations According to the Experts

In order to make it easier to understand the meaning of obligation, we will discuss the meaning of obligation according to the experts. The definition of obligation according to the experts is as follows.

Prof. RMT Sukamto Notonagoro

Prof. RMT Sukamto Notonagoro revealed that obligations are something that must be done by certain parties with a sense of responsibility and with principles that can be forcibly demanded by interested parties.

John Salmond

According to John Salmond, an obligation is something that a person must do and if he does not do something, he will receive sanctions.

Frederick Pollock

Frederick Pollock said that an obligation is the same as a duty and in the legal sense, an obligation is something that can be legally binding between two or more people.

Types of Obligations

An obligation which is an action that must be done and completed has several types. According to George Nathaniel Curzon, obligations are divided into five types, namely absolute obligations, public obligations, positive and negative obligations, general and specific obligations, and primary obligations.

Absolute Obligation

An absolute obligation is an obligation that a person must do to himself and is not related to rights and without having to associate the rights of other parties. One example of an absolute obligation is a person who is obliged to perform the worship that he believes in. For religious people, performing worship is an obligatory thing, so it is necessary not to abandon worship.

Public Obligations

Public obligations are types of obligations related to public rights. Our public obligations are often in legal regulations where everyone must obey criminal laws and regulations. In addition, examples of public obligations can be done by obeying traffic signs when driving and building order in society.

Positive and Negative Obligations 

Positive and negative obligations are the obligations of a human being to do or not do something. In other words, positive obligation is a person’s obligation to intend to do something. While a negative obligation is a person’s obligation not to intend to do something.

An example of a positive obligation is that a person must report to the authorities when his rights have been taken by force. Meanwhile, an example of a negative obligation is not to commit acts of defamation even if the right has been taken.

General and Specific Obligations

General obligations are obligations aimed at all citizens who live and live in a country in general. Meanwhile, special obligations are types of obligations that are only performed or performed by some groups, such as those in the field of agreements or in the field of law.

An example of a general obligation is that all people must obey the rules of a country, either those who come to that country or those who already live in that country. An example of a special obligation can be seen in someone who has paid for goods or services from an agreement that has been agreed upon.

Primary Obligations

Primary obligations are obligations that can arise from someone’s actions or behavior that is not against the law. In other words, primary obligations are a type of obligation that is directly related to the regulations and laws that apply in a country. For example, the obligation to pay taxes and the obligation not to defame others.

In addition, primary obligations can arise due to actions or behavior against the law. We can see the example when someone has to pay a loss or a fine for an action that has been done.

Types of Obligations Based on Sources

Obligations also have several types based on their source, among them:

Legal Obligations

A legal obligation is an obligation that must be obeyed and if it is not done, it will be given legal sanctions that apply to a country. For example, a person or a company must pay taxes that are in accordance with the legal regulations that are in effect. Another example of a legal obligation is the obligation to pay a fine for actions that have been taken.

Moral Obligations

Moral obligations are obligations that are not connected to the law, but must still be obeyed and in their implementation must be done according to the condition of the person’s conscience. As for examples of moral obligations we can see or can do, such as helping people who are in difficult conditions, respecting parents or teachers, and others.

Types of Obligations Based on Form

The type of obligation is not only based on the source, but can be based on the form. Below will be explained the types of obligations based on form, namely:

Social Obligations

Social obligations are obligations that are more directed towards loyalty to things that can be accepted by a person collectively. If a person has agreed or agreed to an agreement or promise that has been made, then collectively that person has agreed to every condition that is already in the agreement and that person is obliged to fulfill every condition that exists.

Written Obligations

A written obligation is a type of obligation that has entered into an agreement or a contract, so that in the contract there is a legal bond that has bound the agreement between two or more parties. In this written obligation, everyone who is in the agreement must perform the obligations that have been written in the agreement.

In general, a legal contract or legal agreement contains the acceptance of an offer, offer, consideration of the value to be exchanged, and the intention to bind something into a legal agreement.

Political Obligation

Political obligation is the obligation that everyone has towards their political views. In other words, a person is free to determine his political choice because every political choice is not connected to the applicable law.

Although it is not connected with legal regulations, but political obligations can be considered as one of the requirements of the society in complying with the legal regulations already applicable in a country. One of the examples of political obligations in Indonesia is participating in election activities.

Examples of Obligations

In order to make it easier to understand obligations, we need to know examples of obligations in everyday life. Examples of obligations in daily life are as follows.

Obligations as a Driver

1. Obey Every Traffic Sign That Happens

Drivers must obey every traffic sign in order to reduce the risk of accidents. Each traffic sign has its own meaning, so a driver must be able to understand the meaning of each traffic sign.

2. Wearing Protection When Driving

When driving there is always the possibility of an accident, so when driving we must use protection. In this case, when riding a motorbike, you must use a helmet and when driving a car you must use a safety belt .

Obligations in the Home Environment

1. Keeping the House Clean

For every member of the family, it is mandatory to keep the house clean so that the home environment becomes healthy and comfortable. Usually, to keep the house clean, each member of the family already has their own duties.

2. Save on electricity at home

Every member of the family must save electricity. By saving electricity, we are taking care of existing resources. Therefore, when you have finished using an electronic device, it is best to turn it off immediately, such as after using the washing machine, using the computer, watching TV, etc.

3. Obey Good Rules in the Family 

In a family, there must be rules that are in place, so every member of the family must obey every rule that is in place. Obeyed rules will increase harmony in a family. However, the rules that must be obeyed are good rules, not rules that can be harmful.

4. Helping the Elderly

To pour love into a family, a child can do it by helping parents. Parents will be happy when their children help them.

Obligations in the Community Environment

1. Not Disturbing Others

In everyday life, fellow human beings should not disturb each other, so that they can create peace and comfort in society. An act of disturbing others can make social life bad. In fact, it does not rule out the possibility of causing conflict.

2. Helping Others Who Are Experiencing Difficulties

The obligation in the next community is to help others when they are experiencing difficulties. A person who is given help will definitely be happy, so that the individual’s relationship with each other becomes more harmonious.

3. Mutual respect and appreciation for all people regardless of religion, race, tribe, and language

The community environment will be comfortable, good, and harmonious as long as each member of the community respects and appreciates each other. In doing acts of mutual respect and appreciation there is no need to look at the background of race, religion, tribe, and language.

Obligations in the School Environment

1. Respect Teachers and All School Staff

When a student enters the school environment, it is obligatory to respect the teacher. Not only teachers, but students should also respect the school staff. By respecting the teacher and all school staff will create a good relationship between students and teachers and school staff.

2. Keeping the School Environment Clean and Comfortable

Learning activities will be more comfortable when the school environment is clean, especially the cleanliness of the classroom. Maintaining the comfort and cleanliness of the school environment is an obligation for students, teachers, and school staff. To keep the environment clean, a picket schedule is usually given and there are janitors.

3. Collecting Tasks On Time

A student’s duty is to study, so every task given by the teacher should be collected on time. Tasks that are not collected on time can reduce the value and sometimes be punished by the teacher.

4. Following the Learning Process Well and Correctly

In the school environment, there must be something called teaching and learning activities. So that the knowledge given can be well received, then a teacher must use appropriate learning media. With the learning media, the students will easily accept the information that has been given by the teacher, so that good and true learning is created as well as effective and efficient.

5. Appreciating Students

In the school environment, not only the students respect the teachers and school staff, but the teachers and school staff must also respect the students regardless of the background and physical condition of the students. The existence of mutual appreciation and respect has a very positive impact on life in the school environment.

Conclusion

Duty is something that everyone should have. It is not just owned, but the obligation must be understood so that it can be done correctly and with a sense of responsibility. Obligatory actions performed by a person are generally performed based on the applicable law and have been agreed upon. In addition, in everyday life that is carried out in the community, obligations can work to solve problems and can give rise to rights.

Obligations will always change with age and role in society. For example, the older you get, the greater the responsibility and the obligations of a child will be different from the obligations of a father. Although obligations often change, but still obligations must be done before rights.

 

Meaning of Ijma and Qiyas – In the Islamic religion there are sources of law that are used as a guide in living life in this world, one of them is ijma and qiyas. This source of Islamic law contains various things related to life, ranging from things that can be done in this world to things that cannot be done. In addition, the source of Islamic law also contains things that can increase reward and things that can distance oneself from Allah SWT.

Without a source of Islamic law, it will be difficult for Muslims to determine the direction of a good life and it will be difficult to know how to get closer to God. Every problem that exists in this world is already in the source of Islamic law, so for Muslims it is necessary to obey every Islamic law that is in effect.

The sources of Islamic law are divided into 4, namely the first is the Qur’an, then there are Hadiths, the third is Ijma, and the fourth is Qiyas. So, for Muslims to find the legal source of a problem and the solution must be from the Quran first. If you do not find a solution to a problem in the Al-Quran in the Al-Quran, then look for it through the hadiths that already exist.

However, sometimes there are some problems whose solutions are not found in the sources of Islamic law, Al-Quran and Hadith, so what is the solution to these problems? At that time, such a thing was once asked by a friend of the Prophet langs to Nabu Muhammad SAW. The question has been answered by Prophet Muhammad SAW.

However, when the Prophet Muhammad SAW died, the question appeared and the companions could not find the answer to a problem that was happening because there was no legal basis in the Quran and Hadith.

Because there is nothing that can be asked anymore, the Muslim community began to look for Islamic law that is more complex in nature so that every problem in the world can be solved. From that desire, a new source of Islamic law was born, namely Ijma and Qiyas. Although Ijma and Qiyas are among the sources of Islamic law, their position is still below the Al-Quran and Hadith.

Ijma and Qiyas until now are often used to find a solution to a problem that is not in the Quran and Hadith. So, what is Ijma and what is Qiyas? Reader, read this review till the end, yes, happy reading.

The meaning of Ijma

Linguistically, ijma means as a thing in the form of gathering various kinds of things that then give a law on the matter and believe in the law. While in general, ijma is a roundness or decision from the opinions that come from the scholars of ijtihad after the death of the Prophet Muhammad SAW and using the Shariah law.

In addition, quoting from the almanhaj page, generally speaking, ijma comes from the word ajma’a yjjimiu ijma’an and uses the noun maf’ul mujma . Therefore, ijma has two meanings. First, the sentence ajma’a fulan ‘ala safar has the meaning that he has strongly determined to be safat and has strengthened his intention.

Then, the meaning of both ijma is agree. In the sentence ajma’ muslimun ‘ala kadza, it means that they will agree on a matter or problem that is happening. That way, Muslims become calmer when facing a problem and will not get lost and walk on a good and true path.

The caliphs and state leaders are the people who do ijma at the beginning of ijma being applied. From the ijma activities, they were considered and trusted by the Muslims at that time to create a source of Islamic law through ijma activities. The source of Islamic law, ijma was successfully made thanks to deliberation by the caliphs. However, currently those who make sources of Islamic law must meet the conditions that have been determined.

Since ijma can be used as a source of Islamic law, it is not allowed for any person to make ijma. In other words, only the experts who have succeeded in reaching mujtahid whose opinions can be held accountable, so that the sources of Islamic law presented can provide benefit and goodness for all Muslims.

In addition, the time that continues to grow and the era that also grows makes deliberation of consensus activities also grow. Currently, to make ijma or the third source of Islamic law must be followed by several parties, such as ushul fiqh experts, scholars, and ijtihad experts .

Evidence of Consensus in the Qur’an

Consensus activities that aim to produce sources of Islamic law, the arguments are found in the verses of the Quran, including:

1. Surat An-Nisa Verse 115

Whoever opposes the Messenger (Prophet Muhammad) after the truth is clear to him and follows a path that is not the path of the believers, We will leave him in his error and We will put him in Jahanam (hell). That’s as bad as a place back.

2. Surat Al-Baqarah Verse 143

Similarly, We have made you (Muslims) a middle people *40) so that you may be witnesses to (deeds of) people and so that the Messenger (Prophet Muhammad) may be witnesses to (deeds) of you. We do not fix the Qiblah (Jerusalem) to which you (formerly) turned, except that We know (in reality) who follows the Messenger and who turns back. Indeed (moving the Qibla) is very difficult, except for those who have been guided by Allah. God will not waste your faith. Indeed, Allah is truly Merciful and Merciful to mankind.

*40) The middle class means the chosen people, the best, fair, and balanced, both in beliefs, thoughts, attitudes, and behavior.

Consensus position

The position of consensus among several scholars is different or it can be said that several scholars have different opinions about consensus. Quoting from the site siswadywordpress.com that according to Jumhur ulama’ ushul Fiqh if the principles of ijma have been properly fulfilled, then the ijma that has been made can be used as a definite argument (qath’i). Therefore, the ijma must be practiced or done and no one can violate it. For someone who violates it can be considered a kafir.

In addition, a problem that already has a law through ijma activities, then the next generation of ushul fiqh cannot discuss problems that have happened before. This is because ijma law is a syara’ law whose nature is already qath’i or certain. In addition, ijma law is ranked third in syariah evidence’ after law based on the Qur’an and Hadith.

However, for some Shi’ite scholars, and a Mu’tazilah figure, Ibrahim bin Siyar al Nazzam, has the opinion that consensus cannot be used as evidence. Ibrahim bin Siyar al Nazzam revealed that the social and cultural structure in each region is not always the same, so consensus cannot be used as evidence.

Types of Consensus

According to ushul fiqh scholars, ijma consists of two types, namely ijma Al Sukuti and ijma Al Sarih.

Ijma Al Suukuti

Ijma Al Suukti is a type of consensus when scholars or ijtihad experts decide to remain silent, but the silence of ulama or ijtihad experts is because they agree with all the opinions that have been presented by ijtihad experts and other scholars.

Ijma Al Sarih. 

Ijma Al Sarih is a type of consensus in which the scholars and experts of ijtihad each convey their opinion related to the problem that occurs, whether it is conveyed orally or in writing. The opinion presented is in the form of agreeing or disagreeing with the opinions that have been presented by other scholars and ijtihad.

Ijma Al Sarih has quite a variety of names, such as iqma qauli, ijma hakiki, ijma bayani, and others. Therefore, there are those who call the consensus of Al Sarih with the name of genuine consensus or something else. Although it has a different pronunciation, it still does not reduce the meaning of the consensus of Al Sarih itself.

Those are the types of consensus according to ushul fiqh scholars. In addition, some sources also say that in addition to the Al Sarih consensus and the Al Suukti consensus, there are still several other types of consensus, such as the consensus of the Madinah scholars, the consensus of the Ahlul Bait, the consensus of the Kufah scholars, the Salaby consensus, and the consensus of Khulafaur Rasyidin (Abu Bakar and Umar). . After discussing the types of consensus, the next thing we will discuss is the pillars of consensus.

Pillars of Consensus

Quoting from the Sharia discussion page that in the book of ‘Ilm Ushul Fiqh, Abul Wahaf Khalaf thinks that the principle of consensus is an element and the main fact that must be present when conducting consensus. He also believes that there are 4 pillars of consensus, namely:

1. When there is an event or problem whose solution requires consensus, there must be several people who are equal to the mujtahid. An agreement in ijma cannot be confirmed if it does not agree with the consensus of opinion of all the mujtahids who made the ijma. In addition, if at one time and in one region there is no mujtahid at all or there is only one, then the ijma is invalid or cannot be used.
2. All the mujtahids who are in the making of ijma must have an agreement on the law of a problem without having to look at or look at specific tribes, races, groups, and countries. In other words, ijma cannot be valid if the mujtahids have a comprehensive agreement.
3. An agreement in ijma can be reached and valid if every mujtahid present has conveyed his opinion as a form of the result of his ijtihad efforts. As for the form of the opinion, it can be in the form of a speech issuing a fatwa in the form of Action by giving a decision against the law in a court as well as his position as a judge. The presentation of opinions can be in the form of individuals only, but the result is that all scholars and mujtahids have the same opinion.
4. The legal agreement that has been reached when performing ijma comes from the consensus of scholars and mujtahids as a whole. If there are some scholars or mujtahid who do not agree with the result of the agreement that has been determined, then such a thing cannot be called ijma. If there is a difference of opinion, then there is a possibility that the consensus that will be made has errors. In other words, even if the agreement in making ijma already has a majority vote that agrees, but there are still some scholars who do not agree, then it cannot be used as a definite proof of syariah.

Example of consensus

In order to better understand what consensus is, we need to know examples of consensus. The following are examples of consensus, including:

1. The consensus of scholars and mujtahids on the prohibition of lard.
2. Produced an agreement in the form of writing the Al-Quran which was done during the leadership of Abu Bakar As Shidiq.
3. Being as-sunnah as the second source of Islamic law after the first source of Islamic law, Al-Quran.

Meaning of Qiyas

Qiyas is one of the four sources of Islamic law that have been agreed upon by scholars and mujahids. As for the other three sources of Islamic law, namely the Quran, Hadith, and Ijma. Linguistically, the word qiyas comes from the root word, qaasa-yaqishu-qiyaasan which means measurement. In addition, qiyas in language means an action to measure something or an event that is then equated. The scholars of usul fiqh say that although qiyas are very diverse, they still have the same meaning.

Whereas, according to the term, qiyas is an action to compare something that does not have a written law with something that does have a written law, then seen based on the similarity of evil observed in accordance with the syar’a’. According to Imam Syafi’i, the position of qiyas is below consensus, so qiyas becomes the last source of Islamic law.

Pillar of Qiyas

Similar to ijma, qiyas also has its principles. With the principles of qiyas, then qiyas becomes valid. Therefore, in determining qiyas, the principles of qiyas must be met first.

1. Ashl 

Ashl is the origin of a problem that already exists before or the law already exists in the form of ijma or nash. Ashl also has another name that is more commonly known as musyabbah bi or place of reckoning.

2. Ashl Law

Ashl law is syariah law that has been established by nash and is required to establish the faru law. In other words, the position of ashl law must be clear, whether it includes sunnah, wajib, mubah, and makruh.

3. Far’u

Far’u is a branch that comes from the problem of ashl (origin). This rule of law usually comes from a consequence of a cause that already exists before.

4. Illat

If viewed linguistically, illat can be interpreted as a reason and become ashl law (origin) or it can be said that illat becomes a reason for legal requirements.

Type of Qiyas

Qiyas are divided into 3 types, namely qiyas illat, qiyas dalalah, and qiyas shabah.

1. Qiyas Illat

Qiyas illat is a type of qiyas that already has a certain clarity from the two questions that have been compared and measured. Qiyas illat consists of two types, namely qiyas jail, qiyas khafi, and qiyas.

2. Qiyas Dalalah

Qiyas dalalah is a type of qiyas that already shows the law that is in accordance with evidence of illat. Qiyas dalalah can also be interpreted as a type of qiyas that can be applied by connecting the branches and branches of the law based on illat.

3. Qiyas Shabah

Qiyas shabah is a qiyas that brings together the branches of qiyas with a main problem that works only for comparison.

Evidence of Qiyas in the Qur’an

Surat An-Nisa Verse 59

Meaning:

O you who believe, obey Allah and obey the Messenger (Prophet Muhammad) and the ululamri (power holders) among you. If you disagree about something, return it to Allah (the Qur’an) and the Messenger (the Sunnah) if you believe in Allah and the Last Day. That is better (for you) and better as a result (in this world and in the hereafter).

The argument is also used as a reference in doing or making qiyas.

Qiyas example

Examples of qiyas near us include:

1. Define narcotics as alcohol or intoxicating drinks.
2. Renting during the call to prayer on Friday has the law of makruh.

Thus the discussion about ijma and qiyas which is the third and fourth source of Islamic law. Hopefully all the discussions in this article will be useful for Reader.

 

Lexicological definition of law – Hello, Reader , you must know that in social life, there are rules in the form of standards and sanctions that are agreed to be implemented by both parties. Laws are created for the purpose of regulating and maintaining order and justice so that chaos can be controlled or prevented.

Every country has different legal regulations, including Indonesia. According to paragraph 3 of article 1, Indonesia is a country governed by the rule of law and every Indonesian citizen must obey the laws that apply in Indonesia.

The laws of each country are customary rules that are considered binding and formalized by the country or an official government agency. There are many laws in Indonesia, laws, government regulations, presidential decisions, regional regulations.

For example, there are Indonesian citizens who do not comply or do not follow the legal standards in Indonesia, then the people who violate will be subject to sanctions, which can be in the form of imprisonment or paying a fine.

The meaning of law differs according to lexicological or according to legal experts. In this article, Sinaumedia will discuss the meaning of law in lexicological terms, do you Reader know what lexicological is?

Lexicology is a branch of semantics that studies all language components that contain information about the use of words and their meaning. The fact that the meaning studied in lexicology is fixed.

The scope of research is syntax, idioms, synonyms, polysemy and lexical components. The dictionary learns to check the vocabulary that will be used as an entry in the dictionary. The various types of dictionaries that appear as an indication of the development of linguistic dictionaries also contribute to the development of lexicology.

One of the tasks of lexicography is to create a dictionary. The creation of a standard dictionary has certain characteristics, namely the type of study that underlies its compilation. The quality of standard dictionaries is evaluated based on the use of words contextually according to the context.

In addition, the standard dictionary is organized based on the origin of the word and the evolution of its meaning. In this sense, the standard dictionary as a lexicographic work uses a type of lexicological study.

From the explanation above, do you already have an idea of ​​the meaning of law in lexicological terms? If Reader friends are still confused, Sinaumedia will comment on the meaning of law lexicologically, let’s see the explanation!

Lexicological Definition of Law (Dictionary)

From the explanation above, lexicology is the study of all language components that contain information about the use of words and their meaning. The word law is a homonym because the meaning has the same spelling and pronunciation but the meaning is different.

Law (Noun: noun) has a meaning in terms of a name or group of nouns so that the law can express the name of a person, place or everything and everything that is objected to.

One of the tasks of a lexicologist is to create a dictionary. The official dictionary in Indonesia is the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI) . So, the meaning of law lexicologically or according to the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI) is interpreted into 4 definitions, namely:

• Law is a rule or custom that is officially considered binding, which is reinforced by the ruler or ruler.
• Laws are laws, regulations, etc. to regulate social life.
• Law is a standard (rule, provision) regarding certain events (nature and so on).
• Law is a decision (consideration) set by a judge (in court) verdict.

Legal Derivative Word

1. Judged
2. Punishment
3. Punishment
4. Punish
5. Punish
6. Punisher
7. Punishment
8. Punished

 

Combination of Legal Words

1. God’s law
2. Archimedes’ law
3. Avogadario law
4. charles law
5. Coulomb’s law
6. The law dm
7. Ferrell’s law
8. Islamic law
9. God’s law
10. Civil event law
11. Criminal procedure law
12. Event law
13. Customary law
14. Administrative law
15. Law of affinity
16. Agrarian law
17. Law of nature
18. Basic law
19. Retaliatory law
20. Law of large numbers
21. Whipping law
22. Commercial law
23. Emergency law
24. Law of distribution
25. Fiscal law
26. Formal law
27. Church law
28. Property law
29. Humanitarian law
30. International law
31. Drying law
32. Law of karma
33. Law of agency
34. Law of humidity
35. Family law
36. Wicked law
37. Parable law
38. College law
39. Law of the sea
40. The law is broken
41. Law of the land
42. Objective law
43. The law of separation
44. Law of transition
45. Law of action
46. Interregional civil law
47. Civil law between groups
48. Formal civil law
49. Material civil law
50. Civil law
51. Periodic law
52. Marriage law
53. Formal criminal law
54. Material criminal law
55. Criminal law is subjective
56. Criminal law
57. Insurance policy law
58. Political law
59. Positive law
60. Personal law
61. International public law
62. Customary law
63. Law of the jungle
64. Civil law
65. Syariah laws
66. Islamic sharia law
67. Law of proposition
68. Unwritten law
69. Constitutional law
70. Corporate law
71. Old law
72. Law of inheritance
73. Promissory note law
74. Jurisprudence law
75. Dismissal
76. Hanging
77. Control penalty
78. Prison sentence
79. Death sentence
80. Beheading
81. Prison sentence
82. Probationary sentence
83. Caning punishment
84. Cover penalty

In addition to the Big Indonesian Dictionary, other big dictionaries also discuss the meaning of law. As the Oxford Dictionary explains , law is a system of rules recognized by a certain country or community that regulates the actions of its members and can be enforced by imposing punishment.

In the Cambridge Dictionary , law is a rule, usually made by a government that is used to regulate how people behave. Law is defined as a system of rules of a country, group or specific field of activity. Law also means a general rule that states what always happens when the same conditions exist.

Meanwhile, Encyclopaedia Britannica defines law as a discipline or profession related to the customs, practices and order of a society that is recognized and bound by that society. The enforcement of the supervisory body is through the supervisor or authority that holds control

Definition of Legal Terms According to KBBI

1. Procedural law is the law that governs dispute resolution procedures.

2. Civil procedural law is procedural law that implements and maintains substantive civil law or formal civil law.

3. Criminal procedure law is a formal criminal law.

4. Customary law is an unwritten law (based on custom).

5. Administrative law is law related to the implementation of functions (operational of the state).

6. Agrarian law is a set of written and unwritten laws that regulate agricultural affairs or laws that regulate the use of land, water and space.

7. Natural law is an arrangement according to nature.

8. Archimedes’ law is a criterion (postulate) given by Archimedes, that is, an object immersed in a liquid experiences an upward pressure equal to the weight of the liquid being moved.

9. Basic law is the constitution of a country or the law of nature.

10. Coulomb Fis law is a law that states that the force of attraction or repulsion between two charges is directly proportional to the charge and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between the charges and depends on the center of the charge.

11. Commercial law is the law of buying and selling or business.

12. Emergency law is a law made by a country to deal with emergency situations.

13. The law of DM (explained-explained) is an Indonesian language structure, both in compound words and in sentences where the explanatory part (M) always appears after the explanatory part (D). For example Ali’s house means the word house is explained (D) and Ali is meant (M).

14. Ferrel’s law is a law about the relationship between the rotation of the earth and the movement of wind and ocean currents.

15. Tax law is a law related to taxation or financial law.

16. Formal law is a legal system based on legal logic, without reciprocity.

17. Property Law is the law that determines the relationship between individuals in terms of monetary gain.

18. International law is the law that determines international events.

19. Islamic law is the rules and regulations that are applied in life based on the Qur’an and hadith or Islamic law.

20. Drying law is a punishment carried out by drying the convicted.

21. The law of cause and effect is the law that whoever does something will feel the consequences or the law of retribution.

22. The law of inertia is a law put forward by Newton (1687), which states that everything is always at rest or in a state of regular linear motion without acceleration, unless there is a total force acting on it.

23. Family law is the law that regulates relationships that arise due to kinship.

24. Criminal law regulates that the punishment is applied the same as the act committed, for example the death penalty is applied to murderers.

25. Laws of the Sea are laws and regulations related to the sea

26. Hukum Mungkal is a high customary punishment for anyone who kills a member of another tribe without challenging him first.

27. National law is the law (regulation) related to the country. 28. Objective law is a set of rules that apply generally to all members of society, as long as they obey the general legal order.

29. Act law is a set of legal rules related to work relationships that result in placing a person under the leadership of others and living conditions that are directly related to that work relationship.

30. Civil law is the law that regulates the rights, property, and relationships between people in a country.

31. Formal civil law is substantive civil law.

32. Civil law is essentially a civil law that regulates what is prohibited or required, who can be subject to civil law, and what civil punishment can be imposed.

33. Marriage law is the law that governs and regulates the legal life between a man and a woman as well as the rights and obligations of the parties.

34. Criminal law is the law that determines the event (criminal act) that is threatened with a criminal offense.

35. Formal criminal law is a criminal law that regulates the procedure for resolving criminal cases through courts or criminal procedure law.

36. Penal law on the material is the criminal law that regulates what is prohibited or required, who can be punished, and what punishment can be imposed.

37. Subjective criminal law is the state’s right to punish those who violate the objective rules of criminal law.

38. Political law is the law that regulates the legal relationship between the state and the people, between the state and parts of the state, and between one state and another state.

39. Affirmative law is the applicable law.

40. Personal law is the law that determines the situation (situation) as well as the rights and obligations of a person.

41. The law of the jungle is a law that forces who wins and who is strong to seize power.

42. Civil law is civil law.

43. Unwritten law is customary law or law contained in a court decision that never reduces its legal form.

44. Constitutional law is a set of legal norms that regulate the formation of the state, government, and legal regulations.

45. God’s law is God’s law.

46. Inheritance law is the law that governs the fate of an heir’s inheritance.

47. Jurisprudence law is law based on the judge’s decision that contains certain legal principles to be used as teaching, guidance and/or to be followed by other judges in deciding similar, same or similar matters.

From the explanation above, do you Reader understand the lexicological meaning of law and the meaning of legal terms according to KBBI? In order to better understand the meaning of law, Sinaumedia will also discuss the meaning of law according to the experts who will be discussed after this. Come on, read the explanation Reader !

Understanding Law According to Experts

1. Ernest Utrecht

According to this lawyer from the Netherlands, law is a set of rules that govern life. The rules can be in the form of procedures or prohibitions that regulate order in the community and must be obeyed by all members of the community.

2. Mr. EM Meyer

Meyers defines law as a set of rules that contain ethical considerations. The embodiment of law is reflected in human behavior in society and serves as a guideline for state institutions in carrying out their duties.

3. Dr. CST Chancellor

Kansil said the law can create order in human society. This is to maintain public order and security.

4. R. Soroso

According to Soeroso, the definition of law is a set of rules set by authorized officials with the aim of regulating the way people live. Law is commanding, prohibiting and coercive by providing binding legal sanctions against anyone who violates it.

5. JCT Simorangkir

Law is a rule that is coercive and functions as a guideline for human behavior in society made by an authoritative organization. The law has consequences for anyone who breaks it.

Legal Classification

1. According to the Form

There are two types of law according to their form, namely written law and unwritten law. Written law is the law contained in various legal provisions such as the 1945 Constitution.

While unwritten laws are laws that still live in people’s beliefs but have not been written. For example, manners and constitutional customs.

2. According to the Place of Occurrence

Depending on the place of application, law is divided into national law, international law, foreign law, and canon law. National law is the law that applies to a country, such as law.

International law is internationally applicable law that applies to several countries, such as treaties. Foreign law is the law that applies in the territory of another country. After all, canon law is a set of norms that the church imposes on its members.

3. According to the Effective Time

From the moment of its application, law is divided into positive law (ius constitutum) and aspirational law ( ius constituendum ). Positive law is also called applicable law, which covers all the current provisions, such as the 1945 Constitution and beyond. The proposed law is a kind of law of hope that has not yet come into effect, because it is still in the plan.

4. According to the Content

In terms of content, law is divided into two parts, private law and public law. Private law is a body of law that regulates relationships between individuals, emphasizing the interests of individuals.

Regarding public law, it is the legal system that regulates the relationship between the state and its complementary institutions or between the state and individuals. Public law functions to protect the public interest.

5. According to Existence

Law is divided into objective law and subjective law. Objective law is usually applied with an emphasis on the content of the rules.

Subjective law at the same time is the formation of objective law in the form of a relationship between two or more people, which establishes rights and obligations. The resulting rights and obligations are governed by objective law. Examples of subjective law are non-performance of rent or non-performance in civil law.

6. According to its nature

Based on its nature, law is divided into coercive law and regulatory law. Mandatory law, i.e. law that has absolute force in all circumstances, such as criminal law.

While the applicable law is a law that can be removed when the parties have made their own arrangements in the contract. For example commercial law.

7. According to the Way of Defending it

The law is divided into two parts for its preservation. First, the law that regulates interests and relationships in the form of doing and not doing. For example criminal law, civil law and commercial law.

Second, formal law or procedural law. The law contains provisions on the enforcement and validity of substantive law or the way a matter is brought to court, as well as the decision-making process by judges.

8. According to the Source

Law is divided according to its source into law, custom, contract, jurisprudence and doctrine.

Important Factors of Law Making

In national life, law is a set of rules set by national institutions that make laws through authorized national officials. Laws that accompany sanctions are recognized by the state and enforced by official state institutions.

Here are some important factors in the development of law:

• Requesting national authority or agency.
• Only certain bodies can make laws, including laws.
• The Board has been empowered to do so. There are sanctions for those who break the law.
• Sanctions are applied by the competent party or confirmed by the state.

 

Definition of special criminal law – In a national system in order for the country to have a sense of security and comfort for its citizens and of course for those who disturb security or criminal behavior that causes anxiety, then criminal law will be applied to the perpetrators.

In criminal law we will also get to know more about the specific criminal law that will process the law for serious criminal acts.

Special criminal law is a type of criminal problems whose legal arrangements are outside the Criminal Code (KUHP) which is a codified law book, has specific characteristics & handling of problems & specifications, both based on the estimated rules that are in force, the rules of procedure, the law enforcer, also the official defendant’s defender who deals with it.

Initially, specific criminal acts were known as specific criminal rules, then changed as specific criminal rules. Some of the crimes that are based on specific crimes are economic crimes, psychotropic crimes, narcotic crimes, etc.

Some of the criminal acts were categorized into specific criminal acts because the criminal acts required a more comprehensive arrangement & not just accepting the summary of the criminal acts.

Well, after briefly knowing what special criminal law is, then in this discussion we will discuss further about special criminal law that can be an additional insight for all Reader friends at home.

Further discussion on specific criminal law you can see below!

Definition of Criminal Law

Criminal Law or Criminal Law (Dutch: Strafrecht) is holistic according to the rules that choose what actions cannot & are included in criminal acts, and choose what sanctions can be imposed on those who commit them.

Thus, the criminal law is not a custom of its own rule, but has been located in another custom & criminal punishment. It is held to strengthen the obedience of the other habits, for example the habits of trust & morality.

Before knowing the meaning of specific criminal law, it is good for you to also listen to some definitions of criminal law according to the experts. Based on the data & coverage we collected, there are 13 experts who give their opinion on the understanding of criminal law.

Come on, let’s take a look one by one.

1. Pompey

The understanding of criminal law is a holistic estimate of the provisions of the law about acts that can be executed & the criminal estimate.

2. Apeldoorn

The understanding of criminal law is divided into two meanings, namely the material criminal law that chooses in the criminal act that the criminal act has 2 parts, namely the objective part and the subjective part. And the formal criminal rules that govern how the material criminal rules are enforced.

3. Filter Hazewinkel

The understanding of criminal law is divided in the objective sense (ius poenali) which includes orders & embargoes whose violation is threatened with the use of criminal punishment by the entitled body, the provisions that regulate the efforts that can be used, if the custom is violated, which is called penitentiary & subjective law (ius puniendi) which is the right of the state from the rules to demand violations of the law & to impose and execute criminal charges.

4. Moeljatno

The understanding of criminal law is part of the holistic rules that apply to a country, which establishes the basic principles of the budget

(a) choose which acts are not allowed to be done, which are not allowed, which are accompanied by threats or punishments in the form of an exclusive penalty for anyone who violates the embargo,

(b) choose when & on what matters those who have violated the embargoes can be charged or sentenced to punishment as has been threatened.

(c) choose to use the method of how the imposition of the penalty can be implemented if there are people who are suspected of having violated the embargo.

5. Satochid Kartanegara

The understanding of criminal law can be examined from several angles, namely: the understanding of criminal law in an objective sense, that is, a number of regulations that contain embargoes or obligations against violators are threatened with sanctions.

And the understanding of criminal law in a subjective sense is a number of rules that regulate the state’s right to punish a person who commits an illegal act.

6. Sudarto

The understanding of criminal law that criminal law can be viewed as a system of negative sanctions, it is applied when other vehicles are not sufficient, then criminal law is said to have a subsidiary function.

Crime includes any action (maatreag) however it is a suffering, something that the other person who is subjected to it feels is not delicious, the reason for the fact & purpose of the crime & punishment, to justify the crime.

7. Simmons

Criminal Law is all the orders and embargoes held by the state and which are threatened with a penalty for anyone who does not obey them. And it is all budgets influenced by the country that contain the conditions for carrying out the crime.

8. Van Hattum

Criminal Law is a holistic according to the principles & regulations that are followed & set by a country or a citizen of other generic rules, where they are the custodians according to the order of the generic rules that prohibit the doing of actions that violate the rules & have linked violation of its rules using a specific suffering in the form of a criminal offense.

9. Mezger

Criminal law is the entire set of rules (die jenige rechtnormen) that choose / connect a criminal to the effect of the rules (recht folge) on an act.

10. WLG Lemaire

The criminal law is composed according to customs that contain requirements and embargoes that (the law maker) has been associated with using a punishment in the form of sanctions, that is, a specific type of suffering.

Understanding Special Criminal Law according to experts

Only 2 members gave their opinion. But it seems to represent someone else.

1. In relation to Sudarto’s opinion, the specific criminal law is:

1. a) Criminal law regulations in the true sense are laws whose purpose is to regulate rights to provide guarantees of law and order by the state.

1. b) Provisions of criminal law in separate laws, Provisions that are solely intended to criminalize regulations in a field outside of criminal law.

2. Prof. Pompey

Pompe refers to certain factors and certain objects. The purpose here is to:

Special offenders mean that not everyone can commit a crime. Special subject means that regulated acts are acts that are not regulated in general criminal law but in specific criminal law.

Scope of Specific Criminal Law

As a special law, the legal basis and its validity can deviate from the general provisions of the first book of the Criminal Code, and the specific criminal law provisions of procedural law (formal law) can also deviate from the Criminal Code. Special criminal laws and regulations are legal regulations that regulate special situations outside of criminal law.

Therefore, the starting point of the decision comes from the act organized by the perpetrator of the crime, sentencing and sentencing itself, in the case of specific legal offenses can be extended not only to individuals but also to legal entities. Meanwhile, seen from the issue of sentencing, the order of words and the pattern of threats of sanctions deviate from the provisions of the criminal law. While the contents of special criminal law include three things, namely criminal responsibility and criminal and sentencing.

Difference between general crime and specific crime:

General criminal acts are acts of a general nature that are regulated in the Criminal Code whose legal sources are summarized in the Criminal Code as a source of material law and in the Criminal Code as a source of formal law. In addition, the legal system is still traditional, namely the police as investigators and investigators, the prosecution as public prosecutors and judges as general judges, not ad hoc courts.

Examples of common crimes are the crime of murder article 338 of the Criminal Code, the crime of theft article 362 of the Criminal Code. Whereas certain criminal acts are criminal acts whose legal regulations are regulated separately, meaning that the law in question covers substantive criminal law and criminal procedural law (formal criminal law).

Some of the crimes covered in the special criminal law, namely:

• economic crime,
• drug crime,
• crime of corruption,
• tax crime,
• customs violation,
• money laundering crime,
• Information Crime and Electronic Transactions (ITE),
• Pornographic Crimes and Terrorist Crimes.

Some of these criminal acts are classified as special criminal acts because they require broader arrangements.

The background of the birth of special criminal law

Special criminal law was created as a response to legal needs and to balance the rapidly changing society. The emergence of many specific laws about crimes such as the Penal Code (KUHP) cannot be avoided.

Criminal law expert Muladi says that this is due to the increasing development of various types of specific crimes, such as corruption, terrorism, drugs, and others, which also need to be specifically eradicated.

It is not uncommon for these special methods to deviate from the principles of general criminal law. Andi Hamzah agrees with this opinion. According to him, the reasons for the need for special criminal law are:

• If social change occurs, then there must also be legal regulations accompanied by criminal sanctions;

• Modern life is becoming more complex, so that in addition to the provisions of the old law (KUHP), temporary criminal regulations are also needed;

• The law of civil government, the state, especially the state government, needs to be linked to criminal sanctions so that these provisions can be respected. For example, trade, industry, fishing and other regulations.

Examples of Specific Criminal Law Forms

Initially, special criminal acts were called special criminal law. This term was later replaced by the Specific Crimes Act. What does he understand?

Examples of specific crimes are part of the criminal law. This law is outside the general criminal law that applies to certain people or actions and contains specific provisions for criminal events. Some specific crimes are regulated by separate laws other than the Criminal Code, namely:

1. Crime of Corruption/Bribery

Corruption or bribery is an act against the law by enriching oneself or others, harming the economy and the finances of the State. Eradication of criminal acts of corruption is regulated in Law No. 20 of 2001. While corruption is regulated in Law No. 31 of 1999.

Legitimate subjects of corruption can be companies and officials. Corruption is financial dishonesty and corruption. Normatively, corruption is a specific crime that can damage the order of the nation’s life.

2. Criminal act of money laundering

Money laundering is considered a new crime in the Indonesian criminal law system. This crime not only threatens the integrity of the financial system and economic stability, but also endangers the joints of community life. The prevention and eradication of the crime of money laundering is regulated in Law No. August 2010. The elements of this crime include elements of perpetrators, illegal acts, and elements of crime.

3. The crime of terrorism

Terrorism is an activity with an element of violence or other activities that violate criminal law and cause adverse consequences for the life of the community. Terrorism is an activity that threatens civilians through kidnapping or murder. This specific crime is regulated by UU No. 15 of 2003.

4. Psychotropic crime

Psychotropics are drugs or non-narcotic substances, both natural and synthetic, that have psychoactive effects. These drugs can affect the central nervous system, causing changes in the user’s behavior and mental function.

The law that regulates the criminal act of drug consumption is UU No. May 1997 (Psychiatry Act). Commonly abused psychotropics in the community include ecstasy, shabu, amphetamines, dumolide tranquilizers, lexotan, mogadon, coplo drugs, LSD, and mushrooms. 5. Drug Crime

The legal use of drugs is only possible for the benefit of medicine or science. While illegal use can cause the user to commit a narcotic crime regulated in Law No. 35 of 2009 related to drugs. Examples of substances that are often abused are marijuana, gorilla, morphine, heroin, pethidine, cocaine, and shabu.

5. Computer crime and electronic transactions

Information crimes and electronic transactions (ITE) are relatively new in Indonesia. This crime is regulated in UU No. November 2008 at ITE. The legal subject of this law can be a legal entity or an individual. The electronic transaction referred to here is a legal act carried out by using computer networks, computers and other electronic means.

6. The crime of pornography

Pornography is a crime that has the potential to damage the standards of social decency. Law No. 44 of 2008 regulates the crime of pornography. The subject of pornography law can be a company or an individual.

There are other specific crimes covered by the law, such as customs violations, tax violations, illegal logging, maritime violations, and others. The subject of this specific crime can be a company or an individual. Need help with Legal Services please contact us.

Conclusion

This is a short discussion about the definition of specific criminal law. The discussion this time not only discusses the definition of specific criminal law but also discusses in more detail what the definition of a criminal act is and how the punishment is awarded, knowing about the scope of specific criminal acts covering any criminal act, and knowing about examples from various cases that are included in specific criminal acts that Reader friends can learn well, especially law students who want to learn about the systematics of law in Indonesia.

Understanding the meaning of specific criminal law gives us additional knowledge about the various legal processes that apply in the country of Indonesia so that the general public can know it well and not become the legal perpetrator of the criminal act.

Such is the commentary on the understanding of specific criminal law For Reader who want to learn all about the understanding of specific criminal law. And knowledge related to other laws, you can visit Sinaumedia.com to get related articles.

Understanding Mendel’s Law – Parents who have straight hair generally have offspring with straight hair too. The cause: inherited traits or genes. The laws of inheritance are usually considered using Mendel’s Laws. Heredity or the inheritance of traits is a branch of science that examines genetics. Mendel’s law was first discovered by a monk from Austria, Gregor Johann Mendel.

According to the Encyclopedia Britannica, Mendel first conducted crossbreeding experiments on peas in 1854-1856. He chose peanuts as his research media because they have varieties. Inheritance of traits is a process of inheriting traits from parents to their offspring. Chromosomes and genes play a role in determining the inheritance of traits which are then studied in Mendel’s Laws I & II.

Mendel’s law just started to be discovered in 1966 by a scientist from Austria using the same name, namely, GJ. Mendel. In fact, since thousands of years ago, humans have inherited traits according to the parent in their offspring. But only Mendel was someone who succeeded in conducting research on inheritance. Mendel then began his research through crosses in peas.

Now, from the brief explanation above regarding Mendel’s law, it is clear that in the following discussion we will still provide related information regarding the meaning of Mendel’s law and how to apply it properly.

You can see a further discussion of Mendel’s law below!

GJ Mendel Short Biography

Before discussing further about the meaning of Mendel’s laws, it’s a good idea to also listen to the following biography of the originator of the theory:

Gregor Johann Mendel (Czech: Řehoř Jan Mendel; 20 July 1822 – 6 January 1884) was an Austrian botanist and monk who developed the basic concepts of genetics. Investigation of heredity in genetics was carried out by Mendel using peas.

Mendel discovered that the biological inheritance of certain genes of traits in pea plants followed certain patterns, now claimed to be Mendel’s Laws. The deep meaning of Mendel’s work was not recognized until the turn of the 20th century, when the rediscovery of Mendel’s rules pioneered the modern science of genetics.

Gregor Mendel was born into an ethnic German family in Heinzendorf bei Odrau, Austria Silesia, Austrian Empire (now Hynčice, Czech Republic). He is the son of Anton & Rosine (Schwirtlich) Mendel, & has one older sister (Veronica) & one younger sister (Theresia). They live and work on a farm that has been owned by the Mendel family for at least 130 years.

During his childhood, Mendel worked as a gardener, studied beekeeping, and as a young man attended the gymnasium at Opava. From 1840-1843, he studied simple and theoretical philosophy as well as mathematics at the Olomouc University Faculty of Philosophy, taking a year off due to illness.

Definition of Mendel’s Laws

Mendel’s law of inheritance is a rule regarding the inheritance of traits in organisms that was described by Gregor Johann Mendel in his work on Plant Crossing Experiments. This law consists of 2 parts:

• Mendel’s law of segregation, also known as Mendel’s First Law, &
• Mendel’s law of independent assortment, also known as Mendel’s Second Law.

Furthermore, below is a more detailed explanation of Mendel’s laws:

Mendel’s Law I

Mendel’s Law I has another name, namely the Law of Segregation. In the Law of Segregation it states that “In the formation of gametes (sex cells) in the 2 genes that are partners, will be separated in 2 daughter cells’. Well, Mendel’s Law I or the Law of Segregation applies to monohybrid crosses, aka crosses using one different trait.

Broadly speaking, Mendel’s Law I will relate to the existence of three points, namely:

Genes have other forms of regulation of variation in inherited traits. This is what makes the concept of 2 types of alleles, namely a) recessive alleles (not always visible from the outside, expressed using lowercase letters, for example w in the picture); & b) alleles are more dominant (shown on the outside, expressed using a capital alphabet, for example R)

Each individual carries a pair of genes, one based on the male parent (eg ww) & one based on the female parent (eg RR). If this pair of genes is 2 incompatible alleles, the more dominant allele will always be expressed (visible visually from the outside). Recessive alleles that are not always expressed, will always be inherited in the gametes (sex cells) that are made in their offspring.

Look at the cross model between red roses which are more dominant and white roses which are recessive, here it is

Well, Mendel’s First Law also states that the 2 alleles (gene variants) that govern exclusive traits will separate in 2 gametes (sex cells) that are not aligned. Mendel’s first law includes several things, namely:

• Alleles (gene variations) for inherited trait variations. Example: the colors of 2 different flowers, named by alleles, will occupy a synchronous locus with a homologous pair.
• Two alleles for a character will separate when gametes (sex cells) are produced. Example:
• output of a cross containing one parental color allele (purple or white)

• Each character in each organism will inherit 2 alleles, each of which originates from the parent. Example:
• the output of a cross that will likely form 1 allele of white color & 1 allele of purple color.

If there are still 2 alleles that are not aligned, then one error can be more dominant, while the other will be recessive. Example:

there is still a marriage of purple flowers with white flowers, so they will form purple offspring.

Broadly speaking, this law covers three points:

Genes have alternative forms that regulate variations in the inherited characters. This is the concept of two kinds of alleles; recessive allele (not always visible from the outside, expressed by a lowercase letter, for example w in the picture on the right), and dominant allele (visible from the outside, expressed by a capital letter, for example R).

Each individual carries a pair of genes, one from the male parent (eg ww in the image below) and one from the female parent (eg RR in the image below).

If this pair of genes are two different alleles (Sb and sB in figure 2), the dominant allele (S or B) will always be expressed (visually visible from the outside). Recessive alleles (s or b) which are not always expressed, will still be inherited in the gametes formed in their offspring.

The cross consists of 2 namely:

1. Dominant cross

Example:

A black (dominant) rabbit is crossed with a white (recessive) rabbit. If the first phenotype (F1) has 100 black hairs, then determine the ratio of the second phenotype (F2)!

P1:

HH (black) v hh (white)

F1:

hh (black)

P2:

Hh (black) v Hh (black)

F2:

HH(black), Hh(black), Hh(black), hh(white)

So comparison F2 is black:

white = 3:1.

2. Intermediate crosses (semidominant)

Example:

A black (dominant) rabbit is crossed with a white (recessive) rabbit. If the first phenotype (F1) is 100r brown hair then determine the ratio of the second phenotype (F2)!

P1: HH (black) v hh (white)

F1: Hh (brown)

P2: Hh (brown) v Hh (brown)

F2: HH (black), Hh (brown), Hh (brown), hh (white)

Mendel’s Law II

In Mendel II’s Law or what is also known as the Law of Independent Assortment or the Law of Independently Grouping of Genes, states that ‘if 2 individuals are not compatible with each other in 2 pairs of traits or more, then the traits of the pair will be inherited without depending on the nature of the partner. other’. The existence of Mendel II’s Law applies to dihybrid crosses (using 2 incompatible traits).

In a dihybrid cross, for example, there is still an individual using the AaBb genotype, then A & a and B & b will separate and then the pair will join independently. Through this, it is possible that the gametes (sex cells) that are formed will have AB, Ab, aB, & ab properties.

In short, Mendel’s Law II states that alleles (gene variations) with genes that are not in harmony do not affect each other. This also shows that the genes that determine plant height, plant color, will not affect each other.

The Difference Between Mendel’s Laws I & II

The difference between Mendel’s I & II Laws is most clearly seen in the crossed properties. In Mendel’s Law I states that the formation of gametes (sex cells) in the 2 parental genes that pair up with alleles, will separate or segregate. This results in each gamete getting one gene according to its parent.

Meanwhile, Mendel II’s Law states that if there are individuals who are not the same as each other in 2 or more pairs of traits, then they will inherit a pair of traits that are independent of other traits.

In conclusion, in Mendel’s Law I will experience a process of segregation or separation of cells freely. While in Mendel II’s Law will experience independent gene grouping.

Examples of Crosses in Mendel’s Laws

Mendel’s Law I

1. Monohybrid Cross

At that time, Mendel created an experiment by crossing 2 individuals based on peas that had different characteristics, namely between peas with high stems and peas with low stems. While the nature of ‘high’ is generally dominated by the trait of ‘low’, as a result it will make:

if you look again at the theory in Mendel’s Law I which states that in the formation of gametes (sex cells) the allele pairs will separate freely. Well, the incident of separation will be seen when the formation of individual gametes that have a heterozygous genotype, as a result, each gamete (sex cell) will contain one of the alleles wrong.

2. Backcross & Testcross

Backcross is the process of crossing or mating hybrid output individuals (F1) using one parent error. The goal is to be able to know the genotype based on the parent (parental). Consider the following model using relying on the ‘high’ property in peas.

Meanwhile, testcross is the process of crossing F1 individuals using one homozygous recessive parent. The goal is to find out whether the F1 individual is homozygous or heterozygous.

Mendel’s Law II

1. Dihybrid Cross

Through this Dihybrid crossing experiment, Mendel tried to involve 2 traits at once & concluded that in the process of forming gametes (sex cells), each pair of alleles at one locus will segregate independently using other locus allele pairs, & will combine independently using alleles based on the locus. other.

In short, monohybrid is a hybrid using 1 different trait, while dihybrid is a hybrid using two different traits.

At that time, Mendel used pea plants as the object of his observations, using the reasons:

• Having a pair of different traits that are striking or contrasting.
• Carrying out self-pollination (autogamy), as a result of which hereditary traits tend to remain.
• Practically cross-pollinated.
• Hurry up to make offspring.
• Can have offspring in large numbers.

The following are the properties possessed by the pea plant, as a result it was used as an object of observation for this dihybrid cross.

The process of dihybrid crosses has special characteristics in the form of:

• Crossing is done by paying attention to 2 different traits.
• The number of gametes (sex cells) formed in each individual is 4 (2n)
• The individual phenotype will be influenced by two kinds of genetic traits.
• Approximately 16 genotype variations will be found in F2.

Pseudo Deviation of Mendel’s Laws

In Mendel’s Law both I and II there will still be an apparent deflection, which is a form of crossing by making phenotypic ratios asynchronous on a dihybrid basis. Even though it looks out of sync, in fact the phenotypic ratio was a modified form based on the sum of the phenotypic ratios based on all of Mendel’s Laws.

For example, in a marriage between two individuals using two different traits, it turns out that the F2 phenotype ratio is not always 9 : 3 : 3 : 1. However, it is not uncommon to find comparisons that are not synchronous, but are combinations of Mendelian comparison numbers written 9: 3:3:1, namely:

9 : 7 = 9 : ( 3 + 3 + 1 )

12 : 3 : 1 = ( 9 + 3 ) : 3 : 1

15 : 1 = ( 9 + 3 + 3 ) : 1

9 : 3 : 4 = 9 : 3 : ( 3 + 1 )

If it is based on Mendel’s Law II, then one allele will not mutually influence the segregation of other allele pairs in the determination of asynchronous properties. These genes will be independently paired & give rise to exclusive traits in individuals. Well, that’s what is called the ‘Pseudo Deviation of Mendel’s Law’. It is called “pseudo” because the principle of independent segregation is always valid, and is caused by the genes that carry the traits in determining the specific characteristics. The following are the characteristics of ‘Pseudo Deviations of Mendel’s Laws’:

The phenotypic ratios obtained are not in sync with Mendel’s Law.

The existence of exclusive traits in the genes that result in output disparities in filial two is the relationship between genes.

Conclusion

So a brief discussion of the definition of Mendel’s laws. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of Mendel’s laws but also discusses further the biography of the originator of the theory and then explains in detail about Mendel’s laws 1 and 2 and finds examples of pseudo intersections of Mendel’s laws.

Understanding the meaning of Mendel’s law gives us additional knowledge about various birth processes and knowing about the cells that make up our bodies are influenced by our parents’ genes which affect our growth and development as children.

Definition of Contract Law – In establishing a work or business agreement, a contract agreement is definitely needed for the work or business being carried out in order to establish an agreement that has been agreed upon by both parties.

Being a business owner is not easy and there are many things to think about in developing a business. One of the factors that impede or even thwart business operations is the absence of an agreement in a business transaction. For example, in buying and selling transactions with sellers, the seller defaults on the delivery of goods, causing delays in your business.

For this reason, as a solution to overcoming obstacles that apply in a job or business that is being carried out by workers and business people, the important role of business contracts that are in accordance with applicable legal regulations is very much needed in the continuity of a job or business that is being carried out. Therefore, this discussion will also try to discuss further about the understanding of contract law that applies and how to apply it in a business that Readers can learn.

You can see further discussion regarding contract law below!

Definition of Contract Law

A contract or agreement is an agreement between two or more people on certain matters that they have agreed upon. General provisions regarding contracts are regulated in the Indonesian Civil Code.

Ricardo Simanjuntak explained that the agreement is part of the understanding of the agreement, meaning that the agreement is also an agreement, although the agreement is not necessarily an agreement. Agreements that have binding legal consequences are equated with agreements.

An agreement without legal consequences is not a contract. The basis for determining whether a contract has binding legal consequences or is only a contract with moral consequences arises from the basic will of the contracting parties.

Agreement law includes the general understanding of legal principles governing legal relations between two or more parties based on a valid agreement. Indonesian contract law continues to use the provisions of the Dutch colonial government as contained in Book III of the Civil Code.

Book III of the Civil Code adheres to an open system, meaning that the parties are free to enter into an agreement with anyone, determine the terms, validity and form of the agreement both in writing and orally. In addition, it has the right to conclude civil and non-civil contracts. This is also in accordance with Article 1338 paragraph (1) of the Criminal Code, which states: “Everyone who legally enters into a contract is governed by the law of those who enter into it.”

Hearing the word contract, at first glance we immediately think that it is a written agreement. In other words, agreement is considered in the narrow sense of agreement. In a broad sense, a contract is an agreement that regulates the relationship between two or more parties.

Two people who vow to marry each other enter into a marriage contract; A person who chooses food in the market enters into a contract to buy a certain quantity of that food. The contract is nothing but the contract itself (a binding contract of course).

In Indonesian contract law, which still uses legal references from the former Dutch colonial government, the contract, namely Burgerlijk Wetboek (BW) is called overeenkomst, which in Indonesian means contract.

One of the reasons why many contracts are not always equated with contracts is because contracts according to Article 1313 KUH do not contain the word “written contract”. The concept of agreement in article 1313 of the Criminal Code only mentions an act in which one or more people bind themselves to one or more people.

Terms of Legal Contract Law

In order to be considered legally valid, there are 4 conditions that must be met as stipulated in Article 1320 of the Indonesian Civil Code, namely:

• Agreement of the parties
• The capacity of the parties
• From certain things that can be determined clearly
• Legal Reasons.

The contract agreement implies that the will of the parties making the agreement is consistent, so that there can be no coercion, domination and fraud (dwang, dwaling, bedrog) in the implementation of the agreement.

Legal competence as one of the requirements for the validity of an agreement presupposes that the parties to the agreement must be mature, physically fit and legally capable.

According to Article 1330 BW juncto Article 47 of Law Number 1 of 1974, a person is considered an adult, that is. he is 18 years old or married. If a person who is not of legal age wishes to enter into an agreement, he or his legal guardian may represent it. Meanwhile, people who are declared mentally healthy are not subject to guardianship according to Article 1330 and Article 433 BW.

Persons with intellectual disabilities can be represented by their supervisor or guardian. Conversely, a person who is not prohibited by law means that person is not bankrupt in the sense of Article 1330 BW of the Bankruptcy Law. There are special matters related to the subject of the contract, which means that the subject of the contract must be clear, distinct and measurable in nature and amount, permitted by law and within the limits of the parties.

Legal reasons mean that the contract in question must be made in good faith. According to Article 1335 BW, a contract made without reason is ineffective.

In this case the reason is the purpose of the contract. The agreement of the parties and the jurisdiction of the parties is a condition for the validity of a subjective agreement. If it is not fulfilled, the contract can be canceled, that is, as long as the parties do not terminate the contract, then the contract is valid. Certain things and halal reasons are a legal requirement for a substantive contract. If it is not fulfilled, the contract is cancelled, that is, it is considered that there was never a contract from the beginning.

In fact, many contracts do not meet the legal requirements of contracts in general, for example, contractual elements are carried out in a way that is different from the wishes of the parties to the contract.

At that time contracts were made which contained only the will of the other party. Such an agreement is called a standard agreement.

Principles of Engagement Law (Principles of Contracting)

According to theory in the science of civil law, it is known that there are 9 (nine) principles of engagement rules which are reflected in the articles contained in the Civil Code, including:

1. The principle of freedom of contract

Article 1338 paragraph (1) of the Civil Code states that:

“All legally formed agreements become laws for those who make them.”

This principle is a principle that places freedom on the parties to make:

• Creating or not creating an agreement;
• Enter into an agreement using anyone;
• Choose the contents of the agreement, its implementation & terms;
• Choose the form of the agreement whether written or oral.

But the freedom referred to in the Civil Code also cannot be interpreted that contracts can be freely formed without regard to the provisions of the applicable rules. Freedom in contracting is also permanent, it is obligatory to fulfill the legal conditions of the agreement so that it can be implemented.

2. The principle of consensualism (consensualism)

Article 1320 paragraph (1) of the Civil Code has determined that one of the conditions for the validity of an agreement is the existence of a convention between the 2 parties.

3. Principle of Binding Strength (pacta sunt servanda)

This principle also refers to Article 1338 paragraph (1) of the Civil Code, where the parties will be bound to use the agreement that has been made like a law.

4. The principle of good faith

This principle has been stated in Article 1338 paragraph (3) of the Civil Code which reads:

“The agreement must be implemented in good faith.”

So that it can be concluded that, when creating the contract, the parties must also carry out the contents of the contract using good faith and intentions.

5. The Principle of Balance

This principle stipulates the existence of an equal or balanced bargaining position when creating an agreement on both parties.

6. Principle of Compliance

This principle is reflected according to Article 1339 of the Civil Code, namely:

“An agreement is not only binding for things that are expressly stated in it, but also for everything that, based on the nature of the agreement, is required by (1) propriety, (2) norms, (3) law.”

This means that the contract must also pay attention to decency and fairness for the parties.

7. Principle of Legal Certainty

This principle is a reflection of Article 1338 paragraph (2) of the Civil Code which states that parties to the agreement may not cancel the agreement unilaterally.

8. The Principle of Personality

This principle determines that a person who will carry out and or create a contract is only for the benefit of the individual. This is written in Article 1315 of the Civil Code & Article 1340 of the Civil Code which confirms that

“In general, a person cannot enter into an agreement or agreement other than for himself.”

The essence of this stipulation is clear that in order to enter into an agreement, the said person is obliged to fulfill his own interests.

9. The Principle of Habit

This means that the agreement must follow the norms that are commonly carried out, in accordance with the contents of Article 1347 BW which reads that things that based on the agreed norms are believed to be tacitly included in the agreement, even though they are not expressly stated. This is a manifestation according to the natural elements of the agreement.

Important points that you should pay attention to in the employment contract

There are several important points in the employment contract that you need to understand, including:

1. There are emission rights and THR

In the workplace, every company should offer its employee benefits. Thus, the obligations of each company must be managed in accordance with the policy.

2. Termination and Termination Policy

Then you should know that the letter contains the company’s cancellation and cancellation policy. So that later when you want to quit and there is a problem that causes layoffs, you don’t get confused in your steps.

3. There is employment status

In addition, you should know that you have a clear employment status every time you work. It could be a contract employee who has worked for the company for a long time, or a permanent employee.

4. How many hours of work and holidays are there

You need to understand this point so that it is clear when you work and when you take time off. Usually the work contract includes overtime or not. For holidays there are usually reservations for pick-up or when urgent.

Work Contract Format

From here you also need to understand the form of the employment contract. Then there is also an example of a work contract that can be your vision. This is also equated with the fact that employers must know the form of a written work agreement, namely:

• Include common understanding and agreement
• Each party has rights and obligations
• Determine the scope of work
• There is a description of working hours
• It has clear benefits and salary
• State the procedure if you want to quit or be fired
• Enter the force majeure agreement
• If there is a dispute, a solution can be found
• There are signatures and stamps of both parties

Default

You may often hear the term default value, but do not know exactly what the default value means. The term Default is often also referred to as default or default in payment. According to the Civil Code, there are four forms of default, namely:

• Failing to perform a contract or perform as promised;
• Not perfect in fulfilling its obligations, meaning that the party fulfills its obligations but does not comply with what was promised;
• Late in fulfilling its obligations; And
• Do things that are prohibited by the contract.

Then what is the solution if one party is negligent? Parties whose rights have been violated can give warnings to defaulters, in this case the warning is known as a warning letter or subpoena, which will be explained below.

Summons

As soon as you understand the contract, the legal contract conditions and the principles of contract conclusion apply. Now is the time for you to understand what happens if the other party fails to fulfill the contract? Before taking this matter to court, you can resolve it with a subpoena or subpoena.

In civil law, annulment is found in Article 1238 of the Civil Code and Article 1243 of the Civil Code. Article 1238 of the Civil Code states:

“The debtor is negligent, if he has been declared negligent by means of a warrant or by a similar deed, or for the sake of his own engagement, that is, if this stipulates, that the debtor must be considered negligent with the lapse of the allotted time.”

In addition, Article 1243 of the Criminal Code stipulates that a lawsuit for breach of contract can be filed if the defaulter is warned that he has neglected his obligations or neglected them but continues to neglect his obligations. This warning is better known as a challenge. In addition, the number of summons issued is not strictly regulated, but depends on the party issuing the summons.

Form and Content of Summons

The form of assignment to the negligent is not clearly regulated. However, in general, the contents of the subpoena include:

• What is sought (obligations of the party in default);
• The legal basis for the application (the main agreement regarding the obligations of the parties); And
• The time during which the negligent party fulfills its obligations.

Conclusion

This is a brief discussion of the definition of contract law. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of contract law, but also discusses further how the legal requirements in a contract, the legal principles, how to apply them, the format of the contract, and solutions if a contract is in default or is injured in the contract.

Understanding the meaning of contract law gives us additional knowledge about the various laws that apply in a contract and how the procedure for a contract along with the legal terms and legal principles that apply in making a contract by an employee or business person in agreeing on a contract made between the two parties to make a mutual agreement.

Legal definition of health – Health is a state of complete physical, mental and social well-being which enables people to live economically and socially productive lives. Therefore, it is also necessary to apply rules that can convince the parties involved.

What is meant by health law? This question is important because there is a tendency to interpret health law as a set of terms or laws and regulations for the health industry that regulate the rights and obligations of the community in relation to health services.

Such a definition of health law is of course not entirely correct, especially if it is understood that law and statutory regulations are not identical. The understanding of health law immediately shifts to the term regulation which, apart from denying the existence of health law, is also a practical perspective.

Health laws are not the same or should not be equated with all legal provisions in the health sector, even though medical laws and regulations cannot be separated from health laws.

In other words, health law also includes all laws and regulations in the health sector. Health law is broader than legal provisions in the health sector. Do Readers friends know the meaning of health law? As well as the objectives, principles, and rights and obligations? If Readers friends don’t understand the concepts in health law, let’s look at the following explanation.

Definition of Health Law

Health law is a set of legal provisions directly related to the maintenance or service of health and its application.

This means that health law is a written rule regarding the relationship between health service providers and the community or community members. Health Law itself regulates the rights and obligations of service providers and service recipients or the community.

Health law, including the “lex specialis” law , specifically protects the mandate of the health sector (provider) in human health service programs with the aim of claiming “health for all” and special protection for special “receiver” patients to obtain medical services. The health law itself regulates these rights.

Health law is relatively new in birth compared to other laws. The development of new health law began in 1967, especially with the holding of the “World Congress on Medical Law” in Belgium in 1967.

The Indonesian Health Law Association states in its articles of association that:

“Health law is a set of legal provisions directly related to the maintenance or service of health and its enforcement, as well as the rights and obligations of individuals and at all levels of society as health services. recipients and providers of health services in all aspects of the organization; means of national or international health guidelines, law in the field of medicine, case law and science in the field of medicine Health law is part of health law relating to health services.”

Health workers are individuals or people who have devoted themselves to the health profession and have the abilities and skills obtained through education in the medical field which will later be capable of carrying out all efforts related to health.

To be able to carry out medical efforts ourselves, we also need a building that we can call a medical building, so that it can be said that a medical building is a place that functions to carry out actions and every medical effort.

Talking about current health law, actually the difference between medical law and health law lies only in its scope.

The scope of medicine itself lies in matters relating to the medical profession itself. But because medicine itself is included in the health sector, medical law is included in health law.

For a more precise understanding of health law, at least it is often mentioned the views of Van Der Mijn and Leenen. In this regard, Van Der Mijn defines the right to health as a right that is directly related to health care, including: application of civil, criminal and state administrative legal documents.

Meanwhile, Leenen defines health law as a collection of legal activities and legal provisions in the health sector as well as scientific studies.

Based on the understanding of health law given by Van Der Mijn and Leenen, it is clear that what is called health law is not synonymous with all terms or laws and regulations in the health sector.

From this perspective, the orientation of the meaning of health law in all laws and regulations is very different from the meaning of health law as practice and legal regulation in the health sector, as stated by Leenen.

As a sectoral law, the subject of health law is of course research law and the subject of medical world, therefore health law includes the formation of health law with all its aspects, and the second is enforcing applicable health law.

This means that health law does not only discuss current legal provisions, but also provides law in the health sector in accordance with developments in the world of health and the needs of society in the health sector.

Thus the laws and regulations in the health sector are the result of the application of laws in the health sector and not from general health laws.

Many see health law as a nascent field of law, including in Indonesia. Such an opinion is justified if the action receives legal attention or is measured by the introduction of official legal products in the health sector.

However, if we study the norms and regulations that apply in the health sector, health law is not a new field of law, even though the current regulations and legal provisions in the health sector are not new to adapt to social changes.

Given the notion that health law refers to all terms or laws in the health sector, it is not uncommon for us to encounter views that categorize health law by using legal provisions. In this case, health laws are grouped into:

1. Health law that is directly related to health services
2. Health law is not directly related to health services.
3. Health law that applies internationally
4. Autonomy law

Not in accordance with the health law grouping, as described above because the proposed grouping is basically medical laws and regulations in the health sector. In this case, the grouping of health laws is not the same as the grouping of laws and regulations in the health sector.

Providing responsible, safe, quality, fair and non-discriminatory health services. The government and regional governments are responsible for providing health services as mentioned above.

Monitor the performance of health services provided by the government, regional government and the community. In addition, the government is required to set quality standards for health services.

Principles of Health Law

In health science, there are several principles known, namely Sa science et sa conscience , knowledge and conscience, Agroti Salus Lex suprema / patient safety is the highest law, De Minimis non curat lex / the law does not interfere in trivial matters , Res ipsa loquitur / the facts have spoken.

There are 6 principles of health law, namely:

1. The Humanitarian Principle based on Belief in the One and Only God to manage health must be based on humanity based on Divinity, without discriminating against groups, religions and countries.

2. The Benefit Principle itself aims to provide maximum benefits for humanity and a healthy life for all citizens.

3. Principles of Joint Business and Families. The Principles of Joint and Family Business aim to implement health through activities carried out by all elements of society and imbued with a spirit of kinship.

4. The principle of fair and equitable means that health providers must be able to provide fair and equitable services to all levels of society at a reasonable cost to the community.

5. The Principle of Life in Balance aims to regulate health which is carried out in a balance between individual and societal interests, between physical and spiritual, between material and spiritual.

6. The principle of belief in one’s own ability and strength to manage health must be based on belief in one’s own ability and strength by using the nation’s potential as wide as possible.

In health law there is a scope that accompanies it, namely medical law, nursing law, hospital law, pollution law, waste law, X-ray device law, work safety law, and other regulations related to human health.

The existence of legal regulations in the field of health services because of the need to regulate the provision of assessment services, the quality level of assessment of medical personnel, management, cost control, freedom of citizens to determine their interests and determine government obligations, legal protection for patients, legal protection for health workers, protection third party rights and legal protection protects the public interest.

Health law is not only based on written law but is also found in case law, agreements, conventions, doctrine, consensus, and opinions of legal and medical professionals.

Purpose of Health Law

That health development aims to increase awareness, willingness and ability of the community to live healthily in order to achieve the highest degree of public health. investment for the development of human resources, economic and social production of society. The goals of health law are:

1. Socializing and increasing understanding of health laws and hospital services for medical staff, medical examination and treatment institutions, and hospitals.

2. Increase the legal awareness of health service providers and users in order to clearly understand their rights and obligations.

3. Encouraging the implementation of medical/health practices which are always and fully guided by the provisions of the health law.

4. Provide expertise in anticipating potential legal issues in health services.

Health Legal Rights and Obligations

Each law clearly regulates rights and obligations, both on the part of the government and on the part of citizens. The Health Law also regulate the rights of certain people to guarantees and legal protection. The rights and obligations of every person are the rights to health services :

Everyone has the same right to optimal health.

1) Everyone has equal access to resources in the health sector.

2) Everyone has the right to safe, quality and affordable health services.

3) Everyone has the right to make decisions independently and responsibly regarding the health services they need.

1. Rights of Medical Personnel

In the legal sense, what is generally understood as rights are legitimate interests protected by law, while obligations are conditions that must be met. Interests essentially include rights that are guaranteed and protected by law in their implementation.

What is meant by the rights and obligations of health workers are the rights and obligations related to the implementation of the medical profession, namely the provision of medical services or medical assistance to patients. The rights and obligations of the medical profession are as follows:

1. The right to work according to medical standards
2. The right to refuse to do medical work that is not a professional responsibility
3. The right to refuse a medical action that is not in good conscience
4. The right to cut ties with patients if they deem cooperation between patients is no longer useful
5. Doctor’s right to privacy
6. The patient’s right to good faith in the implementation of the treatment contract
7. Right to wages
8. The right to fair treatment of dissatisfied patients
9. The right to defend oneself
10. The right to choose the patient

Based on  health related regulation of medical services during disasters.

1) The government, regional government and community are responsible for the availability of resources, facilities and the implementation of comprehensive and sustainable disaster health services.

(2) The medical services referred to in paragraph (1) include emergency medical services and disaster response.

(3) Health services as referred to in paragraph (2) include emergency services that save lives and prevent other disabilities.

4) The government provides financial guarantees for the health services mentioned in the paragraph.

(5) Funding as referred to in paragraph (4) originates from the State Revenue and Expenditure Budget, Regional Revenue and Expenditure Budget, or community assistance as required by laws and regulations.

 

2. Obligations of Medical Personnel

Doctors’ obligations (De beroep plichten van de arts) can be divided into five categories, namely:

1. Obligations related to social functions are maintaining health
2. Liability related to medical standards
3. Obligations related to medical science purposes
4. Obligations related to the principle of balance (proportionate ite it bebeel)

3. Right of Patient/Community to Get Health

Patient rights in general are regulated as follows:

1. Get information about the rules and regulations that apply in the Hospital.
2. Gather information about the rights and obligations of patients.
3. Get services that are humane, fair, honest and non-discriminatory.
4. Achievement of quality medical services in accordance with professional standards and standard operating procedures.
5. Obtain effective and efficient services so that patients avoid physical and material losses.
6. File a complaint about the quality of service received.
7. Get privacy and security about your illness, including medical data.
8. Gather information, including diagnosis and medical procedures, purpose of medical treatment, other actions, possible risks and complications, prognosis for procedures performed and estimated costs of treatment.
9. Approve or reject the actions taken by health workers for the disease they are suffering from.
10. Carry out worship according to religion or belief as long as it does not disturb other patients.
11. Ensuring your safety and security during treatment at the hospital;
12. Send suggestions, recommendations, improvements to your hospital.
13. Sue and/or sue the Hospital if the Hospital is suspected of providing substandard services, both civil and criminal.
14. Complaints on hospital services that do not meet service standards through print and electronic newspapers as stipulated by law.

4. Obligations of Patients/Society to Obtain Health

1. Follow all the rules and regulations that apply to the hospital.
2. Follow all doctor and nurse instructions during treatment.
3. Provide correct and complete information about the disease to the person being treated. 4. Reimbursement/compensation for hospital/doctor services.
4. Fill in what has been agreed/agreed on.

Definition of Family Law – Law plays an important role in regulating state order. However, the existence of the law itself cannot be completely separated from the problems that overshadow the main function of the law itself.

Same in Indonesia, until now there are still many unresolved legal issues. Legal problems in Indonesia are not only related to law enforcement, but sometimes to the legal product itself. The fundamental purpose of law is to increase order, legal certainty and justice in society so that people, regardless of class, feel protected and protected by their rights.

In a family, of course, we want a harmonious relationship between family members and in ensuring the creation of family harmony, of course, it must be accompanied by good parenting patterns from parents and how they give rules but without limiting children’s space.

Family law is part of individual law, while family law is defined as a set of rules regarding kinship and kinship by marriage (marriage, parental care, guardianship, mercy, absence).

And in a family relationship, of course, it also involves the role of family law which tries to regulate a relationship between these families in order to get a guarantee of a good life from their family.

Because even though everyone wants family relationships to be harmonious and happy, in reality it is not uncommon for conflicts to occur between members of their own family, requiring the role of family law to resolve these conflicts.

For this reason, so that Readers understand more about the meaning of family law regulated according to civil law in Indonesia, in this discussion we have summarized various information related to family law that can be used as a source of knowledge for all of you Readers.

You can see further discussion regarding family law below!

Definition of Family Law

The term family law comes from the translation Familierecht (Dutch) or family law (English). Family law, as discovered by Ali Afandi, is defined as a set of provisions relating to kinship and marriage (marriage, parental responsibilities, guardianship, guardianship, absence).

According to Ali Afandi, there are two important things that are regulated by family law in relation to blood relations and marriage. Kinship is a relationship that exists between several people who have the same lineage. Meanwhile, kinship is a family bond resulting from marriage between a person and a blood relative with his wife (husband).

Tahir Mahmud defines family law as legal principles explained on the basis of religious observance, relating to matters that are often believed to have a religious dimension, according to family regulations, marriage, divorce, family relations, household responsibilities, inheritance, dowry, guardianship and etc.

The definition of Tahir Mahmud essentially considers two aspects, namely the legal principle and the legal scope. Although the scope of family law research includes family regulations, household responsibilities, inheritance, dowry, guardianship and others. If you are concerned, this definition is too broad because it includes inheritance, which is part of property law in  civil law.

This definition includes at least two important aspects, namely the rule of law and the content (coverage) of the law. The rule of law includes written family law and unwritten family law. Written family law is the legal basis derived from statutes, contracts and case law.

Unwritten Family Law is the principles of family law that arise, grow and develop in people’s lives. For example in the City of Mamari Sasak. Family law includes marriage, divorce, marital assets, lineage, guardianship and trusteeship. From the above understanding it can be concluded that family law is basically the entire legal system, both written and unwritten, which regulates legal relations arising from family ties, which include:

• Marriage orders with all marital affairs
• Divorce Provisions
• Parental authority rules
• Child positioning
• Realization of Regulations (Guardians) and
• Guardianship Rules (voogdij).

Western civil law contains the principle that family law with its various provisions is in essence closely related to public order. Thus, any action that violates these provisions is null and void.

Definition of Family Law According to Experts

Another view on the importance of family law is as follows:

1. Van Apeldoorn

“Family law is the regulation of legal relations arising from family relations”.

2. CST Kansil

“Family law consists of a set of legal provisions resulting from the unity of family life”.

3. R. Subekti

“Family law is the law governing legal relations arising from family relations.”

4. Rahmat Usman

“Family law is a provision that regulates the relationship between individuals who are different in family ties”.

5. Djaja S. Meliala

“Family law is a general rule governing the legal relationship between blood relatives and families of marriage.”

6. Sudarsono

“Family law is the whole set of rules governing the legal relationship between blood relatives and relatives by marriage.”

If we look at the opinions of the experts above regarding the importance of family law, according to them there are two important things, namely blood relations and marriage.

The hereditary family ties are referred to as blood families, meaning relatives who have the same ancestor. Some of these blood relatives are drawn along the paternal line, known as matrilineal, and some along the maternal and paternal lines, known as parental or bilateral.

Family ties born from marriage are called cementa families, namely relatives born from marriage consisting of husband’s relatives and wife’s relatives. Conversely, family ties created through adat are called adat families, meaning they arise from conventional bonds, such as adopted siblings.

Principles in Family Law

Based on the analysis with reference to the Civil Code and Law Number 1 of 1974, the provisions on marriage contain several principles that apply in family law, namely as follows:

• The principle of monogamy means that a man can only have one wife and vice versa. (Article 27 of the Civil Code and Article 3 of Law No. 1 of 1974).

• The principle of the agreement, namely the principle according to which marriage or guardianship is valid if there is an agreement or agreement between the prospective husband and the prospective wife that determines marriage or family (Article 28 of the Civil Code and Article 1 of Law 6). 1974)

• The principle of proportionality, the principle of balance between the rights and position of the wife and the rights and position of men in the life of the household and society. (Article 31 of Law Number 1 of 1974)

• The principle of unanimity, the principle according to which husband and wife combine their assets (Article 119 of the Civil Code)

Sources of Family Law

Basically, sources of family law can be divided into two types, namely written sources of family law and unwritten sources of civil law. Unwritten sources of family law are legal norms that grow and develop and are adhered to by the majority of people or ethnic groups living in the territory of Indonesia. Meanwhile, sources of written family law come from various statutory regulations, jurisprudence and contracts (agreement).

The sources of written family law referred to in Indonesia include:

• Civil Law (Burgerlijk Wetboek);

• Mixed Marriage Law (Mogelijk op de Gemengde Huwelijk), Stb. 1898-158;

• Javanese, Minahasa and Ambon Christian Indonesian Marriage Order (Huwelijke Ordonnantie Christen Indonesiers), Stb. 1933-74;

• Law Number 32 of 1954 concerning Registration of Marriage, Divorce and Pillars (Muslims according to Religion);

• Marriage Law No. 1 of 1974;

• Government Decree No. 9 of 1975 Regulations for the Implementation of the 1974 Marriage Law;

• There is already Government Decree Number 10 of 1983 Government Decree Number 45 of 1990 concerning Marriage and Divorce Certificates for Civil Servants; And

• Presidential Regulation Number 1 of 1991 concerning the Compilation of Indonesian Islamic Law which applies to Muslims.

Scope of Family Law

1. Parental Authority

Legitimate children are subject to their parents until they come of age or until they marry, provided that both parents are married. The authority of the parents thus begins with the birth of the child or [in the case of a child born in a legal marriage].

Therefore, parental power is the power exercised by fathers and mothers while they are married to their immature children. That is the content of Article 299. According to Article 300, the responsibility of parents is usually carried out by the father.

2. Trusteeship

Children under 18 years of age or unmarried who are not dependent on their parents are subject to guardianship. The guardian applies to the person and property of the child concerned (Article 30 of the Marriage Law).

Guardianship refers to the personal control and management of the assets of a minor when the child is not in a state of parental authority, ie. a child whose parents divorce or when one or all of them dies is under guardianship. For children out of wedlock, because there is no parental authority, the child is always under guardianship.

3. Empowerment

The Civil Code (BW) has a provision called “curatele”, which of course only applies to subjects in the Civil Code (BW). Adults but stupid people with brain disorders or dark eyes should be checked even though they sometimes like to talk. Even adults can be watched for vanity.

Every blood family has the right to apply for blood family protection according to their circumstances: stupid, brain sick or dark eyes. But because of his arrogance, only his relatives could ask for help.

As a result of protecting someone, all legal actions that are carried out after that are null and void. The defense attorney is appointed by the court, while the “supervisory defense attorney” is a real estate agent.

Forgiveness ends when the cause that caused it is gone. The release procedure is the same as for a request for suspension. Release from pardon must also be announced in the State Gazette.

4. Adoption

Adoption is the adoption of a child by someone with the intention of making the child his own. In the BW law, this is not possible, because BW views marriage as living together, not offspring. Because the adoption of children among the Chinese is a general legal action, the issue of adoption has its own regulation, namely Stbld. 1917-129 Chapter II.

Important things to note are as follows:

The adoption of children can be done jointly by the couple (Article 2). If adopted by a widow, she is not allowed to have sons (Article 5(1)). An unmarried widow can adopt. If she has no male offspring from her deceased husband (Article 5(3)).

5. Status is Lost

Absence of a person is a situation when a person leaves his residence and his whereabouts are not known. In such a situation, the following conditions apply:

• Temporary measures

Article 413. If the representative has not received power of attorney to represent or protect his interests and there are urgent reasons for this, the court shall, at the request of the person concerned, appoint a probate court to represent him or look after the interests of the absent person.

• Statement of alleged death of the person.

If someone has been absent for a long time, it must be considered whether he left a power of attorney or not. If he does not leave the prosecutor, the provisions of Section 467 apply, according to which, if the situation has lasted for 5 years, he is summoned at the request of the person concerned with the approval of the court. If the person does not appear, then the trial is repeated up to 3 times with an interval of 3 months.

Article 468: If he is not present at the final summons, the court can declare the person dead after they left their home or last safety.

If there is a power of attorney, according to article 470, the period of absence must be exactly 10 years so that the court can determine the alleged death of the person.

The result of this declaration is that the heirs can claim their rights, but it is ensured that the assets will be managed properly.

Conclusion

This is a brief discussion of the definition of family law. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of family law, but also discusses further the principles of applicable law, the sources of applicable law, and the scope of family law itself which Readers can look at carefully.

Understanding the meaning of family law gives us additional knowledge about the various legal products contained in the legal provisions in Indonesia which have regulated various possible appropriate legal actions to be taken in any legal situation.

In this case, family law exists to guarantee the eligibility of a person’s life in his family if problems are found related to a person’s relationship with his family.

This is a review of the meaning of family law.

Legal Understanding of Collateral – In a joint agreement in business or borrowing money, there is a method that is carried out which results benefit both parties by the method of providing guarantees at the beginning of the transaction. This is done to anticipate the ability of the borrower if he cannot repay the loan, the collateral can be considered as repayment of the amount of money borrowed.

The legal concept of a guarantee (guarantee) includes the concept of material and individual guarantees. The Guarantee Law is essentially a regulation that regulates the legal relationship between the guarantor (debtor) and the guarantor (creditor) arising from the existence of a certain debt (credit) with a guarantee (certain goods or person).

In other words, the Guarantee Law does not only regulate creditor rights in relation to guarantees for repayment of certain debts, but also creditor rights and debtor rights in relation to guarantees related to the disbursement of certain rights.

The Guarantee Law is a legal provision that regulates the legal relationship between the guarantor (debtor) and the guarantor (creditor) arising from a certain debt (credit) with a guarantee (with a certain object or person). The Law on Guarantees does not only regulate the protection of creditors as debtors, but also regulates legal protection of guarantees for debtors as recipients of receivables.

However, from the brief explanation above, have you understood the meaning of the guarantee law well? So, if you haven’t been able to understand it well, then in this discussion we have summarized various information related to guarantee law which can be additional insight for all of you Readers.

You can see further discussion regarding the meaning of guarantee law below!

Definition of Guarantee Law

Warranty or in (Indonesian: Guarantee) are goods or assets of the borrower (debtor) that are guaranteed or entrusted to the lender (creditor) as collateral or as collateral for the loan received if the borrower cannot repay the loan or obligations that must be fulfilled by the borrower .

If the borrower cannot fulfill its obligations or is in default, the lender can take collateral based on the agreement. In credit control, guarantees are often an important factor to improve the creditworthiness of individuals or companies. Even with a mortgage contract, collateral is the only factor considered when determining the loan amount.

Many experts define this guarantee correctly. According to Thesis Hukum.com, according to J Satrio, guarantee law is a law that regulates guaranteeing creditors’ receivables to debtors. In Satria’s definition, it only focuses on regulating creditors’ rights, but does not pay attention to debtors’ rights.

According to Prof. M. Ali Mansyur, Guarantee Law is a regulation that regulates the legal relationship between creditors and debtors in relation to providing guarantees when credit is given. Meanwhile, according to Sri Soedewi, Masjchoen Sofwan said that the Guarantee Law is a law that regulates legal constructions that allow the granting of credit guarantees for goods purchased as collateral.

So, the meaning of the Guarantee Law is essentially a provision that regulates the relationship between the guarantor (debtor) and the guarantor (creditor) as a result of an assessment of a certain debt (credit) with a guarantee (a certain object or person).

In the following, the warranty law is defined based on various expert opinions

1. Sri Soedewi Masjchoen Sofwan

Sri Soedewi Masjchoen Sofwan said, the Guarantee Law is a law that regulates legal construction that allows the granting of credit facilities by guaranteeing the goods purchased as collateral.

2. J. Satrio

The Guarantee Law is a law that regulates guaranteeing creditors’ receivables to debtors. In Satria’s definition, it only focuses on regulating creditors’ rights, but does not pay attention to debtors’ rights.

3. Salim HS

The Law on Guarantees is the entire legal standard that regulates the legal relationship between the guarantor and the recipient of the guarantee in connection with the provision of guarantees in order to obtain a line of credit.

4. M. Ali Mansur

The Law on Guarantees is the law that regulates the legal relationship between creditors and debtors at the time of ordering collateral for granting credit.

From the description above, it can be concluded that the Guarantee Law is a law that regulates the legal relationship between the guarantor and the guarantor of collateral as collateral.

Guarantee Legal Principles

This is the principle on which warranty law is based. On the basis of guarantee law:

1. The Principle of Publicity

The purpose of this principle is to guide that all rights and obligations must be registered in such a way that a third party knows what is being charged.

Pawn registration is carried out at the State/City Land Agency office, trust registration is carried out at the Trust Registration Office of the Ministry of Law and Human Rights while sea mortgage registration is carried out in front of the office. Transfer Registration and Registrar Officer, namely Syahbandar

2. The Principle of Specificity

Liens, deposits and pledges can only be imposed on parcels or goods registered in the name of a certain person, which must be clear, detailed and detailed.

3. The principle cannot be divided

The principle of sharing debt cannot result in the mortgage, safekeeping, mortgage and maintenance rights being divided even though partial payments have been made (the securities must have an entity that guarantees the debt).

4. The Principle of Invalidity

Therefore the guarantee must be in the hands of the guarantor (guarantor). This is done so that the collateral can be owned while the loan has not been repaid.

5. Horizontal Principle

Building and land are not one unit. This is reflected in the use of tenure and income, both in government and private cultivation. Therefore, buildings and land parcels are not one unit.

This is reflected in the use of tenure and income, both in government and private cultivation. The building belongs to the guarantor, but the land belongs to someone else, based on usufructuary rights and income it can be used as collateral, but in practice the bank does not want to accept this principle, because if there is negligence, you will face difficulties.

Types of Loan Law

Whether all goods can be used as collateral for debt depends on which guarantee institution is used to guarantee the goods.

1. General Warranty (Guarantee).

According to Article 1131 of the Indonesian Civil Code (“KUHPer”), all debtors’ existing and future assets, both movable and immovable, are included in all individual debts. This is called a guarantee or general warranty.

2. Special Warranty (Guarantee).

The Guarantee Law contains articles that regulate goods that are used as collateral for debt or are referred to as physical guarantees. An in-kind guarantee is a guarantee whose subject is movable or immovable property specifically intended to guarantee the debtor’s debt to the creditor if the debtor cannot pay his debt to the creditor in the future.

Type of Material Guarantee

The following are various types of material guarantees cited by the Gramedia blog including:

1. Pawn

In general, a pawnshop is a guarantee of assets to certain parties to obtain a certain amount of money and goods, which are guaranteed to be redeemed according to an agreement between the customer and the pawnshop.

Pledge is movable property consisting of tangible goods such as jewelry and intangible goods such as the right to receive money (orders). If the debtor cannot pay off the loan, then the assets charged belong to the creditor. According to articles 1155 and 1156 BGB, custody can be enforced in two ways, namely by direct enforcement and only by court order.

Pledge is a right obtained by a person who owes the debtor, or other movable or immovable goods (motorcycles, cars, rice fields, houses) submitted in his name, and the person who owes the debt has the right to pay back the goods in priority to other creditors; does not include the auction cost of the item. Where a person has to pawn his goods to get money.

2. Fiduciary (Trustee)

Fiduciary is the transfer of ownership rights to an object which is kept secret, provided that the object being transferred remains in the control of the owner of the object. Fiduciary is regulated by the Fiduciary Guarantee Law no. 42 of 1999. Fiduciary objects are movable objects, both tangible and intangible, as well as immovable objects, especially buildings, which are regulated in Law Number 4 of 1996 concerning mortgage rights.

3. Mortgage

A lien is a real right to immovable property that serves as security for the performance of the contract. The subject of the mortgage is a ship with a volume of 20 m3. This is in Article 1162 of the Civil Code, Article 1232 of the Civil Code and Law no. 17 of 2008 concerning concessional mortgages and delivery requirements based on Chapter IV Sea Transportation.

What if the debtor does not fulfill his obligations? According to Article 1178 (2) BGB regarding the implementation of mortgages, the creditor, as the owner of the ship mortgage, has the right to a public auction in the event that the debtor does not pay (default). mortgaged ship. Funds obtained from the sale of the ship will be used to pay off the debtor’s obligations.

Law Regarding Guarantee Law

Although the law does not provide a definition of legal guarantees, there are laws in the Civil Code that regulate guarantees in general. Namely article 1131 and article 1132 of the Civil Code. Section 1131 of the Civil Code states:

“All existing and future debtor’s movable and immovable property are collateral for the debtor’s individual contract.” Therefore, based on this article, all of a person’s assets automatically become collateral for debt.

And Article 1132 of the Civil Code says that the goods are joint guarantees for all creditors against them, the proceeds from the sale of these goods are divided according to the proportion of each debt, unless there are good reasons to take precedence among the creditors.

Nature of Warranty Law

A guarantee contract cannot stand alone unless it is preceded by a certain term contract or a main contract. Therefore, the warranty provisions are accessory, complementary, or extended. Since no one can guarantee a debt if there is no collateral, guarantee contracts are made after the main contract is completed.

With the end of the main contract, the guarantee contract also ends, because no one wants to guarantee the debt if there is no guarantee as a loan medium.

Procedures for securing or pledging property

Applying for a collateral loan is quite easy, because if the requirements are met, the loan application will be approved by the bank with certainty. But it is important to remember that property is a valuable asset that must be preserved. However, if you have to mortgage the property in the form of a house certificate, only pay as much as necessary so that your mortgage burden doesn’t become excessive. You must record the following procedures and facts in the Guaranty Act:

Choose a trusted bank or financial institution that is registered and regulated by the Finnish Financial Supervisory Authority (OJK). This is important to protect your wealth. Find out also about the interest that must be calculated every year and the term of the loan or the length of the loan payment, so you can calculate your monthly ability to pay loan payments. Find out about the requirements for your credit goals.

Some of these requirements are::

• Borrowers who can apply for loans are Indonesian citizens
• Age 21-65 years
• Work as an employee, contractor and freelancer
• Minimum income per month IDR 4 million
• Required documents
• Employee Certificate 
• Payments for the last 3 months
• Photocopy of identity card]
• Copy of Family Card
• Copy of marriage certificate (if married) or divorce certificate
• Photocopy of Taxpayer Identification Number 
• Photocopy of the most recent land and building tax 
• Copy of savings account for the last 3 months
• Photocopy of Property Right Certificate , Building Use Right Certificate  and Building Construction Permit 
• Home Certificate

After the documents required by the Guarantee Law are filled out and sent to the bank, the bank will verify the information. After that the bank conducted a survey to the location of the house to assess the ownership of the house. You will also be asked about your plans for using the loan and your work. If your loan application is approved, you will receive the necessary funds. However, you should ask yourself from the start what is the maximum loan amount a bank can offer.

Because according to the Law on Guarantees, banks usually provide a maximum loan of 70-80% of the price of the apartment. If possible, you don’t need to withdraw the maximum amount of money, so paying out is easier.

Make a binding commitment to pay loan payments in accordance with the agreement made under the Guarantee Law. Now that you understand condo laws and insurance procedures, you know that your valuable assets can help you raise additional funds. Before you decide to change the status of your assets, know the meaning of each warranty law and the correct warranty procedures.

Conclusion

That’s all for a brief discussion of the definition of guarantee law. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of guarantee law, but also discusses further about the principles, types, laws, nature, and procedures of these guarantees, which you can see well.

Understanding the meaning of collateral law gives us additional knowledge about the various legal procedures that apply in carrying out transactions for borrowing a sum of money either individually, through a pawnshop, or the bank you are going to make the loan. And, with a clear method and legal basis for this guarantee, it also guarantees that money lenders will receive guarantees for the money they provide.

 

International law is part of the law that governs all activities of entities on an international scale. This one law also deals with various structures and behavior of international organizations and to a certain extent, this law also regulates multinational companies and individuals.

Basically, this law itself is used to regulate relations between countries, by giving rights and obligations that must be obeyed by each country, as well as making provisions for situations of war or conflict that occur. This also includes international organizations and political bodies.

This law itself is international law or also what can be referred to as interstate law. This law refers to the complex rules and principles in which it regulates a relationship between members of society, the nation and the state. Check out the information below.

Definition of International Law

International law can be defined as an independent legal system that is outside the legal order of a country. This one law itself is different from the domestic legal system which regulates various things in a country, where this one law does not have a court system with comprehensive jurisdiction.

In practice, these laws also involve neither an international level police force nor a comprehensive law enforcement system, nor high-level executive authority.

Where, this law itself becomes part of the general structure of an international relationship. This law is also often used and has an important role when considering the appropriate response to a particular international situation.

Relevant international law is often a consideration for a country in making a decision. Where in general the focus of this law itself is quite large on violations related to relations between countries or internationally and rarely this law itself is enforced militarily or economic sanctions.

This is because the existing legal system is maintained on the basis of a sense of personal interest. In general, countries that violate these international laws or rules will suffer in the form of reduced credibility in the eyes of the public.

In doing so, this can affect the country and the relationship they have with various other countries. By consistently violating existing and applicable rules or laws, a state can jeopardize the value they have in the state community system, international organizations, and various other actors.

Based on the information above, this law is important for every country to understand, including Indonesia. Where, this law that applies can be used as a basis in making international cooperation initiatives with other countries that can encourage safe and prosperous cooperation.

Indonesia itself is one of the Asian countries that has contributed to the formation of this one law, where this can also be seen through existing evidence and its existence is recognized through the concept of an archipelagic state in the 1982 Convention on the Law of the Sea.

Differences in International Law and Private International Law

In international law itself, there are generally two major groups known, namely international law and also international private law. The difference between the two groups lies in the object they control. Check out the following information.

Law in general itself is divided into two major groups, namely private law and public law. Likewise in the international context, where there is international private law as well as international public law.

These two laws are better known as international law and also international private law. As explained above, the two laws have differences that lie in the object they regulate.

Where as explained by Prof. Zulfa Djoko Basuki, HPI Professor, in JHP Number 3 Year XXVI, private international law or what is referred to as international private law (HPI) is a law which regulates all issues or problems related to international private.

What distinguishes international private law or HPI from its own national private law is the presence of foreign elements. The foreign element itself can occur due to differences related to nationality, domicile factors, choice of law, flag of the ship, location of objects, place of occurrence of cases, and various other things.

Furthermore, public international law and what is also known as international law is the law in which it regulates the relations of each country and various other legal subjects.

Understanding of International Law According to Experts

1. Prof. Hyde

The definition of international law according to Prof. Hyde can be formulated as a collection of laws which consist of various principles and regulations that must be obeyed by every country. Therefore, in establishing relations between countries, international law must be obeyed and obeyed.

2. Andi Tenri Padang

Furthermore, Andi Tenri Padang also defines international law as part of the law that regulates various activities on an international scale. In the beginning, international law was defined as relations or behavior between countries, but with the development of patterns of relations between countries which are now increasingly complex, the definition of this law has also expanded.

According to him, current international law is also concerned with the structure and behavior of international organizations and to a certain extent includes multinational companies and individuals.

3. Mochtar Kusumaatmadja

Furthermore, the notion of international law according to Mochtar Kusumaatmadja is a whole of rules and principles which regulate relations and issues related to boundaries between countries and other legal subjects.

4. JG Starke

JG Starke also expressed his opinion regarding the notion of international law, namely as a collection of laws or what is also called the body of law and consists of various principles within it.

International law also has a mandatory nature and must be obeyed by every country in all parts of the world in establishing international relations with other countries.

5. Rebecca M. Wallace

Furthermore, Rebecca M. Wallace defines international law as rules and norms that regulate the actions of each state and other entities.

6. Hugo de Groot

International law according to Hugo de Groot is a law based on the free will and agreement of some or all of the countries. The existing laws are made and formed in the framework of the common interest.

Subject of International Law

Based on the explanation from Mochtar Kusumaatmadja, the subject of international law itself is everything that based on law can have rights and obligations, and also has the authority to enter into legal relations or act according to existing and applicable provisions of international law. The following are subjects of international law.

1. Country

The first subject of international law is the state which is the main subject of international law. In its context, the country in question is a country that is sovereign and has its own system of government.

2. International Organizations

The second legal subject is an international organization that has a duty to participate in solving problems related to violations of international law.

An international organization which is the subject of international law itself is an organization which has global members and general purposes, for example the United Nations.

In addition, the organization must also have global members who have specific goals, as an example is the IMF. The organization can also have regional members who have global goals, such as ASEAN, and the organization can also have regional members who have specific goals, such as for example NAFTA.

3. International Red Cross

The third legal subject is PMI or the International Red Cross which is an international legal subject that is recognized in a limited scope.

The position of the International Red Cross itself as a subject of international law is increasingly strengthened by the agreements and conventions of the Red Cross. Where, this organization has a mission solely for humanity.

Therefore, the International Red Cross organization must be independent and must not be disturbed or intervened by other countries.

4. Vatican Holy See

The fourth legal subject is the holy throne of the vatican which began to be recognized as a subject of international law in 1929, to be precise after the signing of the Lateran Pact.

The Lateran Pact itself is an agreement that occurred between the Kingdom of Italy and the Holy See of the Vatican.

5. Rebel

The fifth legal subject is rebels, where in the law of war rebel groups can become subjects of international law if they are organized, comply with the existing laws of war, the territory they control, the ability to establish relations with other countries, determine their own destiny, control resources. natural resources in the territory where they control, as well as the system itself, be it economic, political, or social.

6. Individuals

The sixth legal subject is an individual. This was also explained by Mochtar Kusumaatmadja in the Treaty of Versailles in 1919, in which there were several articles which provided the possibility for individuals to submit cases at the international level to the International Court of Arbitration.

In this regard, individuals can become subjects of international law and can also become parties before an international court.

The Role of International Law

As previously explained, international law itself is the law that regulates and influences international relations that occur between one country and another. The following is its role according to experts, as follows.

1. Mochtar Kusumaatmadja

According to Mochtar Kusumaatmadja, international law has a role to create order, where this can be the basis for creating a more orderly social structure. In addition, international law also has the goal of realizing justice that is in accordance with society and the times.

2.Jeremy Bentham

The role of international law according to Jeremy Bentham himself is to create or achieve benefits. What is meant is that with the existence of this law, the happiness of many people can be guaranteed. The theory in question is also known as the theory of utilities.

3. Aristotle

Aristotle also expressed his opinion regarding the role of this law. According to him, these laws have a role to achieve justice. Where, with this law everyone can receive what is already his right. The theory in question is also known as ethical theory.

4. Gene

Furthermore, according to Geny, this one law is a law that is used to achieve justice and is part of the element of justice. The element of justice in question is the interest of efficiency and expediency.

5. Immanuel Kant

Immanuel Kant also mentioned his opinion about the role of international law, namely as a whole condition that through the free will of one person can adjust to other people in complying with existing legal regulations related to independence.

Forms of International Law

1. Regional International Law

The first form is regional law that applies with the boundaries of the area where it applies. For example, American and Latin American International Law.

This is also similar to the concept of the continental shelf and the concept of protecting marine biological wealth or what is also called the conservation of the living resources of the sea which initially grew on the American continent until it eventually became general international law.

2. Special International Law

The second form is a special law that applies to certain countries. For example, the European conventions on human rights reflect the different circumstances, needs, stages of development and levels of integrity of different sections of society.

The difference between special law and regional law is that this law grows with customary law processes.

Principles of International Law

Furthermore, there are also principles of international law as follows.

1. Territorial principle

First, the territorial principle which is a rule or law made by a country and applies and must be carried out by all people in that country.

2. The principle of nationality

Second, the national principle which means that the law of the country still applies to citizens even though they are in another area or country. Based on this statement, the national principle has extraterritorial powers.

3. The principle of public interest

Third, the principle of public interest which is based on the authority of a state to regulate the life of the people within it.

Here are some examples of the principles used in this one law, as follows.

• General principles which are principles related to violations of an agreement. Where, the violator is obliged to compensate for all losses incurred as a result of the violation.
• The principle of pacta sunt servanda which means that existing and already made agreements must be obeyed and fulfilled.
• The ius cogens principle is a principle which states that an agreement becomes void if the procedural process is contrary to existing international law. For example, the agreement regarding the manufacture of nuclear weapons which has the aim of destroying or annihilating a country.
• The principle of nationality or the principle of nationality, which is a principle that applies to an individual even though the individual is outside the territory of the country or is in another country.
• Territorialitet principle or territoriality principle, which is the principle that applies if a violation occurs in the territory of the country. This territorial principle will still apply even if the violator is a foreign citizen.
• The principle of nebis in idem which is a principle which explains that all international issues that have already been tried cannot be tried a second time.
• The principle of inviolability and immunity, which is the principle of immunity from law in a country. In general, people who have this principle themselves are diplomats who are given assignments by their home country.
• The principle of rieus sie stanreus.

Well, that’s a brief explanation of what is meant by international law. Through the explanation above, we can conclude that international law is a law which regulates all matters relating to relations between countries or problems on an international scale.

Definition of Humanitarian Law – Humanity is the most important part of social life because without discriminating against status, race, religion, skin color, etc., humanity can unite every difference that exists in this world. However, the reality has turned around because there are still many humanitarian cases that are spread all over the world and there are even some perpetrators who have committed crimes against humanity to this day.

Therefore there is a law that addresses existing humanitarian issues in order to optimize every other human life and for the common good. The law is commonly referred to as humanitarian law which is a guideline for addressing every humanitarian problem in the world. Humanitarian law specifically tries to address issues related to war, ceasefires between conflicting countries and neutral countries to formally discuss peace to protect the right to life of civilians.

So, for all of you Readers who want to learn more about humanitarian issues and are interested in learning about international humanitarian law, in this discussion we have summarized various relevant information that discusses in full about international humanitarian law which you can listen to at home. or wherever Readers are.

You can see a further discussion regarding the definition of humanitarian law below!

Definition of Humanitarian Law

International Humanitarian Law (IHL), often called the Law of Armed Conflict (in Indonesian,:International Humanitarian Law) is a body of law consisting of the Geneva Conventions and the Hague Convention and subsequent treaties, jurisprudence and customary international law.

International humanitarian law defines the behavior and responsibilities of belligerent States, neutral States and persons involved in war, viz. among themselves and to protected persons, usually civilians.

HHI is binding on the countries that are bound by the relevant agreements of the Act. There were also several common unwritten rules of war, many of which were examined at the Nuremberg War Trials. More broadly, these unwritten rules also define a set of permissive rights (opening rights) as well as a set of behavioral prohibitions for belligerent states to deal with illegal troops or non-signees. Violations of international humanitarian law are known as war crimes.

International humanitarian law distinguishes between international armed conflicts and non-international armed conflicts. This split has been widely criticized.

The difference between the terms HHI and martial law is only in the emphasis. HVR emphasizes the impact of war on humanity, protecting war victims from unnecessary injury or suffering, and preventing grave and widespread harm. At the same time, martial law places more emphasis on jurisprudence and the conduct of war, in terms of the extent to which the law applies when the war begins. However, the essence of martial law is the need to protect civilians. According to JG Starke, the term HHI is more frequently used today in accordance with historical developments.

Definition of Humanitarian Law According to Experts

1. Jean Pictet

Who wrote the book “On the Principles of International Humanitarian Law”. In his book, Pictet divides humanitarian law into two main groups; the explanation is as follows:

Military emergency, which is further divided into two parts, namely:

• The Hague Laws or laws which also regulate the ways and means of war
• Geneva laws or laws protecting victims of war.

Human Rights Law

Pictet then provides a definition of humanitarian law as follows:

“International humanitarian law in its broadest sense comprises all international provisions, both written and customary, which guarantee respect for the individual and his well-being.”

Pictet uses the term martial law in two ways, namely the actual law of war, namely The Hague Law; and humanitarian law in its truest sense (actually called humanitarian law), namely the Law of Geneva.

2. Geza Herczegh

Arguing that international humanitarian law is limited to Geneva law, therefore Herczegh formulates humanitarian law as follows:

“Part of the rules of international law designed to protect individuals in armed conflict. Its place is next to the norm of warfare, closely related to it but clearly distinguishable because its goals and spirit are different.

3. Esbjorn Rosenblad, who distinguishes:

Law of Armed Conflict, namely laws that regulate, for example:

• A. the beginning and end of the conflict;
• people living in the occupied territories;
• Relations between warring and neutral nations.

Martial law now has a narrower meaning than the law of armed conflict, namely for example.

• A. methods and means of war;
• combatant status;
• Protection of the sick, prisoners of war and civilians.

Unlike Herczegh, Rosenblad also incorporates under international humanitarian law that part of the law of The Hague which deals with the methods and means of war, along with the Law of Geneva.

According to Rosenblad, it is this law of war that the ICRC calls “international humanitarian law that applies to armed conflicts”. From this it can be concluded that, according to Rosenblad, international humanitarian law is synonymous with the law of war, while the law of war itself is part of the law of armed conflict.

4. Mochtar Kusumaatmadja

In his lecture on March 26, 1981, he explained that what is called Humanitarian Law is part of Military Law which regulates provisions for the protection of war victims; deviate from the laws of war governing war itself and from everything related to war, such as prohibited weapons.

On another occasion, Prof. Mochtar also said that legal provisions or the Geneva Conventions were identical or equivalent to humanitarian laws or agreements; while martial law or the Hague Convention regulates warfare.

Mochtar Kusumaatmadja divided the martial law into two parts:

• Jus ad bellum, namely the law of war, regulates how a country has the right to use armed force;
• Ius in bello, namely the law that applies in war, is further divided into:

1. a) Laws governing war (warfare). This section is often referred to as the Hague Act.
2. The law protects victims of war. This is often referred to as the Law of Geneva.

After making this division, Mochtar Kusumaatmadja was of the opinion that humanitarian law “is part of the law that regulates provisions for the protection of war victims, in contrast to military law, which regulates war itself and everything related to the implementation of war.”

5. GPH. Haryomataram

GPH. Haryomataram divides humanitarian law into two main rules, namely:

1. the Law on Methods and Means of War (Laws of The Hague);
2. Act on the Protection of Combatants and Civilians from the Consequences of War (Laws of Geneva).

6. Pantap (Permanent Committee) Humanitarian Law

The Standing Committee on Humanitarian Law of the Republic of Indonesia (Pantap), the Ministry of Law and Legislation formulates as follows:

“Humanitarian law as a whole is well-written international principles, rules and regulations.

History of Humanitarian Law

Humanitarian law, or the law of armed conflict, has the same line of development as human defense. Humanitarian law began in the 19th century after the end of the world war. Since then, countries agreed to make rules based on bitter experience to prevent them from going to war.

Humanitarian law represents the balance that prevails in the world and supports world stability, the term humanitarian law or international humanitarian law is fully applied in armed conflicts, which then becomes the law of armed conflicts, this term appears with IGC experts. the strengthening and development of the armed conflict occurred. 1971 in the new field of international law. The purpose of international humanitarian law is not to prohibit war, but to limit or limit the areas in which wars occur for humanitarian reasons.

International humanitarian law is a body of law created for humanitarian reasons to limit the effects of armed conflict. These laws protect those who are not or are no longer involved in the conflict and limit the ways and methods of warfare. International humanitarian law is another term for the laws of war and armed conflict.

Military law or commonly called international humanitarian law is one of the oldest branches of international law, because humanitarian law does not avoid its development with human civilization. In line with that, Mochtar Kusumaatmadja revealed that the laws of war are as old as humans themselves.

In its development from century to century, humanitarian law developed very clearly before the existence of humanitarian law. Not yet in the form of rules, still limited to the way that is called culture. it plays a very important role in maintaining the balance of the world.

Humanitarian law became known in the 19th century and many countries, based on their bitter past experiences, agreed to develop rules. Humanitarian law also represents the balance of the world, with humanitarian law there are rules in war. In general, the rules of war are embodied in rules of conduct, morality, and religion.

Laws to protect certain groups during armed conflict can be traced historically in all countries or world civilizations in various civilizations such as the Roman civilization which is known for the concept of just war where there are some groups that cannot be attacked as civilians, as well as children and women.

Humanitarian law has legal sources that regulate the rules of war, one of which is listed in Article 38(1) of the Statute of the International Court of Justice, namely:

• General and special international agreements, which are rules that are expressly recognized by the international community;
• International custom as a sign of general practice recognized as law;
• General legal principles recognized by civilized nations;
• Court rulings and lessons from highly qualified experts from various countries as additional legal sources for determining rule of law.

In addition to the provisions mentioned in Article 38(1) of the Statute of the International Court of Justice, there are two main rules, namely the Geneva Convention for the Protection of War Victims and the Hague Convention on Military Methods and Means. also other applicable agreements, namely:

1. The Hague Convention

As mentioned above, this agreement regulates the ways and means of war. This rule was derived from the 1899 Hague Convention and also issued three declarations from the Convention, namely:

• Convention I concerning the Peaceful Settlement of International Disputes;

• Convention II Concerning the Laws and Customs of Land Warfare;

• Convention III Adapting the Principles of the Geneva Convention of 22 August 1864 concerning Naval Warfare;

Namely, the declaration issued this year prohibits the use of projectiles that inflate the human body with dum-dum, the shooting of projectiles and explosives from balloons, as well as the use of projectiles that cause asphyxiation and toxic gases.

2. Geneva Convention

The Geneva Convention for the Protection of War Victims of 1949 consists of four conventions and three additional protocols, namely:

• Geneva Convention for the Amelioration of the Condition of the Wounded and Sick in Armed Forces in the Field, 12 August 1949
• Geneva Convention for the Amelioration of the Condition of Wounded, Sick and Shipwrecked Armed Forces Personnel, 12 August 1949
• Geneva Convention on the Treatment of Prisoners of War (Geneva Convention on the Treatment of Prisoners of War, 12 August 1949)
• Geneva Convention for the Protection of Civilians in Time of War, 12 August 1949
• Of the four treaties that set international legal standards for the humanitarian treatment of war victims, the single term “Geneva Convention” usually refers to the 1949 treaty.

In the post-war negotiations, three conventions were subsequently renewed (1864, 1906, 1929) and the basic rights of prisoners of war (civilians and soldiers) were comprehensively included in the Fourth Geneva Convention. military zones Congress ratified in 1949 in full or with credit for 196 states. Apart from that, the Geneva Convention also defines the rights and protections of non-combatants.

Principles of Humanitarian Law

HHI has 3 (three) main principles, namely:

• The principle of military interests, meaning that the parties to the dispute have the right to use violence to subdue their opponents in order to achieve the goals and success of the war.
• The humanitarian principle means that the parties to the dispute are obliged to respect humanity while they are prohibited from using violence which can cause excessive loss or unnecessary suffering.
• The principle of chivalry (chivalry), that is, in war honesty must come first. The use of malicious means, all kinds of tricks and insidious methods is prohibited.

Meanwhile, according to Ambarwati, HHI has 8 (eight) main principles, namely:

• Humanity, especially non-combatants, must be kept away from the battlefield as far as possible and injury must be minimized. Hobbies that can be used as targets in battle are military targets.
• Proportional, meaning that every attack in a military operation must be preceded by actions that ensure that the attack does not cause excessive casualties and damage.
• Differentiation, e.g. in armed conflict combatants and civilians must be separated from one another.
• Prohibition causes unnecessary suffering, which is the limiting principle. In other words, this principle refers to the methods and means of war. For example, the prohibition on the use of poison, bullets, biological weapons and others.
• The difference between jus ad bellum and jus in bello.
• The minimum provisions regarding HHI are the 1949 Geneva Convention.
• The responsibility to implement and uphold HHI means that the government and citizens of the country must respect HHI.

Conclusion

This is a brief discussion of the meaning of humanitarian law. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of humanitarian law, but also further discusses the opinions of experts, history, and the principles and basis of humanitarian law.

Understanding the meaning of humanitarian law gives us additional knowledge about various forms of regulations that try to solve humanitarian problems by calling for a ceasefire and making peace between countries internationally.

Definition of commercial law – In trading activities a seller and a buyer make a transaction on a traded goods or service and the price has been mutually agreed upon. Both parties must equally benefit from what they sell or buy.

A trader generally wants big profits with small capital and vice versa a buyer wants good quality for the goods or services he has purchased.

In trading activities, high honesty is also upheld so that no party feels disadvantaged. For this reason, the role of the function of commercial law to regulate every transaction made has been regulated by law. And, the rules contained in the trade law must be mutually agreed upon by the parties carrying out official trading activities.

However, even though many have carried out trading activities, many still do not know what trade law is, which contains various guidelines governing trading activities. Therefore, in this discussion, we have summarized various information related to trade law that can add to the knowledge of all Readers.

Furthermore, we have presented a discussion of commercial law and can be listened to below!

Trade Definition

Before knowing more about trade law, it’s a good idea to understand the definition of trade itself first.

Business, or commerce in general, is the work of buying goods in one place or time and selling them in another place or later for a profit.

Trade in modern times is the provision of intermediaries for producers and consumers to buy and sell goods, facilitating and promoting that buying and selling.

Providing intermediaries for producers and consumers involves a variety of tasks such as:

• Brokerage activities as brokers, commission agents, traveling salesmen, etc
• Formation of an economic entity such as a joint stock company, corporation, joint stock corporation, etc. to promote business
• Transportation for commercial traffic, whether by land, sea or air

Definition of Commercial Law

The definition of commercial law is the science that regulates the relationship between one party and another in trade affairs. Another definition is that commercial law is a set of norms that arise specifically in the conduct of business or the operation of a company.

Commercial law is included in the category of civil law, especially contract law. This is because commercial law is related to the activities of people in business matters. Therefore, commercial law is not part of substantive law.

Commercial law then also applies to the rights and obligations between the parties in trade affairs. The Labor Law regulates this. Therefore, commercial law is placed on contract law. Contract law is the law governing contracts for business relationships specifically.

Definition of Commercial Law According to Experts

After knowing the meaning of commercial law in general, it turns out that there are many other views that define commercial law. This difference of opinion is a natural thing, because different minds certainly have different opinions. Are you curious? What do business law experts think? We will see one by one below.

1. Ahmad Ichsan

According to Achmad Ichsan, commercial law is law that regulates trade and commerce. From addressing emerging issues to managing issues related to human behavior in business and commerce.

2. Topic

In contrast to the subject which defines commercial law as rules governing certain (private) relations between the public and legal entities.

3. Purwosutjipto

In contrast to Purwosutjipto which interprets commercial law as a bond loan embodied in the commercial sector.

4. Sunaryati Hartono

In simpler terms, Sunaryati Hartono defines commercial law as the economic law of all decisions governing economic activity issues.

5. Munir Fuady

Commercial law refers to all rules covering business procedures both in the industrial and financial fields, which are still related to the exchange of goods and productive activities.

According to some experts, this is the purpose of commercial law. There is no national trade law in Indonesia. Until now, the trade law used still uses the trade law adopted by the Dutch East Indies government.

So what is the trade law inherited from the Dutch East Indies? Namely the Book of Commercial Law (Wetboek van Koophandel). However, we (Indonesia) already have trade law that regulates copyright or collaboration issues regulated by national law.

From this it can be concluded that the concept of commercial law is a set of standards governing the behavior of people who do business for profit. In addition, it can be said that commercial law regulates legal relations between persons and legal entities on the basis of norms derived from codified regulations, namely civil and criminal law, and also not codified, namely. special regulations. or the laws governing business dealings.

History of Commercial Law

The development of commercial law in the world occurred between 1000 and 1500 in medieval Europe. At that time, cities that functioned as trading centers emerged, such as Genoa, Venice, Marseille, Florence, and Barcelona. Even though Roman law (Corpus Iuris Civilis) was regulated, many business problems could not be solved.

Therefore, trade law was formed (Koopman’s Law). Commercial law at that time was still regional. The codification of trade law was first written in France under the name Ordonnance de Commerce during the reign of King Louis XIV in 1673. The law covered everything related to the business world, from merchants, banks, commercial entities, securities to bankruptcy.

In 1681 another codification of commercial law was born under the name Ordonance de la Marine. This coding covers all aspects of trade and shipping, for example in maritime trade.

These two laws then became the reference for the birth of the Code of Commerce, a new trade law that came into force in France in 1807. The Trade Code deals with various legal regulations that appeared in the field of commerce since the Middle Ages.

The Code of Commerce later became the precursor to commercial law in the Netherlands and Indonesia. As a former French colony, the Netherlands implemented Wetboek van Koophandel, which was adjusted to the Trade Act. Although Wetboek van Koophandel was published in 1847, it was only put into effect on May 1, 1848.

Then the Dutch colonized Indonesia and participated in the development of trade law in Indonesia. Finally, the Commercial Law Code (KUHD) emerged, which was adapted from Wetboek van Koophandel, which later became one of the sources of commercial law in Indonesia.

In the history of Roman law, relations between citizens were governed by the corpus juris civilis, namely the legislative work initiated by Emperor Justinian. attitude This law regulates civil relations between citizens.

At the same time, the movement of the population, especially traders from one place to another, was very fast, giving rise to commercial cities on the European continent. The provisions of the corpus juris civilis are no longer sufficient to regulate trade relations between indigenous peoples and migrants. Therefore, the relationship between traders is regulated based on freedom of contract and decisions of commercial courts or jurisprudence. Entrepreneurs and residents use this as a general law in their transactions.

At the beginning of the 19th century, France began to codify both in the field of law. Civil Law (Civil Code) and Commercial Law (Code of Commerce). If we take a closer look at the two codifications, it seems that the codification carried out by the French was not much different from the customs prevailing among traders, but they followed existing customs as law. Therefore, when Louis XIV came to power in France, he asked his associates to systematize the provisions of commercial law.

The results displayed by an Act are as follows:

• General Commercial Order (Ordonnance De Commerce) of 1673.
• Maritime Trade Regulations (Ordonnance De la Marina) of 1681.
• The trade code (Code de Commerce) was created after the French Revolution in 1789.

The French codification of civil law (Code Civil) and commercial law (Code de Commerce) is not much different from the Dutch codification, namely civil law (Burgerlijk Wetboek) and commercial law (Wetboek van Koophandel). When the Dutch colonized Indonesia, their colony was based on the principle of harmony with French legal provisions, namely criminal law and civil law.

Amendments to Chapter I of the Criminal Code, where the terms of commercial law remain different find the term inappropriate. This statement was based on the Wet Law (Dutch Law) dated 2 July 1934, which revoked the entire Chapter I of the Criminal Code which contained Articles 2 to 5 concerning “traders and commercial activities” and replaced it with the term “company”. ‘, the term “company law” is more appropriate.

Some of the difficulties caused by the formatting of this law are other examples, namely:

• Sales of fixed goods that often occur in society are not included in sales in the meaning of the Criminal Code.
• It is very difficult to determine whether an act is a commercial act according to the Criminal Code or not, and whether a person is a trader or not.
• When this occurs, it is not in the contract for either party that the activity is unlawful, for example a private person buying a bicycle at a bicycle shop.

It was this difficulty that brought the regulator as much as possible the elimination of legal differences between the merchant classes. In 1934, for example, there was an amendment to the Commercial Law Code in the Netherlands which became effective with the Wet date of July 2, 1934 (Stb. 1934 No. 347), but other than this law there was no official explanation regarding the term “business activities and corporation”.

In addition, changes in the Netherlands based on the principle of compatibility (see Article 75 RR), also made changes to Stb 1938 in Indonesia Number 276.

Sources of Commercial Law

Indonesian trade law is not made just like that, but based on sources. There are three types of referenced sources of commercial law: codified statutes, non-codified statutes, and common law.

In the codification of written law, the reference is criminal law, which consists of 2 books and 23 chapters. The Criminal Code has 10 chapters on business in general and 13 chapters on rights and obligations. Another source besides the Criminal Code is the Civil Code (KUHPerdata) or also known as Burgerlijk Wetboek (BW). One of the chapters in BW discusses involvement.

Written law, which is not codified, refers to 4 statutes. The four laws are Limited Liability Company Law No. 40 of 2007, Capital Market Law no. 8 of 1997, Commodity Futures Trading Law No. 32 of 1997 and Law no. 8 of 1997 concerning Company Documents. Common sources of law are article 1339 KUH and article 1347 KUH.

The Purpose and Role of the Commercial Law Function

Commercial law functions to regulate and protect companies against various risks that may occur later.

Some of the purposes of legal trade law are listed below that you should know:

• Ensuring the effective and smooth functioning of market security mechanisms.
• Protection for various businesses, especially small and medium enterprises (SMEs).
• Help improve the financial and banking system.
• Provide protection to economic actors or business actors.
• Safe and fair trade implementation for all traders.

As you know, laws are made to create a safe life,

systematic and calm, like commercial law. Below are some of the roles of the commercial law function:

• Become a useful source of information for business people.
• Traders learn more about their rights and obligations during business trading activities so that their business does not deviate from the rules and regulations written in the law.
• Entrepreneurs better understand their rights and obligations in a business enterprise.
• An understanding of attitudes and business behavior or transactions that are fair, honest, rational, healthy, dynamic and precisely because they already have legal certainty.

Commercial Law Subject

Defenders of legal rights and obligations that are the rights of people from birth to death, and legal people who are deliberately created as legal subjects by law. The second definition explains that a legal entity is any person who has rights and obligations in such a way as to have legal power (Rechtsbevoegheid).

The legal subjects of commercial law are:

1. Person/Individual

What is meant by a person as a legal subject is that as a person (natuurlijke person) as a legal subject he has rights and can exercise his rights which he guarantees are the applicable law. The enjoyment of civil rights does not depend on state law (Article 1 of the Criminal Code). A child in a woman’s womb is considered born when the child’s interests are urgently needed, and if a child dies at birth, it is considered as having never existed (Article 2 of the Civil Code).

2. Legal entity

A legal entity is a group of people or legal entities, a collection of legal entities, such as limited liability companies, cooperatives with legal status No. 25 of 1992 and others.

In commercial law, the legal subject is the company. Another term for a business association is a corporation, both individuals and legal entities. There are 8 types of business entities, namely:

• Business Entity/Trading Company 
• firm
• Limited Partnership 
• Limited liability company
• cooperative
• company
• A public company
• parent company/group

Conclusion

This is a brief discussion of what trade law is. Not only knowing what commercial law is, but also discussing the history of commercial law, sources of commercial law, and the subject of commercial law itself as well as its purposes and functions.

Knowing what trade law is provides knowledge to every business actor to understand the various guidelines and instructions that have been regulated by the government regarding trade so that every trading activity continues to run well and benefit both parties, sellers and buyers.

 

Business law is a term used to describe a law related to a business. This itself is done so that in running a business, there are rules that regulate it so that it remains in accordance with existing laws and is fair.

Business law itself is often a science that many people are interested in. Where this is also supported by the high interest of the Indonesian people who have aspirations of becoming an entrepreneur.

To better understand what business law is, starting from the general understanding of business law, the understanding of experts, and various examples of business law, Readers can read the information below. Hope it is useful!

Definition of Business Law

Business law itself can be interpreted as a set of legal rules that are used to regulate procedures for the implementation of commercial, industrial and financial activities and affairs that have to do with the process of production and exchange of goods and services.

Business law itself is a written law with the aim of protecting, supervising and regulating all matters relating to industrial trade activities both in the field of goods and services.

By knowing business law, a business person can know what is right and make business law a guide for behaving and behaving in accordance with the business code of ethics.

Understanding of Business Law According to Experts

There are also several experts who express their opinions regarding the definition of business law, as follows.

1. Munir Fuady

The definition of business law according to Munir Fuady is a rule of law that is used to regulate procedures for carrying out trading activities related to productive activities and having a motive to gain a profit.

2. Abdul R. Saliman

Furthermore, the definition of business law according to Abdul R. Saliman himself is a legal regulation, both written and unwritten, the regulation is used to regulate the rights and obligations of agreements and also engagement in a business practice.

3.Dr. Johannes Ibrahim SH, M. Hum

Dr. Johannes Ibrahim SH, M.Hum also expressed his opinion regarding the notion of business law, he stated that business law is a rule of law that is used to regulate and also resolve various kinds of problems between human activities that can arise, especially in the trade sector.

4. Dudung Amadung Abdullah

Dudung Amadung Abdullah defines business law as a rule that has a focus on regulating all matters related to the activities of a business.

The existing rules are made so that a business can be run as fairly as possible. In addition, business law can also be defined as a law that originates from customs, agreements or contracts, as well as statutory rules.

5. Bestuur Rechts

The definition of business law according to Bestuur Rechts itself is everything related to the rule of law and can be conveyed either in writing or not in writing.

Business law itself regulates everything related to the rights and obligations owned by business people. It includes things such as legal agreements and also agreements in running a business.

Business Law Functions

1. A source of practical information

The first function is a source of practical information. Where business law itself can be used by novice business people not only as a rule, but also a source of information to find out what must be done and what cannot be done in a business.

The existing information itself can not only be used by beginners, but also professionals who are in the field of business themselves.

2. Inform the rights and obligations of a business person

The second function is to inform the rights and obligations of a business actor, where with the existence of business law this can be used as a direction for business people to better understand the rules that exist in running a business.

Especially for business people who are just starting out, who often don’t know what their rights are and what they have to do in running a business. Therefore, it is very important for businessmen before starting their business to first study business law.

3. Creating fair behavior and attitude

The third function is to create fair behavior and attitudes. This is because with the variety of businesses that exist and are run by business actors, the existing competition is becoming increasingly stringent.

Therefore, not a few business people use various fraudulent methods to get ahead in the market. However, there are also businesses that are run by following existing business laws in a healthy, fair and dynamic manner.

With this business law, business people are encouraged to carry out their business activities in a fair and healthy manner. Where, if they do not follow existing business laws, they will get sanctions in accordance with the rules that have been in effect.

Purpose of Business Law

• First, guaranteeing the functioning of the security mechanism in a market.
• Second, protecting various types of existing businesses.
• Third, it has a positive impact on banking finance.
• Fourth, provide protection for economic actors.
• Fifth, creating a fair and safe business.

Principles of Business Law

• First, the principle of benefits.
• Second, the principles of justice and humane equity.
• Third, the principle of balance, harmony and harmony in life.
• Fourth, the principle of independence with a national perspective.
• Fifth, the principle of joint effort and kinship.
• Sixth, the principle of economic democracy.
• Seventh, the principle of building without destroying the environment.

Business Law Resources

Business law itself is created to protect various rights owned by a consumer or society in economic and business activities in society. Business law itself is made and formulated in such a way as to prevent and reduce fraud in a business so that no party is harmed in the process.

Based on the process, there are two sources of business law, as follows.

1. Source of Material Law

The first source of business law is a source of material law which is based on a material which eventually becomes a law.

If we talk about a source of law, then the scope itself will be very broad, this is because everything that becomes material or raw material for law can be called a source of law.

According to economists, an effort made by humans in meeting their needs can also be said to be a source of material law.

Where, events that occur every day are a result of interaction between humans with one another and are also referred to as a source of material law.

2. Sources of Formal Law

The second source of business law is a formal source of law which can be seen through the way it is formed and consists of the following.

Constitution

First, the law in the material sense which is all regulations issued by the government and has a binding nature.

The law in its own formal sense is a law made by the government as the executive in collaboration with the People’s Representative Council or the DPR as the legislature.

Habit

Second, customary law which is the oldest source of law. Where, habit itself is everything that we do continuously until it is finally considered right by society.

However, any custom that exists alone can become customary law. Where, so that a habit can become a law if a creation that is repeated over a long period of time stops.

Treaty

Third, a treaty which can be interpreted as an international agreement that has a bilateral, regional, or an agreement that has a multilateral nature.

Jurisprudence

Fourth, jurisprudence which is a termination of a legal case by using a reference to the previous judge’s decision in a similar or the same case.

Doctrine

Fifth. Doctrine which is the opinion and words of experts regarding a legal case that has been recognized, both academically and scientifically.

Scope of Business Law

• Various forms of business entities such as PT, CV, and Firma.
• Business contract
• The company goes public
• Capital market
• Buying and selling companies
• Bankruptcy and liquidation
• Mergers
• Consolidation and acquisition
• Credit and financing
• Debt guarantee
• Various securities
• Employment and labor
• Industrial intellectual property rights
• Unfair business competition and prohibition of monopoly
• Protection for a consumer
• Distribution as well as agents
• Taxation
• Insurance
• Settlement of business disputes
• International business
• Land, sea and air transportation laws
• Protection and guarantee of legal certainty for users
• Technology and technology owner
• Industrial law and processing industry
• The law on the activities of multinational companies which includes various export and import activities
• Mining activity law
• Banking law and securities
• Real estate, housing, and building law
• International treaty law and international trade
• Criminal law related to money laundering

General Principles in Business Law

1. The Principle of Autonomy

The first principle is the principle of autonomy where a person who is in an autonomous business field has full awareness of what is his obligation in the business world.

The person will have an awareness not only to follow the norms and moral values ​​that exist and apply, but he also does this because he is aware and knows that this is something good.

Where, everything he did before was well thought out and considered.

2. The Principle of Honesty

The second principle is the principle of honesty. A business will not last long if it is not based on the value of honesty, where this value is the main capital in gaining the trust of business partners and various parties involved both in commercial, material and moral matters.

3. Principle of Justice

The third principle is the principle of justice. Where, this principle of justice requires that everyone is treated objectively or equally based on existing rules through rational and accountable criteria.

Justice in this context can also mean that in a business there is no party that is harmed, both their rights and interests.

4. The Principle of Mutual Benefit

The fourth principle is the principle of mutual benefit. Where in a business, demands that all parties involved in it to create benefits for each other.

This principle of mutual benefit also in the business world demands that every existing business competition be able to create a situation where all parties are not harmed.

5. The Principle of Moral Integrity

The fifth principle is the principle of moral integrity which suggests that in a business activity that is being carried out to maintain the good name of himself and that of the company.

Examples of Business Law

1. Credit Sector

The first example of business law in the field of credit. Where, this one business law is one of the most common examples we find. The field of credit itself has various forms.

As one example, the form of credit offered by the Bank for business people also offers a much smaller interest rate.

2. Contract Law

The second example of business law in the world of contract law. Where, in the law of the agreement itself has many forms or types of contracts. For example, in every agreement there are legal terms of the agreement and the legal principles of the contract agreement.

3. The World of Engagement

The third example of business law in the engagement world. This itself relates to legal relations that occur between two or more parties and is based on one party filing a claim against the other parties involved.

In general, this source of engagement is based on the Civil Code, which consists of three sources, namely sources of engagement arising from an agreement, sources of engagement arising from a statute, and also engagements that are not agreements.

In addition to the three examples above, there are also various other examples of business law. Starting from insurance, intellectual property rights, anti-monopoly law bookkeeping obligations, debt guarantees, banking law, and various other examples.

The Importance of a Business Law

With the rapid development of the business world which continues to grow and expand into various other fields, whether it concerns goods or services. The existing business itself is one of the supporting pillars used to support economic development and development.

All business actors or self-employed entrepreneurs cannot be separated from business law so that all business activities carried out can run in an orderly, smooth and safe manner.

This is done so that all parties involved in it are not harmed by the business activity. One example is Law no. 8 of 1999 which is a law related to consumer protection.

In this law, there are rules that must be implemented by every business person to include a halal and expired label for each product that is made and issued to market.

With these rules and obligations, the consumer’s health will also be protected. This is because there is a guarantee of protection if the product being sold or marketed has expired. This also applies to halal labels, especially for Muslims.

So, that’s a brief explanation regarding business law, both its meaning, function, purpose, principles, sources, scope, principles, and also its importance in the business world. Based on the information above, it is very important for business people to know and make applicable business law a directive in carrying out every activity related to their business.

For Readers interested in starting his career in this business field, it is very important to first understand the various laws that govern the business activity. Learn and find information related to this through various books available at Gramedia.

Gramedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always try to provide the most complete books and information for you! Hope it is useful!

Embryos and Other Pregnancy Phases –  In the developmental stages of living things there is a term commonly referred to as an embryo. Embryo is a term that is quite popular in the language of biology, especially when studying cells and reproduction. However, even though the term embryo is very popular, many people still do not understand what an embryo means. In fact, in the stages of fetal development, it also always goes through the embryonic stages. Therefore, learning and understanding about the embryo and its stages is very important.

DEFINITION OF EMBRYO

Embryo is a cell derived from the reproductive process of a child and a diploid eukaryote that is at an early stage of development. Because the cells are diploid in nature, this embryo is still capable of dividing up to hundreds of cells. This will remain protected in the structure of the parent organism such as seeds, mother’s womb, and eggs. For the human embryo, of course, it will be protected by the uterus of the mother who contains it.

Related to its formation, in living things that reproduce by sexual reproduction, there will be a union between female and male gametes which then forms a zygote. .

When it has become a zygote, then the cell will undergo divisions up to hundreds of cells. Then, these cells will be differentiated or separated. When these cells begin to separate, the embryonic phase or embryo formation begins to occur.

DIFFERENCES IN ZYGOT, EMBRYO, AND FEET

Many terms are used to talk about reproduction, for some people it might be considered confusing and difficult to understand. Usually, the word fetus is used to refer to a baby that is growing in the womb. Even so, the gestation period will go through various phases since fertilization.

Three general terms, namely zygote, embryo and fetus, are used in reproductive biology to refer to a potential baby. However, each refers to the names of the different stages a baby goes through during gestation. Knowing the difference between all these terms will be very useful to you .

1. ZYGOT

When the male gamete (sperm) and female gamete (egg cell) unite, a phenomenon of fertilization occurs, which will produce a new cell. The new cell contains much of the genetic material in equal parts between the father and mother, so it contains 23 chromosomes from the father and 23 from the mother. Therefore, a zygote is the result of fertilization of an egg by a sperm.

The zygote is the first stage of life and since its formation, it is full of DNA which contains a lot of genetic information regarding various aspects of the future like the physique, for example. However, even though it is one of the most important parts of the reproductive stage, as it is the beginning of life, the new creature will be called a zygote for a short time, only about 24 hours and no more. After the first few hours have passed, the zygote will segment into cells and thus begin the next period, the embryonic period.

2. EMBRYO

With cell segmentation, the second gestation period begins, which is commonly referred to as the embryonic period. This second stage of life only lasts about 8 weeks. In the case of humans, during this embryonic period, new creatures will acquire the characteristics of each species.

From the first day after the zygote stage, embryo development as well as cell division begins. As the cells increase, the various organs and tissues of the future baby will be created. Up to the next 8 weeks, the embryo will undergo various important changes that occur as a result of cell division. In fact, the embryo itself can get a different name during those first weeks.

3. FETUS

When the embryonic stage is over, the new creature will have organs and when limbs begin to develop, this period will end, giving rise to the longest gestation in the fetal stage. From this point on, the cell will begin to specialize. Until the next few months when the baby is born, they will go on to form and develop all the tissues and organs.

Vital organs such as the brain, kidneys and liver begin to operate or function in the fetus. Besides that, the fetus will get the physical characteristics of the baby that it will carry when it is born. During these few weeks, the fetus will grow and develop fully, as long as the pregnancy is proceeding normally. In the prenatal check-up, you will be able to listen to the baby’s heartbeat, see how your future baby moves or even blinks.

STAGES OF EMBRYO DEVELOPMENT

The developmental phase of the embryo has various stages in its development process. Each stage has different characteristics. This of course will affect the condition of human pregnancy and the side effects that will be felt by the mother. Here’s a full explanation.

1. Morula phase

In the morula phase, the zygote which still has a single cell will start dividing. This division is called mitotic division and will form many new cells called blastomeres. Blastomer cells are densely packed and number around 16 cells. Then, the 16 blastomer cells will gather together and form a ball-like shape called the morula. This is called morula because the shape is almost the same as the strawberry fruit which looks small and has no cavity.

2. Blastula phase

After going through the morula phase, the next development arrives at the blastula phase. In this phase, the formed morula will continue to undergo division until the number is around 100 cells. Because there are quite a lot of them, these balls will later form cavities inside which are called blastula.

The cavity that has been formed will then be renamed as the blastosol. Furthermore, the cell mass that has been formed from lactic acid, amino acids, pyruvate, and glucose will develop and form a human embryo. Then, the outermost cells that wrap the mass will develop into the placenta which has a function as a disposal of metabolic waste from the embryo.

3. Gastrula phase

In the gastrula phase, cells that have been formed in the blastula phase will undergo various reforms. From this reshuffling will produce 3 germ layers. This layer is also often referred to as the embryogenic layer which will later form the layers inside the embryo.

Following, the layers that will form in this phase are:

• The ectoderm layer is the outermost layer of the embryo.
• The mesoderm layer is the middle layer of the embryo.
• The endoderm layer is the cell nucleus layer of the embryo that will develop into a fetus.

4. Organogenesis phase

The last phase of the developmental stages of the embryo is the organogenesis phase. In this phase, body cells will begin to form completely, but are formed gradually. This formation comes from the three layers of germ cells that have been formed in the previous stage. Each germ layer will form a variety of different organs in the fetus.

In detail, the following each layer will form organs, namely:

• The extoderm layer will form the epidermis, eyes, nerves, and also the inner ear.
• The mesoderm layer will form various muscles, blood cells, excretory system, and reproductive organs.
• The endoderm layer will form the digestive system, lungs, pancreatic cells, thyroid gland, liver and also the reproductive organs.

That is a complete review of the various stages and phases of embryo development in human pregnancy.

CHARACTERISTICS OF HEALTHY CONTENT

For pregnant women, the health of the baby is a priority. This can be proven by how the expectant mother treats the baby who is still in her womb.

Therefore, it is not uncommon for us to find pregnant women who are busy maintaining their diet and activities just for the health of the baby they are carrying.

Not only that, checking with an obstetrician regularly is also a form of effort that the expectant mother makes to maintain the health of her beloved baby.

Even though you have done various ways to maintain the health of the fetus in the womb, what’s the point if you don’t know the specific health condition of your baby. The following is a list of the characteristics of healthy content that you need to understand

1. There is an increase in body weight

When you realize when you gain tens of kilograms of weight during pregnancy, don’t feel sad! Instead, you should be happy, because the increase in weight indicates that your baby is growing healthily in the womb. Ideally, you will experience a weight gain of around 13 to 15 kilograms during pregnancy.

Well, if this happens, then you can be sure that the baby you are carrying is in a healthy condition. Even so, the increase in weight can vary, depending on whether you were overweight before pregnancy or not.

In any case, if the mother is able to maintain the figure determined by the doctor, then it can be ensured that the fetus is growing quite healthy.

2. Hormone levels

Every woman who is pregnant, her body will also experience hormonal changes. It is important for mothers to understand that the levels of estrogen and progesterone in the body have a very big influence on the overall health of the baby.

Basically, pregnant women will produce around 400 mg of progesterone cells. In contrast to the growth of the uterus, in order to support a healthy baby, you need about 1,200 grams of estrogen cells in your body.

3. Development of the mother’s stomach

It is true that every woman who is pregnant will have a different size and shape of the stomach.

Mothers can consult an obstetrician regarding the shape and size of the abdomen in order to ascertain the health condition of the fetus.

Therefore, it is important for you to have regular consultations with your doctor to find out the health condition of your baby.

4. Steady heart rate

As with humans in general, the fetal heart rate is very influential on the overall health of the prospective baby.

In general, the fetal heart rate is between 110 and 160 beats per minute. To find out and monitor the fetal heart rate, you can do it anywhere as long as you have entered the last trimester of pregnancy.

5. Movement of the fetus in the stomach

Logically, the movements that the baby makes are one way for the fetus to communicate with its mother. Generally, this movement begins to be felt when you enter the last trimester of pregnancy.

Over time, you will feel a few small kicks from the baby.

The nature, type, and intensity of movements experienced by pregnant women can actually vary.

Even so, any form of movement in the womb is an indication that the baby can receive the optimal amount of oxygen and various other important nutrients for its growth.

6. The baby’s movements will decrease before birth

After understanding the importance of fetal movement, then after that you will experience a phase of decreased fetal movement during the final semester of pregnancy.

No need to worry, because this is actually a sign that the pregnancy and fetus of the birth mother are in a healthy condition. However, you still have to be vigilant if the fetus doesn’t move at all within a few hours.

7. There is still amniotic fluid

During an ultrasound examination, it is also important for the doctor to know the amount of amniotic fluid in the mother’s womb.

The amniotic fluid itself has many roles for the fetus, from protecting the fetus to functioning so that the fetus can move easily in the womb.

If the amniotic fluid has run out or the mother is experiencing leakage of amniotic fluid, then this can be risky for the mother and the baby to cause infection in the womb.

So, those are seven signs of a healthy fetus in the womb that you can pay attention to.

Before carrying out the examination, also make sure that the mother has maintained a good body condition and diet so that the future baby can develop and grow healthily.

HOW TO KEEP YOUR CONTENT HEALTHY

Maintaining pregnancy can be done by living a healthy lifestyle. However, it needs extra different treatment compared to when you are not pregnant.

Here are some ways to keep your pregnancy healthy:

1. Regularly check with the doctor

One way to keep your pregnancy healthy is to regularly check with your doctor.

When you find out that you are pregnant, immediately check with your doctor to find out your body’s condition. The doctor will schedule regular visits to see the condition of the mother and the development of the fetus. These visits can help prevent birth defects.

2. Healthy food

Eating a healthy diet can help to maintain a healthy pregnancy. Foods that have a high nutritional content can be associated with healthy brain development and baby weight. Important nutrients needed during pregnancy include foods that contain protein, calcium, vitamin C, iron, and folic acid.

3. What should not be eaten

A number of foods can also be linked to poor fetal development because they contain bacteria and parasites. Don’t eat food that is not cooked, food that has been cold for too long, and food that is burned until it turns black. Pregnant women are also prohibited from consuming unpasteurized cheese or milk.

4. Consume vitamins

Pregnant women need additional vitamin nutrition to keep their pregnancy strong and healthy. The most needed vitamins are B vitamins or folic acid. Consult a doctor to get vitamins that suit your body condition.

5. Sports

Pregnant women are also advised to continue exercising with light to moderate intensity. Choose sports that are safe for pregnant women, such as yoga. Exercise helps mothers sleep better, strengthens muscles, and reduces back pain.

 

6. Smoking and alcohol consumption are prohibited

Smoking and consuming alcohol can harm the health of the fetus. Not only that, inhaling cigarette smoke or being a passive smoker also has an adverse impact on fetal development.

7. Vaccines and health protocols

In the midst of the Covid-19 pandemic, pregnant women also need to get complete vaccinations immediately and always implement health protocols to maintain the health of the mother and prospective baby.

That’s how to keep pregnancy healthy.